ML19305C615

Annual Environ Operating Rept 1979. Oversize Drawings Encl

ML19305C615
Person / Time
Site:	Davis Besse
Issue date:	12/31/1979
From:	TOLEDO EDISON CO.
To:
Shared Package
ML19305C612	List: ML19305C611 ML19305C615
References
NUDOCS 8003310151
Download: ML19305C615 (400)

Text

4 ,

I  !

l i .

i 4,

Tabic of Contents I

Limiting Conditions for Operation  ;

Maximum Temperature 2.1.1 l I l 11 Reserved 2.2 ,

i I.

4 III Chlorine Monitoring 2.3.1

}; IV pH Monitoring 2.3.2 t

l V Sulfates Monitoring 2.3.3 1

l ,

,1 Environmental Surveillance i

! VI Water Quality Analysis 3.1.1.n.1

! VII Chemical Usage 3.1.1.a.2 f VIII Chlorine Monitoring 3.1.1.a.3 IX Plankton Studies 3.1.2.a.1 I X Benthic Studies 3.1.2.a.2 ,

XI Fisheries Population Studies 3.1.2.a.3 I

1 XII Ichthyoplankton 3.1.2.a.4 i l I XIII Fish Egg and I,arvae Entrainment 3.1.2.a.5 I

XIV Finh Impingement 3.1.2.a.6  ;

XV Bird Collisions 3.1.2.b.1 f

\.

3.1.2.b.2 XVI Vegetation Survey

, l 1 XVII Environmental Radiological Monitoring 3.2  ;

i

! l I

I j Special Surveillance and Study Activities I

4 XVII Operational Noise Surveillance 4.1 t {

l XIX Fish Impingement Study 4.2 1

XX Chlorine Toxicity Study 4.3 XXI Additional Studies s o n a ni ol6/

) b 8

5 ai

.O O

x 0

m 5

e O'

l' 4

I i

SECTION 2.1 1 flAXIMUMTEMPERATUREblFFERENTIAL

=

a

--- ~ - - , w -,-,--v,---m -- --- --r,--- --- ,

i i

I i

1 2.1.1 TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL, *F 1979 l

l

' 1979 Minimum Maximum Average I

January 6 20 12 February 11 20 16 ,

March 13 20 17 l

April 0 12 4 i

0 3 1 l May l

June 0 8 1 i

July 0 11 5 August 5 10 8 4

September 0 8 6 l 4 October 0 10 6 November 0 16 9 December 2 18 7 The maximum temperature differential of 20*F was not exceeded in 1979.

d i

a a

d i

i f

i l

4

N

t f

1 II SECTION 2 2 IHISSECTIONISkESERVED l

l 1

l 1

s I I

v F

a

)

l l

Ill l 1

I l

J 4 SECTIOb 2.3.1 CHLORINE!0NITORING t

i

=

l l

i i

1

! 2.3.1 BIOCIDES Chlorine was the only biocide used at Davis-I Besse during the 1979 period. Monitoring or chlo-i rine residuals is covered by the stations NPDES

'l Permit. The limits of the permit were not exceeded in 1979.

l l

?

1 i

4 i

l a

R

)

m W

i 1

l IV i

S cTrori 2.3.2 P II0tJITORit4G

, I 4

l 1

l I

i i

I f

w l

l l

+

---,-r- - - - - , , ,.m,_,,-n------ ,, , , , , - --n--,--._ - - - - , - , - , , - - - _ , - - _ . - . _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - _ _ _ _ -

1 4

}

4 2.3.2 pH MONITORING 1979 1

i l 1979 Minimum Maximum

! January 6.7 8.5 February 6.5 8.2 March 7.7 8.35

! April 7.0 8.3 j May 7.9 8.6 i

June 7.7 8.1 i

July 7.4 8.1 i

August 7.5 8.4 September 7.0 8.4 October 6.8 8.2 November 6.9 8.4 t

December 6.9 8.2 l i

j The pH limit of 6-9 was not exceeded in 1979.

l

. . . , . _ - _ . = - . _ . - _ - _ . .. . . - . _ - . _ _ . _ . _ _ _

4 V

SECTION 2.3.3 SULFATES liONITORING 1

l l

l -

=

l r

r

, . _ , , _ _ . . , - . . . - , - ,,,,-,----------'--'v ~ ' ~ ~ ~ " ' " ' * " ' ' ' " ' ' ~

i i

i O

2.3.3 SULFATE 1979 PPM 1979 Minimum Maximum Average January 75 150 113

! February 60 70 63 .

1 i

March 75 80 79 l April 80 100 88 l

t May 50 85 65 j June 50 80 65 i l July 65 150 96 l

August 60 75 67 i

September 75 100 88

'. October 60 85 78 tiovember 55 75 68 December 70 80 75 The sulfate limit of 1500 mg/l was not exceeded during 1979.

O

I l

2 5

x O

2 E

m 2

-1

) >

(/)

C

D m,_

t~ \

z O

A ,

l

i

)

i VI SECTION 3.1.1.A.1 I WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS l

l l

l l

l I

CLEAR TECHNICAL REPORT NO.166 i

LAKE ERIE WATER QUAllTY MONITORING PROGRAM IN THE VICINITY OF THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION FOR 1979 l

Environmental Technical Specifications Sec. 3. l. l.a. I Water Quality Analysis O Prepared by Charles E. Herdendorf and Patricia 8. Herdendorf Prepared for loledo Edison C orr pany 7 oledo, Ohio Contract No. 28533 7HE-OHIO ST ATE UNIVERSITY CENTER FOR LAKE ERIE AREA RESEARCH COLUMBUS, OHIO February 1980

]

TABLE OF CONTENTS i

i

! Page Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Field Measurements

.................. 1 Laboratory Determinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Results .......................... 1 An al y s i s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Seasonal Variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Station Variations .................. 3 Water Quality Trends ................. 4 Comparison of Pre-operational and Operational Periods . 4 Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Figures .......................... 16 Re ferences Ci ted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 LIST OF TABLES 1

/ 1. Analytical Methods for Water Quality Determinations .. 6

2. Lake Erie Water Quality Analyses for April 1979 .... 7

3. Lake Erie Water Quality Analyses for May 1979 ..... 8

4. Lake Erie Water Quality Analyses for June 1979 . . . . . 9

5. Lake Erie Water Quality Analyses for July 1979 . . . . . 10

6. Lake Erie Water Quality Analyses for August 1979 . . . . 11 1

7. Lake Erie Water Quality Analyses for September 1979 .. 12

8. Lake Erie Water Quality Analyses for October 1979 . . . 13

9. Lake Erie Water Quality Analyses for November 1979 . . . 14

! 10. Mean Values and Ranges for Water Quality

. Parameters Tes ted in 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 i

i i

l O

a .

,,.-_.--w , - , - . . _ - ~ . . _ , . . , - - . - . - . , , , , . . .

O LIST OF FIGURES Page

1. Sampling Stations at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

2. Mean Monthly Hydrogen-ion, Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen Measurements for Lake Erie at Locust Point During 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

3. Mean Monthly Turbidity, Suspended Solids and l

Transparency Measurements for Lake Erie at Locust Point During 1979 ............... 19

4. Mean Monthly Calcium, Chloride and Sulfate Concentrations in Lake Erie at Locust Point During 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

5. Mean Monthly Alkalinity, Dissolved Solids and Conductivity Measurements for Lake Erie at Locust Point During 1979 ............... 21

6. Mean Monthly Nitrate, Phosphorus and Silica Concentrations in Lake Erie at Locust Point 1 During 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 1 -

7. Trends in Mean Monthly Temperature, Dissolved Oxygen and Hydrogen-ion Measurements for Lake Erie at Locust Point for the Period 1972-1979 .. 23

8. Trends in Mean fionthly Conductivity, Alkalinity and Turbidity 11easurements for Lake Erie at Locust Point for the Period 1972-1979 . . . . . . . . . 24

9. Trends in Mean Monthly Transparency and Phosphorus i 11easurements for Lake Erie at Locust Point i for the Period 1972-1979 ............... 25 l

t V 11

..y- -

,_ , ___y .

O V 3.1.1.a.1 WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS Procedures Water quality methodology used for this study is contained in CLEAR Procedures Manual No. 8, Procedures for Aquatic Ecology Monitoring Pro-

. gram at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station __ (Herdendorf, et al, T976).

Water quality samples were collected and related sensor measurements were made at three stations (Figure 1) during the ice-free period of 1979 (April through November). Because of the severe winter of 1978-1979, spring sampling was delayed, and the April samples were obtained on 1 May 1979. The 19 water quality parameters measured and the analyt-ical methods employed for these detenninations are listed in Table 1.

Field Measurements. Water quality measurements were made approxi-matelievery 30 days at Stations 1, 8 and 13 (Figure 1). Measurements of temperature, dissolved oxygen, conductivity, transparency and solar radiation were made in the field at the surface and approximately 50 cm above the bottom. Temperature and dissolved oxygen were measured with a YSI model 54A meter, conductivity with a Beckman RB3-3341 solubridg6 temperature-compensated meter, transparency with a 30-cm diameter Secchi disk and solar radiation with a Protomatic underwater photometer (Table 1).

Laboratory Detenninations. Water samples were collected at the surface and approximately 50 cm above the bottom using a three-liter Kensnerer sampler and were placed in one-gallon collapsible polyeth-lene containers. These containers, supplied by TECO Chemistry Labora-tory, were filled completely, labelled with station number, date and depth and delivered to the laboratory. Laooratory determinations of 15 water quality parameters (Table 1) were performed at TECO Chemistry Laboratory, nonnally within 24-48 hours after sampling.

Resul t_s, The results of the monthly 1979 water quality detenninations at Stations 1, 8 and 13 are presented in Tables 2-9. The monitoring sta-tions have been selected to characterize Lake Erie water quality at several distinct areas within the vicinity of the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station (Figure 1). Station 1, at 500 feet offshore and 1,500 feet west of the discharge structure, is positioned to monitcr nearshore water. masses and serves as a control for the other two stations. Sta-tion 8 is 3,000 feet offshore and is positioned in the vicinity of the water intake crib. Station 13 is located 500 feet east of the discharge structure in the region of the discharge plume. All of the stations lie within Excepted Area "B" for Lake Erie water quality standards, estab-lished by the Ohio Environmental Protection Agency (1978, page 80).

O 1 l

. ~ . . _ _ _ . - - _ . _ _ _ _ _ _

i 1

Mean annual (April through November) values and ranges for the month-ly water quality determinations for the 19 parameters are presented in

\ Table 10. The results of the 1979 monitoring program indicate that none of the parameters examined exceeded Ohic EPA standards.

Analysis T Seasonal Variations. The quality of the water in the vicinity of the l

Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station during the ice-free period of 1979 was 4 typical for the south shore of western Lake Erie and showed normal sea-i sonal trends. Average temperature rose 140C from early May to late July and then dropped over 180C by late November (Figure 2). Average dis-l solved oxygen concentrations fell from 9.5 ppm in early May to a low of j 8.1 ppm in late July and August then rose again to 12.4 ppm in late l November. Hydrogen-ion concentrations remained fairly stable throughout the year, varying only 1.7. units. A slight rise was noted in the Septem-

! ber pH (8.9) which corresponds to higher algal productivity and C02 utili-l zation during early fall. Low temperatures and low primary productivity in late November account for a nearly-neutral pH (7.2) at that time (Fig-ure2).

Mild turbulence in spring and fall is reflected by the higher tur-bidity and suspended solids measurements for these periods (Figure 3).

i The decreased sediment load during summer months accounts for the higher i transparency readings in July, August and September (Figure 3). A three-O fold improvement in the water clarity was noted between early May and September, and a corresponding three-fold decrease was observed from i

September and late November. Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) levels were relatively low and stable throughout the year, even during periods of high turbidity, indicating that the suspended material was largely of an inorganic nature. Slightly elevated BOD values in June may be in response to algal productivity.

Major dissolved ions, including calcium, magnesium, sodium, chlo-ride and sulfate generally yielded the highest concentrations in the spring, the lowest concentrations in the summer and intermediate values in the fall (Figure 4). Similar patterns were exhibited by other p . ram-i eters, including conductivity and totti dissolved solids uSich are mea-j sures of dissolved ions (Figure 5). /lkalinity, which is largely a measure of bicarbonate ions, was relatively stable throughout the year, varying only 20 mg/l and showing a pattern similar to the other ions (Figure 5).

The biological nutrients, such as phosphorus, nitrate,and silica, ,

l also generally yielded the highest concentrations in the spring or early i summer, their lowest concentrations in the late summer and intermediate values in the fall (Figure 6). This cycle is attributed to utilization of these nutrients by photosynthesizing plankton. In November, when primary production was at a lower rate, nitrate concentration rose to i three times the October level.

i 3 e

(V 2

.-. ,, - - - - - , . . . - - - - - - ,r

In July 1979 the dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration dropped to 6.6

' p) ppm (Station 1), the lowest value recorded during the 1979 monitoring (d program. This represents a continuing improvement over the lowest con-centration observed in 1977 (3.0 ppm) and is consistent with concentra-tions measured in earlier years:

Year D0 Range (ppm) 1974 5.7-14.1 1975 7.2-13.6 1976 5.0-12.5 1977 3.0-12.2 1978 5.7-12.5 1979 6.6-12.7 The International Joint Coninission recommends a minimum D0 level of 6.0 ppm for Lake Erie water (Canada-United States Water Quality Agree-ment of 1978). However, Ohio EPA (1978) has established a minimum D0 standard of 4.0 ppm for the' nearshore waters of Lake Erie within the vicinity of Locust Point. .

Station Variations. Stations 1, 8 and 13 are located approximate-ly 500, 3,000 and 1,200 feet offshore respectively. In general no consistently significant differences in water quality were observed between the stations. In flay and November when the concentrations of most parameters were the highest, a slight gradient was noted for most (p) parameters from the closest inshore station (1) to the farthest off-v shore station (2). During the summer months these differences were not apparent. In August several of the dissolved and suspended ma-terials parameters showed slightly higher concentrations at Station 13 (Table 6). This may have been related to the proximity of the power station discharge; however, no elevatior. in water temperature was noted at Station 13 in relation to the other stations. Suspended solids, transparency and turbidity measurements indicate a general increase in water clarity from inshore to offshore (except in flovem-ber), but differences were normally small.

Differences between the surface and botton water quality were also slight because of the shallouness (1.0-4.3 meters) of this por-tion of Lake Erie and its well-mixed nature. Some depressions in tie level of D0 and small increases of suspended and dissolved materials were noted near the bottom. This may be due to the high oxygen de-mand of the sediments and the disturbance of these sediments by cur-rents and wave action. As would be expected, the amount of solar radiation measured at the lake's bottom was significantly lower than the surface irradiance. The difference betv - *1rface and bottom readings at the three stations was found to - actly proportional to the water depth, b;

V 3

t l

Water Quality Trends. The Ohio State University, Center for Lake T Erie Area Research, initiated water quality studies at Locust Point in July 1972. Over the past eight years most parameters have shown typ-ical seasonal trends with only small variations from year to year. Trends for eight water cuality parameters from July 1972 through November 1979 are shown on Figures 7, 8 and 9. Temperature and D0 show normal seasonal trends for each year with only minor variations from one year to the next ,

over the entire period. Dissolved bxygen appears to have undergone more depletion in 1976 and 1977 than in previous years or in 1978 or 1979.

Hydrogen-ion concentration (pH) and alkalinity have remained fairly stable 4

over the period. Transparency, turbidity, phosphorus and conductivity have shown some radical variations in the early and mid-1970's which were probably due to storms and dredging activities that disturbed the bottom sediments. Conductivity values in early May 1979 were high, equaling those recorded during the stonn period of 1972. Phosphorus concentra-4 tions were low during 1977-1979 compared to earlier years. In general, however, no significant deviations from the normal quality of the water in this part of western Lake Erie have been observed during the past eight years.

Comparison of Pre-operational and Operational Periods. Data from 1974 through August 1977 (pre-operational period) when compared with

. data from September 1977 through 1979 (operational period) indicate that, in general, concentrations of dissolved and suspended substances were higher during the operational period, particularly calcium, chlo-ride, magnesium, silica, conductivity, nitrate, turbidity and suspended O solids. Dissolved oxygen and transparency were lower after operation.

Q The magnitude of those differences was not great and seemed to be caused by the general condition of the nearshore waters of western Lake Erie rather than the operation of the power station. The data g,athered thus far from the operational period do not demonstrate degradation of Lake Erie water quality as a result of the operation of the power station.

\

4 1

l

I 1

i i

O t t

l

[

I r

l i

i l

, i i

4 I (

I l

TABLES O

I O 5

O O O TABLE 1 NlALYTICAL f1ETHODS FOR WATER QUALITY DETERMINATIONS Parameter Uni ts - References for Analytical Methods i

1. Temoerature OC APHA (1975): Sec. 212

2. Dissolved oxygen ppm APHA (1975): Sec. 422B

3. Conductivity umhos/cm (250C) ASTM (1975): D1125-64 .

4. Transparency meters Welch (1948): Secchi disk

5. Solar radiation foot-candles Rich and Wetzel (1969): Underwater photometer

6. Calcium (Ca) .mg/l APHA (1975): Sec. 306C i

7. . Magnesium (Mg) mg/l APHA (1975): Sec. 313C

8. Sodium (Na) mg/l ASTM (1973): D1428-64

9. Chloride (Cl) mg/l APHA (1975): Sec. 408B

10. Nitrate (NO3) mg/l ASTM (1973): D992-71

cn 11. Sulfate (504) mg/l ASTM (1973): D516-68C

12. Phosphorus (Total as P) mg/l APHA (1975): Sec. 425F t

13. Silica (SiO2) mg/l ASTM (1973): D859-68B

14. Alkalinity (Total as CACO3 ) mg/l APHA (1975): Sec. 403

15. Biochemical oxygen demand mg/l APHA (1975): Sec. 507

16. Suspended solids mg/l APHA (1975): Sec. 208D

17. Dissolved solids mg/l USEPA (1974)

18. Turbidity F.T.U. APHA (1975): Sec. 214A ,

19. Hydrogen-ion conc. (pH) pH units ASTM (1973): D1293-65 i

O O O ,

TABLE 2 LAKE EI-E WATER QUALITY ANALYSES FOR AFRIL 1979 Dates:

Field 5-1-79 Laboratory 5-2-79 Parameters l bla'.io' No. 1 i Station No. 8 Station No. 13 Range Mean Standard Surfa ce :30ttom l Surface 'B otto m ' Su rface i Bottom Deviation Field Measurements:

Temperature ( C) 10.5 l 10.0 11.0 10.0 11.5 10.5 10.0-11.5 10.6 0.6 Dissolved Oxygen (ppm) 9.0 9.5 10.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.0-10.0 9.5 0.3 Conductivity (umhos/cm) 450  : 450 400 410 420 435 400-450 428 21 Transparency (m) 0.35 l 0.40 0.35 0.35-0.40 0.37 0.03 ODpth (m) 2.0 4.0 3.0 2.0-4.0 3.0 1.0 Solar radiation (rt-candles) 3500 0.02 1200 0.01 5000 0.01 0.01-5000 1617 2145 1 y  :

? aboratory Determinations:

Calcium (mg/1) 50.8 50.8 i 48.4 46.4 48.0 50.0 46.4-50.8 49.1 1.8

Magnesium (mg/l) 14.9 15.1 12.0 13.4 14.4 13.4 12.0-15.1 13.9 1.2 Sodium (mg/1) 13.5 14.4 12.7 13.2 13.0 14.4 12.7-14.4 13.5 0.7 Chloride (mg/1) 30.5 30.3 i 25.5 26.0 27.0 27.3 25.5-30.5 27.8 2.1 Nitrate (mg/1) 5.5 5.9 4.4 5.4 6.2 6.4 4.4-6.4 5.6 0.7 Sutrate (mg/1) 46.0 46.0 i 44.0 , 44.0 46.0  : 46.0 44.0-46.0 45.3 1.0 Phosphorus (mg/1) 0.01 0.20 l 0.01 l 0.02 i 0.02 0.02 0.01-0.20 0.05 0.08 silica (mg/t) 1.59 1.42 i 0.71 l 0.83 1.18 1.29 0.83-1.59 1.17 0.34 f

l Total Alkalinity (mg/l) l 107 109 i103  ! 104 , 109 107 103-109 107 2.5  !

3.O .D. (mg/t) l 4 6 i 3  ! 4 l 4 4 3-6 4 1.0 daspended Solicts (mg/1) 70 140 31 50 l 74 59 i 31-140 71 37 Di s sol ved solidz. (mg/l) , 168 164  ;

145 l140 i 146 l150 1 140-168 152 11 78 84 37-84 j Turoidity (F .T .u .) ' 37 l 67 72 l 75 l 69 17 ps  ! 8.? 8.1 3.1 l 8.1 '

8.1 8.1  ! 8.1-8.2 8.1 , 0.04 Conductivity (on .nos/cm)  ! 450 465 410  : 420 440 440  ! 410-465 i 438 20

.___. _.. L. _ . >  : i i  !  !

o*go o [sp.

a . .

b\ b\ ) .

'd I

TABLE 3 LAKE ERIE WATER QUALITY ANALYSES FOR MAY 1979 Dates:

Field 5-24-79

. Laboratory 5-25-79 Pa rame t,e rs  ! Sta'.t on No . 1 i Station No. O i Station No. 13 Range Mean Standard Surrace j aottom lSurrace l Bottom Surface Bottom Deviation s

Field Measurements: j Temperature ( C) 18.0 17.9 18.1 17.8 18.2 18.0 17.8-18.2

! 18.0 0.1 Dissolved Oxygen (ppm) 9.4 1 9.2 9.3 9.2 9.0 9.0 9.0-9.4 9.2 0.2 Conductivity (umhos/cm) 280  ! 285 290 290 280 285 280-290 285 4 Transparency (m) 0.45 0.40 0.40 0.40-0.45 0.42 0.03 Dapth (m) 2.1  !

3.8 3.0 2.1-3.8 2.9 0.9 Solar radiation (rt-candles) 2400 j 71 '1100 0.17 5000 0.01 0.01-5000 1429 1987 co Laboratory Determinations:  !

Calcium (mg/l')~ 36.4 . 36.8  ! 36.0 36.0 36.0 36.0 36.0-36.8 36.2 0.3

Magnesium (mg/l) 8.4 8.2 i 8.2 8.2 8.9 8.6 8.2-8.9 8.4 0.3 Sodium (mg/l) 8.4  ;

8.4 l 8.9 8.6 8.9 8.9 8.4-8.9 8.7 0.2 Chloride (mg/l) 18.8 17.8 '

20.0 20.0 19.8 17.8 17.8-20.0 19.0 1.1 Nitrate (mg/l) 1.4 1.4 1.7 l.6 l.7 1.7 l.4-l.7 l.6 0.2 Sulrate (mg/1) 22.5 22.5 i 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 - 22.5 0.0 Phosphorus (mg/l) 0.05 0.06! 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.08 0.05-0.08 0.07 0.01 Silica (mg/l) 0.09 0.11 : 0.11 0.07 0.13 0.07 0.07-0.13 0.10 0.02 Total Alkalinity (mg/l) 94 93 94 89 90 92 1

j ,  ; 89-94 92 2 9.O .D. (mg/l) 3 4 3 4 3 3-4 i 3 j 3 0.5 Ospended Solids (mg/1) 85 84 83 86 88 89 83-89

! 86 2 l Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 232 226 238 236  ! 232 l 224 i 224-238 231 5 Tumidity (F . T .u . ) j 62 65 41 55  : 68 75  ! 41-75 61 12 pH 7.0 7.9 7.8 7.7 7.7 7.5 7.5-7.9 1 .

[ 7.8 0.2 Conduct i vay r , p/cm) 295 295 ' 295 4

f300

._ t _ l295  ; 285 , 285-300 294 l

5

. . __ ._ . _ _ _ . . _ . > l _

i .

y -u u

.-1 A. u - ___._e. m_,,_L.~ . _ _ . , _ ,mm _ ._m 4 m.1 .-.:4 O O O TABLE 4 LAKE ERIE WATER QUALITY ANALYSES FOR JUNE 1979 Dates:

Field 6-21-79 Laboratory 6-22-79 Paramete rs l Station No. 1 l Station No. 8 I Station No. 13 l Range Mean Standard i

Surrace J aottom i Surface l Bottom l Surface ! Bottom i

Deviation l

Field Measurements: l 21.0 21.0 21.5 21.0 22.5 21.5 21.0-22.5 0.6 Temperature ( C) ,

21.4 Dissolved Oxygen (ppm) 9.1 l 9.1 9.1 8.8 9.3 8.5 8.5-9.3 9.0 0.3 Conductivity (umhos/cm) 300 j310 300 l300 305 300 300-310 302 4 Transparency (m) 0.40  ! 0.45 l 0.40 0.40-0.45 0.42 0.03 Depth (m) 2.0 l 4.0 2.8 2.0-4.0 2.9 1.0 Solar radlation (ft-candles) 1500

,' 90 3200  ! 0.02 2000 i 0.1 0.02-3200 1132 1328

.e '

! I t

I aboratory Determinations: l Calcium (mg/1) 37.6  ;

37.6 36.8 i 37.2 37.2 37.6 36.8-37.6 37.3 0.3 Magnesium (mg/1) 9.1 9.4 9.4 i 9.6 10.1 9.8 9.1-10.1 9.6 0.4 Sodium (mg/l) 9.2 9.2 .

9.2  ! 9.2 ,

7.6 7.6 7.6-9.2 8.7 0.8 Chloride (mg/l) 15.0 -

15.2 } 15.2 15.2 15.2  ! 15.5 15.0-15.5 15.2 0.2 Nitrate (mg/l) 6.1 6.1 l 5.3 . 7.3 0.9 I 7.7 0.9-7.7 5.6 2.4 Sutrate (mg/l) 29.0 29.0 l 29.0 l 29.0 ,

29.0 f 29.0 -

29.0 0.0 F)hosphorus (mg/l) 0.14 0.09 i 0.03  ; 0.02 '

O.06 ' O.03 0.02-0.14 +

0.06 0.05 Silica (mg/l) 0.22 0.25 1 0.29 l 0.28 0.18 0.22 0.18-0.29 0.24 0.04 i

T;,tal Alkalinity (mg/1) 100 99 98 100 l 100 100 98-100 99 0.8 B .O .D. (mg/l) 6 6 3 4  ! 6 5  ; 3-6 5 1

i.a spended Solids (mg/l) 65 65 44 43 l 58 56 ' 43-65 55 10 Ji d sol ved Solids (mg/l) l 166 168 i160 '164 ' 168 I 174 i 160-174 , 167 5 rumidity (F.T.U .)  !

62 65 41 40 ,

47 i 49 l 40-65 j 51 +

11 pH ,

8.5 8.7 8.5 8.3 ,

,8.6 . 8.5 '

8.3-8.7 l 8.5 ' O.1

] C. undue t ivay ( in a ou/cm)

! 310 300 300 305 i 310 l 31 0 t 300-310 l306 i 5

G ] A U >

U TABLE 5 LAKE EN!E /.'ATER QUALITY ANALYSES FOR JULY 1979 Dates:

Field 73179 Laboratory 8-2-79 Paramete rs  !

St.tu on No . 1  ! Station No. O i Station No. 13 d Range ' lMean I Standard i Sucrace Bottom i

I Su rface I Sottom ' Surface i Gottom l' Oeviation I  !

Field Measurements:  !  ?

Temperature ( C) -

25.0  ! 24.5 25.0 24.0 25.0 25.0 24.0-25.0 24.8

! 0.4 Dissolved Oxygen (ppm) 7.9 6.6 I 8.6 7.6 8.8 6.6-8.8 8.1

8.8 i 0.9 Conductivity (umhos/cm): ' 275 i.280 265 275 280 275 '265-280 275 5 Transparency (m) 0.80 0.85 0.85 0.80-0.85 - -0.83 0.03 Depth (m) 1.5- 4.3 3.2 i 1.5-4.3 3.0 1.4 Solar radiation (ft-candles) 1900 150 11300 10

~

4200 20 4200 1263 1636 l

9 anoratory oeterminations: i i i 6alcium (mg/l) 32.0 l 37.2 l 37.2 '

Magnesium (mg/l) i 36.0 33.2 33.6 32.0-37.2 34.9 2.2 13.9  : 10.1 10.3 l 9.6 12.0 12.2 9.6-13.9 11.4 1.6 Sodium (mg/l) 8.0  ; 7.6 7.6 j 8.0 , 8.0 8.0 7.6-8.0 7.9 0.2 Chloride (mg/l) 15.0 12.5 13.0 i 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5-15.0 13.0 1.0 Nitrate (mg/1) 10.7  ; 6.8 j 8.5 7.7 8.9 9.3 6.8-10.7 8.7 1.3 Sutrate (mg/l) 30.0 28.0  ! 28.0  ! 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0-30.0 28.3 0.8

, Phosphorus (mg/l) j 0.12 0.11 0.11 l 0.12 0.11 0.12 0.01 Silica (mg/l) l  ;

0.11-0.12 ] 0.12

1.03 , 0.57  ; 0.65 i 0.45 0.48 0.65 0.45-1.03 0.21 Tctal Alkalinity (mg/1) '

0.64{

! 93 96  ? 97 95 94 95 93-97

{ l i 95 i 1.4 9.O .D. (mg/1) { l '

3 2 2

!  ! 2 3  : 1-3 l 2.5 l 1

iu spended Solids (mg/1) i 46 12 l 14 10 . 24 16 i

' 10-46  ! 20 i 13 Di ssolved Solics (mg/1)  ! 228 240 j196 174 ' 182 182 174-240 ~200 l 27 ruccidity (F .T .U .) 70 54 57 52 -

35  : 34 34-70 *50 14 pH 8.0 8.2 0.1 8.4 8.5 -

8.5 8.0-8.5 8.3 0.2 t vnductivay (un nos/cm) ' ' 230 240 240 230 230 ' 235 230-240 234 5 e ."

f

\

% O J

]

TABLE O LAKE ERIE WATER QUALITY ANALYSES FOR AUGUST 1979 Dates:

Field _ g.po_70 Lacoratory 8-30-79 Paramete rs Station No. 1 I Station No. O I Station No. 13 Range Mean l Standard Surrace ! Bottom Surfa ce Bottom i Su rface ! Bottom Deviation f

Field Measurements:

Temperature ( C) 21.0 21.0 22.0 21.5 22.0 21.5 21.0-22.0 21.5 ~ 0.5 Dissolved Oxygen (ppm) 7.8 l 7.9 8.5 8.3 8.1 8.1 7.8-8,5 8.1 0.3 Conductivity (umhos/cm) 245  !, 250 250 250 260 260 245-260 253 6 Transparency (m) 0.50 ; 0.50 0.45 0.45-0.50 0.48 0.03 Ocpth (m) l 1.0 4.0 2.3 1.0-4.0 2.4 1.5 solar radtation (rt-candles) 2700 l1200 2100 16 3000 29 16-3000 513 1077 t_aboratc,ry Determinations: ,

Calcium (mg/l) 33.2 i 32.8 32.8 32.0 33.2 33.2 32.0-33.2 32.9 0.5 Maunesium (mg/2) 7.4  : 7.4 7.2 7.7 8.4 8.4 7.2-8.4 7.8 0.5 E? odium (mg/l) 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.3 8.3 7.3-8.3 7.6 0.4 Chloride (mg/l) ' '

11.0 11.0 i 10.8 10.8 12.3 12.3 10.8-12.3 11.4 0.7 I

Nitrate (mg/l) 2.0 ,

2.7 2.7 2.7 3.1 3.1 2.0-3.1 2.7 0.4 Sulfate (mg/l) 28.5 l 28.5 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.5 28.0-28.5 , 28.3 i' O.3 Phosphorus (mg/l) 0.03 0.04 0.02 0.02 ! 0.02 0.02 0.02-0.04 0.03 0.01 Silica (mg/l) 0.11  : 0.16 l 0.04 0.04 0.13 0.02 0.02-0.16 0.08 0.06 Total Alkattnity (mg/l) 97  ; 96 ' 91  ! 96 ,

93 93 91-97 94 2

e .o . D . (mg/t) 2 l 2 2 l 2

{

2 3 2-3 2.3 0.5

U spended Solics (mo/l) 15  ; 18  ; 20 18 25 22 15-25 20 . 3 l 198

~

Jissolved Solids (mg/l) i 174 , 184 i 184 184 ,

194 174-198 186 l 9 I f 14 rumidity (F .T .U .)

13 13 ,

13 +

18  ; 16 j 13-18 14.5  ! 2 pH 8.7 8.7 8.8 8.7 8.6 8.7 8.6-8.8 O.I i ,

} 8.7

{225 c unductivay (umnos/eno 260 260 270 225-270

{260 l270  ;

l258 l'

D]{

_ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -. ..- _. - _. -=

0 1 O l

TABLE 7 LAKE ERIE WATER QUAL.ITY ANALYSES FOR SEPTEMBER 1979 Dates:

Field 9-27-79 Laboratory 9-28-79 Parametd rs Station No. 1 Station No. O I Station No. 13 Range Mean Standard Surrace ! Bottom i Surface Gottom ! Surface Gottom Deviation i

i Field Measurements. ,

Tamperature ( C) 18.0 18.0 18.5 18.0 18.5 18.5 18.0-18.5 18.3 0.3 Dissolved Oxygen (ppm) 9.1 ,

9.0 9.0 1 9.0 9.3 9.0 9.0-9.3 9.1 0.1 Conductivity (umhos/cm) 283 i 282 284  ! 284 285 284 282-285 284 1 Transparency (m) 1.00 i 1.15 1.15 1.00-1.15 1.10 0.09 D2pth (m) 1.0 3.3 2.2 1.0-3.3 2.2 1.2 Solar radiation (ft-candles) 4400 l2500 3200 10 2900 40 10-4400 2175 1782

%I aboratory Determinations:

Calcium (mg/l) 32.4  ! 32.8 33.6 33.2 33.2 33.2 32.4-33.6 33.1 U.4 Maunesium (mg/1) 9.1  ! 8.9 9.4 10.1 9.8 9.8 8.9-10.1 9.5 0.5 ,

Godium (mu/l) 8.0 I 8.0 , 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 -

8.0 0.0 l

Chloride (mD/l) 13.8 l 13.5 l 14.0 13.5 14.5 14.0 13.5-14.5 13.9 0.4 Nitrate (mg/l) 2.40 i 3.06 2.00 2.40 3.40 1.70 1.70-3.40 2.5 0.6 Sutrate (mg/l) 28.0 l 28.0 l 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 -

28.0 0.0 Phosphorus (mg/l) 0.04 0.01 0.02 ; 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01-0.04 { 0.02 0.01 Silica (mg/l) 0.04 j 0.04 0.09 0.09 i 0.07 0.07 0.04-0.09 0.73 1.60 t i Total Alkalintty (mg/t) 90 91 89 90 ' 90 91 89-91 90 1

, l a .O .D. (mg/t) 4

{ 4 3  ; 3 l 3 3 3-4 3.3 0.5

=aspended Solids (mg/t) 14  ; 15 11 l 11 1 8 12 ,

8-15 12 2 Dissolved Solids (mg/t) 194  ; 176 , 183  : 178 i188 176  ! 176-194 1183 l 8 ruroidity (F . F .U .) 10 12 l 10 ,

10 '

10 l 11 i 10-12 10.5 0.8 8.8 8.9 pit 8.9 8.8 8.9 i 8.9  ! 8.8-8.9 8.9 0.05 t unduct ivity 0.mnos/cm) ~ , 270 280 250 250 l270 l260  ;

250-280 263 12

_ _ _ . _L _ -.

O h, k_l! _! _L

fQ N O {]N TABLE 8 LAKE ERIE .'. ATER QUALITY ANALYSES FOR OCTOBER 1979 Dates:

Field 10-30-79 Laboratory 11-1-79 Paramete rs l Sta'. t en No. i Station No . 8 , Station No. 13 Range Mean l Standard Surrace ' r30ttom Surface B otto m Surface l Bottom Deviation Fictd Measurements:

Temperature ( C) '8. 0 j 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.5 8.0-8.5 8.1 0.2 Die:olved Oxygen (ppm) 11.3 g 11.4 10.2 9.5 10.3 10.4 9.5-11.4 10.5 0.7 Conductivity (umhos/cm) 320 315 350 350 330 335 315-350 333 15 Transparency (m) 0.45 ,

0.45 0.50 0.45-0.50 0.47 0.03 D3pth (m) > 1.0 3.5 2.8 1.0-3.5 2.4 1.3 Solar radiation (ft-candles) 2200  : 130 1600 0.01 1700 0.02 0.01-2200 938 1002 "d I Laboratory Determinations: j Calcium (mg/1) 36.8 ,1 36.4 36.4 36.8 36.0 36.0 36.0-36.8 36.4 0.4 Magnesium (mg/1) 9.8 i 10.3 11.0 10.3 '.0.6 10.1 9.8-11.0 10.4 0.4 sodium (mg/1) 13.5 l 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 -

13.5 0.0 Chloride (mg/l) 21.0 I 21.0 22.0 22.0 21.0 21.0 21.0-22.0 21.0 0.5 Nitrate (mg/l) 0.9 I 0.6 0.9 1.0 0.8 1.4 0.6-1.4 2.3 3.3 Sulfate (mg/1) 35.5  ; 36.0 35.5 35.5 35.3 35.3 35.3-36.0 35.5 0.3 Phosphorus (mg/l) 0.11 , 0.13 0.08 0.11 0.06 0.08 0.06-0.13 0.10 0.03 Silica (mg/l) 0.18 i 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.07 0.04-0.18 0.07 0.06 i

Total Alkalinity (mg/1) 101 i 100 104 102 100 100 100-104 101 -

2 9.O .D. (mg/l) 2 2 3 2 3 3 2-3 2.5 0.5 saspended Solids (mg/1) 42 28 15 25 41 79 15-79 38 22 Dissolved Solids (mg/1) 190 186 192 190 180 178 178-192 186 6 Turtidity (F .T .U .) 53 52 38 32  ! 43 42 32-52 43 , 8 pH 8.6 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.5 I 8.5-8.7

! 8.6 8.6 l 0.1

' Conductivity (un oms /cm) l325 322 330 332 l320 I

, 322 320-332 325 l 5 i __. _ . _ . _ - .

' 7 s .

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ ._____ _ --- = = - - -. - --~- - -

v (v V TABLE 9 LAKE ENIL WATER QUAL LTY ANALYSES FOR NOVEMBER 1979 Dates:

Field 11-28-79 Labc catory 11-30-79 Paramete rs l Station No. 1 1 Stauon No . 8 i Station No. 13 Range Mean Standard Sverace ' Bottom ISur race I Bottom - Surface I Bottom Deviation i i i

l Field Measurements-  : .

Temperature ( C) 6.0 6.0 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.0-6.5 6.3 0.3 Dissolved oxygen (ppm) 12.7 12.6 12.2 12.2 12.3 12.1 12.1-12.7 12.4 0.2 Conductivity (umhos/cm) 260  !' 255 245 245 245 250 245-260 ) 6 Transparency (m) 0.30 O.35 0.35 0.30-0.35 0.33 0.03 Depth (m) 1.0  ; 3.5 2.5 1.0-3.5 2.3 1.3

, Solar radiation (ft-candles) 100 12  ! 800 0.0 100 0.85 0.0-800 169 l 313 I aboratory Determinations: ,

l l Calcium (mg/l) 42.0 42.0 37.6 37.6 37.6

! 1

' 36.8 36.8-42.0 38.9 2.4 Maunesium (mg/1) 10.8  ; 11.3 11.0 9.4 9.6 10.8 9.4-11.3 10.5 0.8 sodium (mg/1) 8.9 8.4 8.0 8.0 9.2 8.0 8.0-9.2 8.4 0.5 Chloride (mg/1) 22.8 22.3  ! 18.5 17.5 18.0 18.3 17.5-22.8 19.6 2.3 Nitrate (mg/1) 8.5 6.5 4.5 6.8 7.7 7.3 4.5-8.5 3 6.9 1.4 Sutrate (mg/l) 30.8 30.0 i 28.0 26.0 26.0 26.0 26.0-30.8 Phos;>horus (mgA) 27.8 2.2 0.05 0.09 l 0.09 0.12 Silica (mg/l) 0.82 0.06 { 0.11 0.05-0.12 0.09 0.03

, 0.85 '

O.34 l 0.35 0.37 0.31 0.31-0.85 0.51 0.26 Total Alkalinity (mg/1) 101 103 '

95 96 99 99

95-103 99 3 0.O . D. (mg/1)  ; 2 4 3 2

. 1 5 4  ; 2-5 3 1 O spended Solida (mg/1) 38 23 , 112 , 87 145 156 23-156 55 Diusolved Solids (mg/1) 146 200

!  ! 94 180 176 182 180 '

1*6-200 177 18 Turoidity (F .T .U . 34 35 62 4 58 64 1 64 34-64 53 14 pH 7.3 7.4 7.3 7.5 7.0  : 6.9 6.9-7.5 7.2 0.2 ccenduct ivay ( ~ ~t/cm) 390 390 340 340 335 l 335 335-390 - 355 27

]$f ME}O m

.- .. - = .- _ - . .

1 TABLE 10 MEAN VALUES AND RANGES FOR WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS TESTED IN 1979 April - November 1979 Parameter Mean Range Units

1. Temperature 16.1 6.0-25.0 OC

2. Dissolved Oxygen 9.5 6.6-12.7 ppm

3. Conductivity (field) 3ul 245-450 umhos/cm

4. Transparency 0.55 0.30-1.15 m

5. Solar Radiation 1279 0.0-5000 ft-candles

6. Calcium 37.4 32.0-50.8 mg/l

7. Magnesium 10.1 7.2-15.1 mg/l

8. Sodium 9.5 7.3-14.4 mg/l

9. Chloride 17.7 10.8-30.5 mg/l

10. Nitrate 4.4 0.C-10.7 mg/l

11. Sulfate 30.6 22.5-46.0 mg/l

12. Phosphorus 0.2 0.01-0.20 mg/l

13. . Silica 1.17 0.02-1.59 mg/l

14. Total Alkalinity 97 89-109 mg/l

15. BOD 3 1-6 mg/l

16. Suspended Solids 49 8-156 mg/l l

17. Dissolved Solids 185 140-240 mg/l

18. Turbidity 44 10-84 F.T.U.

! 19. Hydrogen-ions 8.3 6.9-8.9 pH

20. Conductivity (lab) 309 225-465 umhos/cm

) 15 l

e n,n --son. mama,mn, a+mmL '=- ='a= a----====-- - -- ~~-===.=m-- "-

w- =' -

-amm =mmm------- ~=~~~-

O I

}

I 1

f i

i i i l

I i

I f FIGURES l i

\O I

l I

4

} ,

4 1

i i

i s

i 4

[

l i

i i i I

, i 4

1 I

(

i I

, (

4 l

l i I 4

I T

l l

de% s l

- / A., uxe 50 J/>

ERt! Lake En. e lw,c -

a.;; q l

]f

-N-r1 8

\!ntake Crib c .

.. .. g. - 01 cischarge structure

! Marsh  :- .

y Cooltng  : Area Tower 3 0 13

..... z Physical _

p .,

Facilities

/ ,

Maash Area .,

s

• O ,,,..-

• 1000,-

e...s f'It i' o f - r , EAM ry p  ; , i i t y .n . A..4 a! [ , Avi g igi x: SE NUCLEAR l'OWLR STATION

w/

I FIGURE 2. *iEAN MONTHLY HYDR 0 GEN h b / TEMPERATURE AND DISSOLVED OXYGEN q,)

"EASUREMENTS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT FOR 1979. ,

25 -

Hydrogen Ions (pH)

] Dissolved Oxygen (ppm)

~

Temperature (*C)

~

15 -

5

/

10 -

r- ~

/ /

)

l ~~

7-~

'-~~

/ ___,/-

/

p, / , 7 ,

/ / / , / / /

~~~

/

/ b)\ / / / / /

l /

l/  ;

' ,/ f /

, hi ' i ) / / / ll APRll O'sY JijNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER

(y -

N] FIGURE 3.

)

MEANMONTHLYTURBIDITY)'SUSPENDEDSOLIDSANDTRANSPARENCY

\'" )

NEASUREMENTS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT FOR 1979.

Turbidity (FTU)

-1.1

] Suspended Solids (mg/1) 100 - - 1.0 Transparency (m)

(FTU) - (m)

(mg/1)

/ - 0. 9

/

[ ~

/ - 0. 8 75 - .._

^

f /

/

/ / - 0. 7

/ /

5 [ ---[ / - 0. 6

/ / ,--; /

50 - / / ~/ -

/ - 0. 5

/ / / -

/

/ / / / - 0. 4

/ /  :

7 /

/

[

/ /l / / - 0. 3 25 - [ j / /

/ l / / - 0. 2

/

/

/

/

l l

\

/

/

7-V

/

-/

7-

/ T'l

/l/

/

/

/ - 0.1 f# f#  ;

/ #

/#

f# f# l#

0 0.0 APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER

-\)>

,(- ) R

) 1 ) E 1

/

g m

/

(

g m

1

/

g m

//////// B M

E V

( ( O e N m d e u i t i r a R c o f E

l l l a h u B S

N l

l C C

) l S

, //////// O O

T C

O l f l I

T A

R R T E N B E

C N

O C

////// T M

E P

E E . S T9 A7 F9 L1 U T SR DF N

AT O

, //// S U

G U

N A EI DO IP 1

R 5

0.r TS nU fk ,O tC M

L ,

,///// Y L

U J

UT I A C

LE AI CR E

Y E LE i K t

TA

////// N U

J NL O

MNI N

A E

f \i

Y 4

. /, \1/

/ / / h t E

R U

G I

F L

I

/////////// R P

A

- - - ~ ~

0 0 0 )

1 4 3 '

/k /

g

(

m

fm

• O FIGURE 5. MEAN MONTHLY ALKALINITY DISSOLVED SOLIDS AND CONDUCTIVITY MEASUREf1ENTS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT FOR 1979.

Alkalinity (mg/1)

~

Dissolved Solids (mg/1)

Conductivity (4;mhos/cm) 400 -

~ ~

300 -

~ /

/ 7 7- - r- -

/) 7 / / / / /

7 / / / / / / /

100 - ---/ / / / / .../ /

/y

/ T~/ ---/ ~~~/ ---/ / -/

/ / / / / / /

/ / / / / / / /

0

/ A / / / / / /

APRIL TIAI JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEidBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER

I s

u r

e) o) tl a hI a/ c p/

d r9 i s9 tm l o8 i( i h(

_ N S P l l f) l l

l l l l l R E

B 9

// M E

V O

6 N S l N l O l R

I E T B A

R / OTC T 3 N

E C

2 / O N

O -

R C -

E A B M

C I 9 L7 I 9 5

, //// E T

P S1 E 2 S DR NO AF '

ST '

T UN  !

S RI OO HP 7

/ U G

U

'r A a 2 C

u

,OL E

TT Y AA R

TE

,/(/ !L( U 1 I I NR

)

E 7

8 /

LE HK I TA I NL I O E MN N I T N I! U A 6 J E 5 -

M

\

,t  :

l'

. I 6 I I

E R Y U A G M I

F 1

1 1

L p/ ////// I R

P

, 6 A 5

v

- ) - - -

0 l 0 2 1 0

/

2 g 1 U 0 0

(

m U

- - "' -'-~ l

-1 I

i i @ O @

i I. FIGURE 7. TRENDS IN MEAN MONTHLY TRANSPARENCY AND PHOSPHORUS MEASUREMENTS i FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT FOR THE PERIOD 1972-1979. .

l 1,

b '

i 1

i f

! i.' i

! l '

- -- -- - u. _ .- n , w .

i 1.25. ,

i I .

' .' .; u p -. ,.c y (, - 3

~

l y i . ca -

w .

\ .h o.,,

\ I\ i \ q

>\ c. t . b

- \ s  !

l\l j\- \

4 1

/ t,... .

/

\7 J \.s, x x 'v 0.25 ,

\ .; '.,, N s I I'. <

i e ,,

fi *2 1 y *$

• e #, I  ; a C 8 w so os &A,u w so n, w n w sa,o 1 b &aa he

.w so wnm uso &. h m e A L 1 L

.e g aaso w .a..w u.. . . . . .as,,u gg isir i37, i-c i i,7s 2,7 i,77 i,73 i,7, ea)

D~=3

! by l in i

cm_

l b-i '

l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .__ . _ _ _ _ _ _

FIGURE 8. TRENDS IN MEAN MONTHLY CONDUCTIVITY, ALKALINITY AND TURBIDITY MEASUREMENTS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT FOR THE PERIOD 1972-1979. .

I I

---

No Measurements Avettable 500<

\ ,

400- \ s ru b

\ A Concoctivitf (um%s/cm) s l t N \/ \ f r~'\

n

_ _ _f l ,

/  %:

20 7 tea-b' ' n:=sti-ity (mg/1 A

...?

3

,r

/

-x -w

-f 0

.i. . . "-WII, h/ ' . . ,  % 1's eIr i i ei1 J A 5 0 9 DIJ F M A M J J A 5 0 4 0'J F M A w J J A 5 0 % 6'J F = A M J J A 5 0 m C0 F M A M J J A 5 0 N og F M A M J J A 5 0 9 D'J F M A:iJ J A 5 0 m D iJ F M A MJ J A 5 0 N D 1972 1973 197A 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979

1

/ f 1

1 I l

l .

1 FIGURE 9. TRENDS IN MEAN MONTHLY TEMPERATURE, DISSOLVED OXYGEN, AND HYDROGEN ION  !

MEASUREMENTS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT FOR THE PERIOD 1972-1979. . ,

]

. i i

i l i I l

- so u .we.m.rt. Av.it.oi.

i 30 . l l

1 25 - Temperatur. ec -

i $ . Y I f

1 } '

i 20 . .

I i

15 - og..cty.o o, ,n (ppm) J t

~

gg , V

-L- tons .,_hy r / Hydrogen V'

--J

-+-

,#'W(h.

-,A j

^

l 5- (PH)

/ \w/ ,

' I l

)

4

/

0 .

i

) , J A 5 0 N dJ F M A M J J A 5 0 M dJ F 4 A M J J A 5 0 N D Jl F M A M J J A 5 0 N D'J F M A M J J A 5 0 N D'J F M A M J J A S O N dJ F M A MJ J A 5 0 N dJ F M A RJ J A S O N D j l ten 1973 197: 1975 1976 19n 1978 1979 i i r s'

1 l I t

i I .- _ - - _ - - - , _

1 1

REFERENCES CITED American Public Health Association. 1975. Standard methods for the '

examination of water and wastewater. 14th ed. APHA, New York.

847 p.

American Society for Testing and Materials. 1973. Annual book of i ASTM standards, part 23, water; atmospheric analysis. ASTM,

! Philadelphia. 1108 p.

i

! Herdendorf, C.E. , M.D. Barnes and J.M. Reutter. 1979. Procedures 1

for aquatic ecology monitoring program at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station. Ohio State University, Center for

. Lake Erie Area Research, CLEAR Procedures Manual No. 8. 34 p.

1 i

Ohio Environmental Protection Agency. 1978. Water quality stan-dards. OEPA Administrative Code, Chapter 3745-1. 117 p.

! Rich, P.R. and B.G. Wetzel. 1969. A simple sensitive underwater

! photometer. Limnology and Oceanography 14:611-613.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1974. Methods for chemical analysis of water and wastes. EPA Analytical Control Labora-tory, Cincinnati, Ohio. 125 p.

Welch, P.S. 1948. Limnological methods. McGraw-Hill Book Co.,

New York. 381 p.

4 1

l l

l l

l 26

J N

W M

!9 l

l l

l l

l I,

I

' I i i

! i i

i VII

!O f

I SgcTron 3.1.1.A.2 LHEMICAL USArE I l

i

'I I

I I l

1 l

l t

l i

i 1

O

.- - -. . - __ -..___. - - - - - _ - - - .= . -.. - - -

Table 3.1-1

DAVIS-DESSE NUCLEAR PCVER STATION UNIT N0. 1 CHDilCAL USAGE FOR 1979 f

CHD!ICAL . SYSTEM USE QUANTITY DISCitARGE INTERMEDIATE FINAL Chlorine Circulating Water Biocide 36,701# N/A Unit discharge  !

via cooling tower r

blowdovn ,

Chlorine Service Water Biocide 63,716# . Cooling Tower Unit discharge i

Makeup via 'ooling c tower blowdown

- Chlorine "Ccsling Tower Makeup Biocide None Cooling Tower Unit discharge e Makeup via cooling tower 7

~

blowdown ,

Chlorine Water Treatment Disinfection 4,134# N/A Water dist. sys.

M (g 1  :

Sulfuric Acid Circulating Water Alkalinity 42,288 gal.. Reacts with Unit discharge Control circulating via cooling tower  !

water blowdown E Sulfuric Acid Demineralizers Regeneration 10,767 gal.. Neutralizing tank Unit discharge g for neutralization . '

t_ = 3 g Sulfuric Acid Water Treatment Stabilization None N/A Water dist. sys. .

2ma g Sulfuric Acid Neutralizing Tank Neutralization No"e N/A Unit discharge

Only used when the un!: is operating .ind .crv!ce water lu belot; returned tn the forebay.

ed

.._.7

. . . ,m -

,- ~ .. ,s , . . <, .

LJ

'q) '

q)

TABLE 3.1-1 (Con' t. )

1979 CHEMICAL USAGE tHEMICAL SYSTEM USE QUANTITY DISCilARCE I INTERMEDIATE FINAL Sodium Hydroxide Demineralizers Regeneration 38,453 gal. Neutralizing Tank Unit discharge for neutralization Sodium Hydroxide Neutralizing Tank Neutralization 5,391 gal. N/A Unit discharge Calcium ' Hydroxide Water Treatment Clarification and 55,450# Sludge to the Supernatant from Softening Settling Basin the settling basin to the unit discharge i

. Sodium Aluminate Water Treatment Clarification and 3,160# Sludge to the . Supernatant from Softening Settling Basin the settling N

basin to the unit 'E discharge b.

3alco 607 Water Treatment Clarification and None Slude to the "

Softening Settling Basin Nalco 8.184 Water Treatment Clarification and 26 gal. Sludge to the Softening Settling Basin Sodium Hydroxide Water Treatment Clarification and 186si Slude to the "

Softening Settling Basin odium Hypochlor- Water Treatment Disinfection 32# N/A Water distribution Ate -

aystem podiumHypochlor-SewageTreatment Disinfection 510" N/A Unit Discharge dte i

i

! I I 1 __

i 1

~

j. '

TABLE 3.1-1 (Con' t. ) '

1979 CllEMICAL USAGE

'CilEMICAL SYSTEM USE QUANTITY DISCitARGE INTERMEDIATE FINAL

!!yd ra zitw. Secondary Coolant Oxygen Scavenging 451 gal. N/A N/A Reactor Coolant Oxygen Scavenging None N/A N/A Component Cooling Oxygen Scavenging 3 gal. N/A N/A Auxiliary. Boiler Oxygen Scavenging 19 8 1- N/A N/A lleating System Oxygen Scavenging 0.1 gal.

N/A s

N/A .

Ammonia Secondary Coolant pil Control 147 gal. N/A N/A Auxiliary Boiler pil Control 14 gal.

N/A N/A Boric Acid Reactor Coolant Neutron Moderator 9,075# N/A N/A Lithium Hydroxide Reactor Coolant pli Control 3,375 grams N/A N/A

.As Lithium u

Morpholine Component Cooling pH Control None N/A N/A Nalco 39L Turbine Plant Cool- Corrosion Inhibitod 275 gal. N/A N/A ing Chilled Water Corrosion Inhibitot 8 gal.

N/A N/A

. 1 l

i l i i i I t

c~. .

4 *

..i

• s '

a TABLE 3.1-1 (Con' t.)

1979 CHEMICAL USAGE 4

CHDilCAL SYSTEM -

USE QUANTITY D IS C HA.G E l INTERMEDIATE FINAL '

Nalco 7320' Turbine Plant' Cool-

~

Microbiological None i N/A N/A ing Control .

Chilled 1'ater Microbiological None N/A N/A

. Control I, 't

- I Nalco 7326 . Turbine Plant Microbiological 145 gal. N/A I

N/A -

Cooling -

Control  : .

Sodium Hydroxide Turbine Plant pH Control None N/A N/A Cooling .

j r E.

e a e

l e

1 l

l

W M

W

1 e

l l

l l

l i

i 4

l i

l VIII SecTION 3.1.1.A.3 CHLORINE Il0NITORING l

i i

l l

t l

i i i l l

l

i I

i 3.1.1.a.3 CHLORINE MONITORING Chlorine monitoring is covered by the stations NPDES Permit.

The limits of the permit were not exceeded during 1979.

1 1

I i

l l

I

! l

\

l l9

?

i I

F b

O '

1 1

1 4

i i

i i

i 9

'I l

1 I

)

I e

4 1

i 4

IX i i

i

.! i i '

l I

ECTION 3 1,2,A,]

\

LANKTON oTUDIES l l  !

j I s

4 s

I J

6 i

l.

i i

l O  !

i

1 CLEAR TECHNICAL REPORT NO.160 O

PHYTOPLANKTON AND ZOOPLANKTON DENSITIES FROM LAKE ERIE NEAR THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION

DURING 1979

~

Environmental Technical Specifications Sec. 3.1.2.a. I Plankton Studies (Phytoplankton and Zooplankton)

Prepared by Jeffrey M. Reutter and James W. Fletcher Prepared for Toledo Edison Company Toledo, Ohio THE OHIO STATE UNIVERS!1Y CENTER FOR LAKE ERIE AREA RESEARCH COLUMBUS, OHIO F ebruary 1980

O k 3.1. 2. a.1 Plankton Studies (Phytoplankton and Zooplankton)

Procedures Plankton samples were collected monthly (approximately once every 30 days) from May through November from 7 sampling stations in the vicinity of Locust Point (Figure 1). Actual sampling dates were determined by weather conditions and the availability of personnel and equipment. Samples could not be collected during April due to an unusually long winter and the presence of ice and/or inclement weather. Four vertical tows, bottom to surf ace, were collected at each station with a Wisconsin plankton net (12 cm mouth; no. 20, 0.080 mm mesh).

Each sample was concentrated to 50 ml. Two samples were preserved with Lugol's and used for phytoplankton analysis. Soda water was added to the remaining 2 samples to relax the zooplarkters prior to preservation with 5% formalin. The volume of water sampled was computed by multiplying the depth of the tow by the area of the net mouth. Three 1-ml aliquots were withdrawn from each 50-ml sample and placed in counting cells.

Whole organism counts of the phytoplankton were made from 25 random Whipple Disk fields in each of the three 1-ml aliquots from 2 samples. When filamentous forms numbered 100 or more in 10 Whipple fields, they were not counted in the remaining 15 fields. Identification was carried as far as possible, usually the genus or species level.

(,,/ All zooplankters within each of the three 1-ml aliquots from 2 samples were

counted by scanning the entire counting cell with a microscope. Identification was carried as far as possible, usually to the genus or species level.

Phytoplankton

Results. Phytoplankters collected from May through November 1979 were l divided into 50 taxa, generally to the genus level (Table 1). Twenty one taxa were grouped in Bacillariophyceae,18 in Chlorophyceae, 2 in Dinophyceae, and 9 in Myxophyceae.

Monthly mean phytoplankton populations ranged from 4,595/1 in June to 734,777/1 on May 1 (Table 1). The mean density from all samples collected in 1979 was 224,008/l. Phytoplankton densities at individual sampling stations ranged from 1,945/1 at Station 8 in June to 889,947/1 at Station 13 on May 1 (Table 2). Population pulses were observed in the spring and the sumer (Figure 2). The spring pulse was caused by diatoms while the sumer pulse was caused by l blue-green algae (Figure 3).

I

! Monthly mean bacillariophycean densities ranged from 1,628/l in June to l 733,663/1 on May 1 (Table 1). The annual mean bacillariophycean density from I

all samples collected during 1979 was 109,293/1 or 49 percent of the entire l \{V }l

o e o

[ LAKE ERIE

~ .,

1 G3 98 7

8 23

~ ,* .

' 6 g1

• ......... 415

} MARSH  : *. .

^ ^ .

M 11 12 COOLING 3 O O $13 TOWER 0 14 i p .

.1s STATION AREA sd .

25 s

1.',,,,,,,, MARSH AREA . .... '.

. 9 29

~

. FIGURE 1

• • ~

..- 1000

, DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION, UNIT 1 AQUATIC SAMPLING STATIONS

O O O -

TABLE 1 MONTHLY MEAN DENSITIES

• OF INDIVIDUAL PHYTOPLANKTON l TAXA AT LOCUST POINT - 1979

-~

DATE May May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. I TAXA 1 23 21 28 29 27 30 28 MEAN .

BACILLARIOPHYCEAE (Diatoms)

Asterionella formosa 680123 14439 221 111 0 0 30211 10187 91912

, Cosinodiscus spp. 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 0 2 id Cyclotella spp. 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Cymatopleura spp. 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Diatoma spp. 8 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Fragilaria spp. 2706 7415 106 7276 5571 6365 9161 3071 '5209 G rosigma spp. 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 1 t e osira spp. 39353 5308 700 3422 68 5548 11930 489 8352 Navicula spp. 86 0 0 34 0 0 0 0 15 Nitzschia spp. 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Penularia spp. 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 1 Pleurosoma sp. 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Rhizosolinia spp. 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Sceletonema subsalsa 0 0 481 0 0 0 0 0 60 i Stephanodiscus binderanu: 10142 5847 11 0 23 0 5175 2833 2948

'S. spp. 7 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 2 Surirella spp. 0 0 17 32 44 0 8 0 13 Synedra spp. 87 17 53 0 0 0 70 1034 158 Tabellaria spp. 1014 2492 39 0 0 0 113 798 557 i Unidentified Centric 0 33 0 0 6 17 0 0 7 Unidentified Centric Filament 109 281 0 0 0 0 0 0 49 Subtotal 733663 35855 1628 10882 5712 11930 56703 17967 109293

, e i

r~ p 'y TABLE 1 (Cent'd)

MONTHLY MEAN DENSITIES

• OF INDIVIDUAL PHYTOPLANKTON TAXA AT LOCUST POINT - 1979 DATE May May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov.

TAXA 1 23 21 28 29 27 30 28 MEAN CHLOR 0PMYCEAE (Green Algae)

Actinastrum spp. 0 0 13 0 0 0 93 0 13 i

. Ankistrodesmus falcatus 0 0 50 0 14 0 0 0 8

? Binuclearia tatrana 0 0 338 255 195 57144 11069 44 8631 Botryococcus sudeticus 0 0 0 1369 1977 59 0 0 424 Closteriopsis longissima 11 184 7 13 0 0 9 21 31 Closterium spp. 0 0 6 17 0 0 0 0 3 Coelastrum spp. 0 0 0 79 47 0 0 0 16 Cosmarium spp. 0 0 0 35 0 0 0 0 4 Dictyosphaerium sp. 8 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Micractinium sp. 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Mugeotia sp. 14 6 1958 111 84 85 12747 8068 383 2948 Oocystis spp. 0 0 0 47 0 11 5 .0 8 Pediastrum duplex 18 151 899 716 955 355 241 0 4 17 P.-simplex 28 85 67 1018 422 636 224 84 323 Scenedesmus spp. 26 7 42 64 0 17 10 0 21

Schroederia sp. 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 1 Staurastrum paradoxum 10 14 34 404 75 23 78 0 80 Tetraspora spp. 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Subtotal 261 2416 1574 4092 3791 70992 19798 534 12932 i

I

g. .A

&p -

TABLE 1 (Cont'd)

MONTHLY MEAN DENSITIES

• OF INDIVIDUAL PHYTOPLANKTON TAXA AT LOCUST POINT - 1979 I

DATE May Phy June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov.

TAXA 1 23 21 28 29 27 30 28 MEAN MYX0PHYCEAE (Blue-green Algae)

Anabaena spiroides 0 0 13 129 259 17 22 10 56 i A. sp. 45 8 129 26 15 277 0 0 63 V' Xphanizomenon flos-aauae 18 0 110 215464 96118 405876 2198 0 89973 Aphanothece spp. 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 1 Chroococcus spp. 0 524 0 147- 0 0 0 0 84 Gomphosphaeria spp. 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 1 Merismopedia spp. 0 0 7 21 0 0 0 0 4 Microcystis spp. 0 0 0 1071 189 0 0 0 158

, Oscillatoria spp. 779 689 984 100 103 12128 40903 945 7079 Subtotal 842 1221 1243 216958 96697 418298 43123 955 97417 DIN 0PHYCEAE (Protozoa)

Ceratium hirundinella 0 5 149 34372 40 147 0 0 4339 Peridinium sp. 11 0 0 197 5 0 0 0 27 Subtotal 11 5 149 34570 45 147 0 0 4366 TOTAL 734777 39497 4595 266502 106244 501368 119624 19456 224008

• Expressed as number of whole organisms / liter and computed from duplicate vertical tows (bottom to surface) with a Wisconsin plankton net (12cm diameter, 0.080mm mesh) from 7 sampling stations on dates indicated.

(~

C U TABLE 2 MONTHLY MEAN PHYTOPLANKTON DENSITIES

• FROM SAMPLING STATIONS AT LOCUST POINT, LAKE ERIE - 1979 DATE May May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. GRAND STATION 1 23 21 28 29. ,

27 30 28 MEAN 1 630647- 52546 7624 317485 81514 406729 120938 38020 206938

, 3 737866 45212 8252 327506 94904 517548 145597 21221 237263 I 6 633462 48808 3851 440997 79302 444691 134103 13662 224859 8 872272 28665 1945 94904 181824 481395 100882 17527 222452 13 889947 36594 3961 260850 96672 692887 133682 12320 265864 14 672223 28405 2762 206194 185327 363659 112627 12497 197962 18 706825 36252 3773 217577 24168 602667 89539 20943 212718 GRAND MEAN 734777 39497 4595 266502 106244 501368 119624 19456 224008

• Data presented as the number of whole organisms / liter and computed from duplicate vertical tows (bottom to surface) with a Wisconsin plankton net (12cm diameter, 0.080am mesh) at each of the indicated stations.

.i t.

< 1

! l 1

FIGURE 2. MONTHLY MEAN PHYTOPLANKTON POPULATIONS FOR LAKE ERIE 4

AT LOCUST POINT, 1974 - 1979.*

?

F FM,77F 4 1 i

i

/ ,

- , i l

• l

• m.. - ,

, ,i

, 8

. l I l l

~~~

i l l l l l l

- l  !

i

,e i  :

l

. . . . - , l l - / i 1

• k -

l' . ',

l

', l O

a

, n .. . ir.J;;;;;;, .;;. ;;; . .. .,;;;;;;;;; .... i; ;;';;. ;;;;;;;;; ;;;y. .;;;;;i

.m em ,m ,m ,m ,m 5

1 1

!

• Dotted lines connect points (sampling dates) separated j by more than a full calendar month. Solid lines connect i

s points (dates) in consecutive months.

i i

I l

n\

J FIGURE 3. MONTHLY MEAN BACILLARIOPHYCEAE, CHLOROPHICEAE, AND MYXOPHYCEAE POPULATIONS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT, 1979.

733,663 216,958 418,298 I l 5 Bacillariophyceae l E Chlorophyceae f

I l g Myxophyceae s

k 100,000- j 90,000 - q W

?

80,000-

~J

- 70,000 -  ;

E '

j

? 4 4

5 60,000 - s E .

W o ..

3 50,000 -  ! R 2* $ j s i  ! -

d 40,000- '

l l s c

< [

30,000 -

i l i* l 20,000 - I l g '

s l l l  ; l l l t t n 10,000 - N

! p. N j ls S L  ?; E s

0

MAY MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV.

m,/ (1) (23) phytoplankton density. The dominant diatom taxa were Asterionella formosa in d May, October and November; Melosira spp. in June; and Fragilaria spp. in July, August and September. A. formosa had the largest annual mean population, 91,912/1. Diatoms were thTdominant phytoplankton group on May 1 and May 23 and in June, October and November when they constituted 99.8, 90.8, 35.4, 47.4, and 92.3 percent, respectively, of the total phytoplankton density.

Monthly mean chlorophycean densities ranged from 261/1 on May 1 to 70,992/1 in September with an annual mean population from all samples collected during 1979 of 12,932/1 or 6 percent of the total phytoplankton population (Table 1).

The dominant green algae taxa were Mugeotia sp. on both dates in May and in November, Pediastrum duplex in June, Botryococcus sudeticus_ in July and August, and Binuclearia tatrana in September and October. Binuclearia tatrana hhd the largest annual mean population, 8,631/1. Chlorophyceae peaked in September but was never the dominant phytoplankton group.

Monthly mean myxophycean densities ranged from 842/1 on May 1 to 418,298/l in September with an annual mean density from all samples collected in 1979 of 97,417/1, or 43 percent of the total phytoplankton mean (Table 1). lhe dominant myxophycean taxa were Oscillatoria spp. on both dates in May and in June, October and November, and Aphanizomenon flos-aquae from July through September.

I Myxophyceae.was the dominant phytoplankton group in July, August and September representing 81.4, 91.0, and 83.4 percent, respectively, of the total phytoplankton density.

O C/

Dinophyceans were represented by 2 taxa, Ceratium hirundinella and Peridinium sp. Ceratium was more abundant than Peridinium and reached its I greatest density in July at 34,372/1 (Table 1).

All raw data were keypunched and are stored in Columbus, Ohio at the offices of the Center for Lake Erie Area Research on the campus of The Ohio State University.

Analysis. The Center for Lake Erie Area Research has monitored phytoplankton populations at Locust Point since 1974 (Figure 2). Radical differences were noted between populations in 1974 and 1975, but 77 percent of the variation was explainable by variation in physical and chemical parameters of water quality (Reutter, 1976). Bacillariophycean and chlorophycean populations observed in 1974 and 1975 were quite comparable (Figures 4 and 5).

The myxophycean component of the populations accounted for the differences between the 2 years. No myxophycean bloom occurred in 1974, whereas a huge Aphanizomenon sp. bloom occurred in August 1975. This bloom was highly correlated with increased transparency (80 percent greater than in 1974) and decreased turbidity (20 percent of that observed in 1974) (Reutter, 1976). A correlation of this type was first hypothesized by Chandler and Weeks (1945).

I Bacillariophycean and chlorophycean populations in 1976 were similar in size and composition to those observed in 1974 and 1975 (Figures 4, 5, and 6).

The diatom population, especially, was strikingly similar from year to year, with 1976 most resembling 1974. Populations were always greatest in spring and fall, pulses which began and ended abruptly were comonplace. Chlorophycean (O/

populations tended to increase in the fall. A very small pulse was observed in June 1975 which was not observed in 1974 or 1976.

i i

O O .

O 98,000 -

f hBacillarlophyceae 20,000 - Chlorophyceae Myxophyceae b

S  !

q' 15,000 - '

a c

t3 E

y , 10,000 <

8 5,000

/

/ '

r /

O - '

APRIL . AAY JUNE JULY. AUG SEPT OCT NOV t

FIGURE 4 MONTHLY MEAN BACILLARIOPHYCEAE, CHLOROPHYCEAE, AND MYXOPHYCEAE POPULATIONS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT - 1974.

O O O

) .

315 ., .

\

100 90 Bacillarlophyceae \

\

Chlorophyceae \

v N ,

70 M pophyceae \

\

60 F5 N c 50 7 N

e N

. , N C

30

\ N 20 i

\ N q'

\.

10 g \

\ \ -

0 - - - - -

! APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC FIGURE 5. MONTHLY MEAN BACILLARIOPHYCEAE, CHLOROPHYCEAE, AND MYXOPHYCEAE i

POPULATIONS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT - 1975.

O O O FIGURE 6. MONTHLY MEAN BACILLARIOPHYCEAE, CHLOROPHYCEAE, AND MYXOPHYCEAE POPULATIONS I:OR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT,1976.

100,000 .

Bacillartophyceae Chlorophyceae 80*000 -- -

Myxophyceae

\ ]

70,000 --

N N 5 60,000 ~~

N N -

- E 50,000 N N g

l g 40,000 1 N .

N

• I N N 30,000 20,000 NN N

10,000 N N X i}

O N , , . N es-N NE, NOV, l- MAR. APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT.

i l

i

The 1976 myxophycean population was between the extremes set forth in 1974 j and 1975. A bloom of Aphanizomenon sp. occurred in July and August. This corresponded well in time of occurrence with the 1975 August bloom, but, it was slightly longer in peak duration, it was only one-third the magnitude of the 1975 bloom and it started and ended much more abruptly. Again, these pulses appear to be explainable by variation in transparency and turbidity.

Transparency in 1976 was similar to 1975 and much greater than 1974, while turbidity, though more variable than in 1974 or 1975, reached a low in July similar to that observed in 1975 and below that of 1974 (Reutter and Herdendorf, 1977).

The 1977 phytoplankton population exhibited diatom blooms in f all and spring *- in preceding years, however, the spring bloom was approximately twice as large as those observed from 1974-1976 (Figure 7). The myxophycean population showed pulses in sumer as in 1975 and 1976, but blue-greens also increased in the fall which was only hinted at in previous years. Chlorophycean populations were generally low and were very similar to those observed in 1974 and 1976.

The major differences between 1977 and previous years were in the size of the spring and fall diatom pulses and the sumer myxophycean pulse. However, lack of a large sumer blue-green bloom was not unusual (1974) and the unusually long and cold winters of 1976-1977 and 1977-1978 undoubtedly had a large influence on diatom densities as they are cold water forms. Furthermore, the increase in the myxophycean densities in the fall of 1977 was due to Oscillatoria sp. which is also a cold water form.

The 1978 phytoplankton population exhibited spring and f all blooms and was

< very nearly a mirror image of the 1977 population (Figure 2). All three major amponents of the phytoplankton, diatoms, greens, and blue-greens, exhibited relatively large blooms during 1978 (Figure 8).

l Although no unusual taxa were observed during 1979, phytoplankton densities were the largest observed to date and exhibited pulses in the early spring and mid- to late-sumer. Diatoms (Asterionella formosa) caused the spring pulse, and their densities were more than 10 times greater than the fall pulse and more than twice as large as any previous diatom (or any group) bloom (Figure 3). The sumer bloom was caused by blue-greens, Aphanizomenon flos-aquae, in July, August and September with green algae (Binuclearia tatrana) making significant contributions in September. The myxophycean densities were l i also the largest recorded to date. When divided into its three major l components, Bacillariophyceae, Chlorophyceae, and Myxophyceae, the 1979 population, though much larger, was very similar to the 1976 phytoplankton population (Figures 3 and 6).

The large diatom and green algae densities observed in 1979 should be considered natural phenomena as the pulses were caused by species which have been shown to bloom every year. Furthermore, it is highly unlikely that monthly l

3 (V

FIGURE 7 M0fiTHLY MEAft BACILLAR 10PliYCEAE, CHLOROPHYCEAE, AtiD O MYX0PHYCEAE POPULATI0tjS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST P0ltiT,1977.

220,000 --

210,000 -

200,000 -

E Bacillaricphyceae Chlortphyceae pnp, 170,000 -

I t,0,000 -

150,000 =

140,000 -

130,000-O 170,000-

. 110,000=

"a

1. 0 0-

$3,wo-5; E

20,000-70,000-60,000-50.000 -

40,000 -

30,000- ,

\ \

20,000 -

\ ' _, N 10,000-N N N N N 0 s _m =A eh h h N h

i. = m m. sm. On. ..

O l

l

l FIGURE 8 110NTHLY MEAN BACILLARIOPHYCEAE, CHLOR 0PHYCEAE, AND MYX0PHYCEAE POPULATIONS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT, 197A.

1 l

l 283,000 -

$ tacillartophyceae I30*000 - Chlorophyceae

!?0,000 -

P,acphyceae -

110,000 -

100,000 -

90.000 -

_h 80,000 -

g 70,000 -

3 4 \ \

c 60,000 - g K

\ \ \

50.000 - N \

N \ N 40,000 -

\ \

N N 30,000 -

_\

20,000 - 5 \ \ \

-K! \ \

10,000 - \ \ \

a "t 0- - -

JLmt " JULY AUG. SEPT. OCf. N0Y.

l .

l

/D Q sampling would detect the maximum value reached during these short duration pulses caused by phytoplankton species with patchy distributions. Personal observations by the authors indicate that to date during the comon sumer blue-green blooms, samples have not been collected from the areas of greatest density due to the chance distribution of these populations around the sampling stations. Consequently, it is probable that at some time in the future even greater densities will be recorded.

In sumary, phytoplankton populations observed at Locust Point during 1979 are similar to those of previous years and appear typical for those occurring in the nearshore waters of the Western Basin of Lake Erie. No adverse impact due to unit operation was detected.

Zooplankton Results. Zooplankters collected May through November 1979 were grouped in 47 taxa generally to the species level (Table 3). Eighteen taxa were grouped under Rotifera,17 under Copepoda, 9 under Cladocera,1 under Protozoa, I under Ostracoda and 1 under Tardigrada. Monthly mean densities ranged from 22/1 in November to 1,252/1 in July. The mean density from all samples collected in 1979 was 475/1. Zooplankton densities at individual sampling stations ranged from 10/1 at Station 13 in November to 1,597/1 at Station 18 in July (Table 4).

Monthly mean rotifer densities ranged from 11/1 in November to 346/1 in J September (Table 3). The annual mean rotifer density for all samples collected V' in 1979 was 131/l or 27.6 percent of the entire zooplankton density. The dominant rotifer taxa during 1979 were Synchaeta spp. on Msy 1 and in October and November; Keratella quadrata on May 23; Polyarthra vulgaris in June, August and September; and Keratella cochlearis in July. Polyarthra vulgaris had tia largest annual mean density, 41/1. Rotifera was the dominant zooplankton group on May 1 and in collections from September and November representing 81.3, 60.3 and 49.1 percent, respectively, of the total zooplankton density. In contrast to this, rotifers represented only 8.1 percent of the July zooplankton density.

Monthly mean copepod densities ranged from 10/1 in November to 262/1 in Juae(Table 3). The mean copepod density from all samples collected in 1979 was 115/1 or 24 percent of the entire zooplankton population. Cyclopoid nauplii was the dominant copepod taxon during every collection. Copepoda was the dominant zooplankton group in the May 23 collection and the June collection representing 36.4 and 54.3 percent, respectively, of the total zooplankton density.

Monthly mean cladoceran densities ranged from 1/1 in November to 162/1 in May(Table 3). The mean cladoceran density from all samples collected in 1979 was 59/1 or 12 percent of the total zooplankton population. Cladoceran l populations were dominated by Chydorus sphaericus on May 1; Daphnia retrocurva  !

on May 23 and collection dates in June and July; and Eubosmina coregoni in l August, September, October and November. Daphnia retrocurva had the largest annual mean density, 28/l or 6 percent of the entire zooplankton density, Cladocera was never the dominant zooplankton group.

(mv)901/1Monthly mean protozoan densities ranged from 0/1 in May and November to in July (Table 3). The annual mean density of 170/1 was 36 percent of the total zooplankton population. Difflugia sp. was the only protozoan taxon.

l l

O O O TABLE 3 MONTHLY MEAN DENSITIES

• OF INDIVIDUAL ZOOPLANKTON TAXA AT LOCUST POINT - 1979 DATE May May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov.

TAXA 1 23 21 28 29 27 30 28 MEAN ROTIFERA Asplanchna priodonta 0.1 2.2 0.2 0.1 5.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 Brachionus angularis 6.5 0.8 10.5 15.2 4.0 5.1 0.3 0.0 5.3 B. calyc1Tlorus 27.8 0.7 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.6 F. caudatus 0.0 0.0 0.0 < 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 < 0.1

' 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 < 0.1

,. B. diversicornus 0.0 0.0 0.2 7' Y. havanaensis 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 < 0.1

'Cephalodella spp. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 < 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 < 0.1 Filinia terminalis 2.0 0.4 0.8 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.4 Kellicottia longispina 0.0 14.4 4.6 0.0 < 0.1 0.0 < 0.1 0.4. 2.4 Keratella cochlearis 16.5 30.2 9.9 38.6 1.4 102.8 13.8 1.5 26.8 K. quadrata 16.0 112.5 9.7 < 0.1 <0.1 0.0 0.3 0.0 17.3 Eecane spp. 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 Notholca spp. 16.8 4.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 2.6 Polyarthra vulgaris 37.2 3.3 15.0 13.6 20.4 208.7 25.9 0.8 40.6 Synchaeta spp. 76.1 1.0 14.5 8.3 0.4 7.4 68.1 7.9 23.0 Tricnocerca multicrinis 0.0 0.6 4.5 25.5 9.1 22.1 0.0 0.0 7.7 T. similis- 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 <0.1 Unider.tified Rotifer 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 < 0.1 Subtotal 199.5 170.3 , 70.2 101.8 40.8 346.2 108.5 10.6 131.0 1

1

n (* 3

'\j (b TABLE 3 (Cont'd)

MONTHLY MEAN DENSITIES

• OF INDIVIDUAL ZOOPLANKTON TAXA AT LOCUST F9 INT - 1979 CATE May May June July TAXA Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov.

1 23 21 28 29 27 30 MEAN 28 COPEP0DA Calanoid Copepods Diaptomus ashlandii 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1

0. minutis <0.1 0.8 0.1 1.4 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.1 L H. oregonensis 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2

? D. sicilis 0.0 1.5 0.0 0.1 <0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2

0. siciloides 0.1 0.2 6.9 6.8 5.4 2.0 0.0 0.7 2.8 Eurytemora affinis 0.0 0.1 <0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Copepodids, calanoid 0.0 0.0 < 0.1 3.4 25.5 3.8 3.0 d.5 8.9 0.7 0.0 6.7 Nauplii, calanoid 2.0 11.8 4.5 4.8 1.2 21.0 0.4 0.0 5.7 Cyclopoid Copepods Cyclops bicuspidatus thomasi 0.2 8.4 1.1 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.2 0.1

t. vernalis 1.3 0.0 2.8 51.2 0.9 4.2 2.5 0.4 0.0 7.8 Resocyclops edax 0.d 0.0 0.0 1.4 0.2

' 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 Tropocyclops prans nex 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 1.3 0.0 0.0 Copepodids, cyclopoid 0.C 0.2 3.7 20.9 19.1 3.6 16.3 13.8 7.3 1.6 10.8 Nauplii, cyclopoid 33.1 119.2 175.5 153.6 47.9 54.0 30.4 7.2 77.6 Harpacticoid Copepods Canthocamptus robertcokeri 0.4 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Copepodids, harpacticoid 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 <0.1 Nauplii, harpacticoid 0.5 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.4 Subtotal 43.7 195.0 262.3 176.3 87.4 102.0 39.7 9.6 114.5

Oi Q,) ( O

\j TABLE 3 (Cont'd)

MONTHLY MEAN DENSITIES

• OF INDIVIDUAL ZOOPLANKTON TAXA AT LOCUST POINT - 1979 N

DATE May May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov.

TAXA 1 23 21 28 29 MEAN 27 30 28 CLAD 0CERA

. Alona spp. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 < 0.1 Bosmina longirostris 0.2 2.2 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 0.4 0.6

, , Ceriodaphnia lacustris, 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 <0.1 g Chydorus sphaericus 0.7 13.5 5.1 4.4 34.6 18.6 8.0 < 0.1 10.6 Daphnia galeata mendotae 0.0 0.1 0.0 26.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.3 D. retrocurva 0.6 121.5 48.7 33.1 15.8 6.5 <0.1 0.0 28.3 D~iaphanosoma leuchtenbergianum < 0 .1 0.1 0.0 01 0.8 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.2 Eubosmina coregoni 0.5 24.6 9.3 8.3 41.0 23.5 19.6 0.8 15.9 Leptodora kindtii 0.0 0.3 < 0 .1 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 Subtotal 2.0 162.3 63.8 72.9 92.2 49.0 29.3 1.2 59.1 PROT 0Z0A Difflugia spp. 0.0 8.6 86.9 901.3 114.0 76.8 175.4 0.0 170.4 OSTRAC00A 0.0 <0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 <0.1 i

TARDIGRADA <0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 <0.1 TOTAL 245.3 536.1 483.1 1252.2 334.4 574.1 352.9 21.5 475.0

• Data presented as number of organisms / liter and computer from duplicate vertical tows (bottom to surface) with a Wisconsin plankton net (12cm diameter, 0.080mm mesh) from 7 ste. ions in Lake Erie at Locust Point in the vicinity of the Davis-Besse Nuclear Powe Station.

l

O O O TABLE 4 MONTHLY MEAN ZOOPLANKTON DENSITIES

• FROM SAMPLING STATIONS AT LOCUST POINT, LAKE ERIE - 1979 DATE May May June July August Sept. Oct. Nov. GRAND STATION 1 23 21 28 29 27 30 28 MEAN 1 238.2 645.3 537.9 1,374.9 340.4 936.5 265.9 20.3 544.9 3 206.9 566.1 000.7 An?.0 257.0 362.2 385.2 22.9 386.6

, 6 200.8 405.3 421.0 1,117.2 158.2 575.1 452.8 16.0 4 18.3 Y 8 217.9 657.0 336.7 1,285.4 290.9 312.8 334.9 22.1 432.2 13 287.4 354.3 563.2 1,433.0 402.6 753.6 440.3 10.3 530.6 i 14 255.2 617.6 478.9 1,15 6. . 312.7 198.7 302.6 18.3 417.5 18 310.9 505.5 555.6 1,596.5 578.8 879.8 288.8 40.3 594.5 GRAND MEAN 245.3 536.1 483.1 1,252.2 334.4 574.1 352.9 21.5 475.0

• Data presented as number of organisms / liter and computed from duplicate vertical tows (bottom to surface) with a Wisconsin plar.kton net (12cm diameter, 0.080mm mesh) at each station. '

i a

a _

Protozoa was the dominant zooplankton group in July, August and October

{mV representing

) 72.0, 34.1, and 49.7 percent, respectively, of the entire zooplankton density.

Two other groups, Ostracoda and Tardigrada, appeared in collections during 1979. An ostracod was found on May 23, while a tardigrad was found on May 1.

All raw data were keypunched and are stored in Columbus, Ohio at the office of the Center for Lake Erie Area Research on the campus of The Ohio State University.

Analysis. Zooplankton populations at Locust Point have been monitored since 1972. Densities observed in 1979 were very similar to the densities observed during 1978, except that the large July pulse observed in 1979 was more representative of densities observed in 1974, 1975, and 1977 (Figure 9).

Monthly zooplankton densities were within the ranges established during previous years with the exception of June, July and November. The June total of 483/1, although it was the lowest recorded to date, was very close to the 1978 density, 518/1. The July total of 1,252/1 was the largest recorded to date.

However, it should be noted that this July pulse would have fallen within the range of previous years were it not for a sudden pulse of the dinoflagellate Difflugia spp., 901/1. The November density, 22/1, although it was the lowest recorded to date, was similar to densities in 1977, 55/1.

- Of the three major components of the zooplankton population, rotifer densities are by far the most erratic and u.g mdictable (Figure 9). On Figure (mV)November 10 1976 results illustrate this vividly. 'owever, with the exception of when all zooplankton densities were the lowest recorded to date, rotifer densities observed during 1979 were within the range established during the previous years of study at Locust Point.

Copepod populations are much more regular and predictable than rotifer populations (Figure 11). They generally exhibit one peak per year and this usually occurs in the May/ June period. This also occurred in 1979. With respect to population size,1979 copepod densities were relatively low compared to 1973,1974,1975 and 1977. However,1979 densities were larger than 1978 and very similar to 1976.

As with the copepod densities, cladoceran densities are quite regular and predictable from year to year. They often exhibit two peaks, one in the spring and one in the f all (Figure 12). This was the case in 1979. Cladoceran densities during 1979 were lower than thos? observed during 1974, 1975, 1976, and 1978. However, they were similar to 1977 densities and greater than 1973 densities. The months of May and August produced new highs, while June and November produced new lows.

There are several plausibla explanations for the variation which has occurred. Samples in 1972 were collected with a 3-1 Kenmerer water bottle at the surface, with a Wisconsin plankton net. A brief comparison study in 1973 showed that the vertical tow captured approximately 50 percent more taxa than a 3-1 grab (Reutter and Herdendorf,1974). The actual stations sampled have O)

(" varied from yeae to year. In 1973 the intake ano discharge pipelines were being dredged, and in 1972, tropical storm Agnes affected the weather. Due to the

_ _ _ . . . . _ ~ . __ .. . _ - - _ _ _ -_ . . _ . _ . . . _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ . . _

1-i 1

FIGURE 9. MONTHLY MEAN ZOOPLANKTON POPULATIONS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT, 1972 - 1979.* .j 1

i 1

a f

leer l 12 i '

1 - 120r a

j J

k N

1100- .

I ,10 E i

)

5 9m. I

{

3 5*

- I 1 t

! i 60r -

's

{ *

\ ,

w J j N,

/ t .

i 400- ,/ ',

i;

• . j k /

4

- '\ ,

s

,- (.. /

100- 'sj 's ,"

I JA50NhbFMAMJJA50NhhhM M AS N MAN J 50NhhhM MJJ A50M didF M AMJ J A5 0N h J Fb AMJJ t50kbJFMFMMJJA5hMb

!"72 1973 1974 1975 1976 1917 1978 ' 1977 l

• Dotted lines connect points (sampling dates) separated by more than a full calendar

! month. Solid lines connect points (dates) in consecutive months.

h

. _ _ _ _ _ _ _..~_ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ .__ __ . _ _ _ _ _ _ ._ _ _.

1 i 9 9 e FIGURE 10. MONTHLY MEAN ROTIFER POPULATIONS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT, 1972 - 1979.*

}

}

s' 9%1 M' i'

isoo. ,

= ,

? \

\

f *- 'N i

o B

i l s* u. ,'.

i l l *-

l l} ,N t / \ , . /

li\ d

• i l / \ , '

! m. f .

y.\ .-

l

\

a \ ,i i alioslBi;1 A3511648tkikH*M*$f Aluili5klDikil51116u'Ji A AU51164]l Aujjii6;elil;1;;jjiisd m I im 1,n im im im im im im I

l

• Dotted lines connect points (sampling dates) separated by more than a full calendar month. Solid lines connect points (dates) in consecutive months.

i l

r i

l i

l l t i

1

! FIGURE ~ 11. MONTHLY MEAN COPEP0D POPULATIONS FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT, 1972 - 1979.* i i  !

i i

i 6 d

i

900 - l f , F

800 - .

. . j t

a i

700 - -

t 600 - ;i 5

? = ,

f W~

j c t a \

i a 400 _

, f -

l 300 - ,

200 - ,,, A 1 \ '

j 100 -  % ['sN

\ "~

k- _ _ __.!

......,,,......................,, ..........u.......,,,,i..............__

j .............,........... .

i i J A 5 0 M dJ F M AMJ J A5 0N dJ F M AMJ J A 5 DMdJ F M AMJ J 450N dJ F M AMJ J A50 MdJ F M ARJ 9 :) J A 50 N QJ F M AtlJJ A 5 0 4 QJF 1979 1976 197F 1978

' 1972 1973 1974 1975 '

i i

• Dotted lines connect points (sampling dates) separated by more than a full calendar li month. Solid lines connect points (dates) in consecutive months. .

i 4

i r

- . . - .- . - . . . . - . - _ . . - . . - - - . . . =. _. - . - - . _ - . - - - - . . - _ - . . . . . . . - . . . - .

l Fir .sE 12. MONTHLY MEAN CLADOCERAN POPULATIONS FOR LAKE ERIE j'

AT LOCUST POINT, 1972 - 1979.*

4 4

a  !

700 -

e

! N 600 -

m i

4 -

kW-1  % -

a  %

500-I  ? j.

f $300- l l 3  !

! l .

i 200 - .

I 100 - i

! . , bic n - . . . . c% ,J. . . . . . n,-,J , , , , , . . .m2,,.. ,,-- , , , , , , , n e,, . . . . . . .,. . -. ...... .

J A 5 0 m ,U F M A M J J A 5 0 N DU F M A M J J A 5 0 N DU f M A MJ J A S O N OW f M A MJ J A 5 0 4 0M F M L MJ J A 5 0 N DU F M A MJ J A 5 0 N 0p F M A M MJ J 4 50N D j 1972 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 'D 3,79 1973 t

• Dotted lines connect points (sampling dates) separated by more than a full calendar month, i Solid lines connect points (dates) in consecutive months.

! l 4

i i -

i t 9

.-: - -- - .-n. -,, , - - . . - ---- - - --

weather, samples were neither collected on the same day of the month each year nor spaced exactly one month apart. Hubschman (1960) pointed out the tremendous differences which occurred between daily samples, and these samples were taken monthly. Wieber and Holland (1968) showed that even with replication, wide variation can occur due to patchiness in population densities. The high spring populations from 1975 were undoubtedly largely due to early warming and lower turbidity as the total zooplankton population was significantly correlated with both temperature and turbidity (r = 0.587 and -0.328, respectively) (Reutter, 1976). Finally, operation of station circulating pumps was comon in 1976, 1977, 1978, and 1979.

It should be noted that the occurrence of a new monthly maximum or minimum is not a particularly noteworthy or unusual event, and should not be interpreted as being due to unit operation. By chance alone, every year would have an equal

! probability of producing several new monthly minima or maxima even if the power station were not present.

In sumary, due to the large variability observed in previous years, zooplankton populations observed in 1979 should be considered typical for the south shore of the Western Basin of Lake Erie. No adverse impact due to unit

> operation was detected.

!V i

i O

1 1

l l

1 I

~

LITERATURE CITED Chandler, D.C., and 0.B. Weeks. 1945. Limnological studies of western Lake Erie V: relation of limnological and meteorological conditions to the production of phytoplankton in 1942. Ecol. Monogr. 15:435-456.

Hubschman, J.H. 1960. Relative daily abundance of planktonic crustacea in the island region of western Lake Erie. Ohio J. Sci. 60:335-d340.

Reutter, J.M. 1976. An Environmental Evaluation of a Nuclear Power Plant on Lake Erie: Some Aquatic Effects. Ph.D. Dissertation, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. 242 pp.

Reutter, J.M. and C.E. Herdendorf. 1974. Environmental evaluations of a nuclear power plant on Lake Erie. Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Project F-41-R-5, Study I and II. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Rept.

145 pp.

g Wieber, P.H. and W.R. Holland. 1968. Plankton patchiness: effects on repeated net tows. Limnol. Oceanogr. 13:315-321.

l l

l l

l l

\ .

l

. h i

l l

X i

2 I $ CTION 3,1.2.A.u?

i ENTHIC STUDIES j

l 1  !

I r i

i l

I

.i J

i i

i l

l I

CLEAR TECHNICAL REPORT NO.161 l

BENTHIC MACROINVE"TEBRATE POPULATIONS IN LAKE ERIE NEAR THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCEAR POWER STATION

DURING 1979 Environmental Technical Specifications Sec. 3.1.2.a.2 Benthic Studies Prepared by Jeffrey M. Reutter Prepared for l

Toledo Edison Company Toledo, Ohio

THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY CENTER FOR LAKE ERIE AREA RESEARCH COLUMBUS, OHIO February 1980

,7 (V 4 3.1.2.a.2. Benthic Studies Procedures Benthic macroinvertebrates were collected once every other month (approximately once every 60 days) from May through November 1979 (Table 1).

The actual dates of collections were determined by weather conditions and Three replicates using a Ponar dredge personnel and (Area = 0.052 m eg)uipment were availability.

collected at Stations 1, 3, 8, 9, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, and 26 on each date (Figure 1). Samples were sieved on the boat through a U.S. #40 soil sieve, preserved in 10% formalin and returned to the laboratory for identi-fication and enumeration. Individuals were identified as far as practicable (usually to genus;2to species when possible). Results were reported as number of organisms per m and computed by multiplying the number of each species in each replicate grab sample by 19.1.

Results Benthic macroinvertebrates collected May through November 1979 were grouped in 21 taxa, generally to the genus or species level within 3 phyla (Table 2). Two taxa were in Coelenterata, 7 in Annelida, and 12 in Arthropoda.

m 2

\

Total benthic magroinvertebrate densities ranged from 60 in September to 2,345.5/m in July, with an annual mean of 1,084/m).0/m

. T hese populations were dominated by annelids which made up 73.6 percent of the annual mean benthic macroinvertebrate density and arthropods which constituted 23.4 percent of this density. Annelids were the dominant benthic form during July, September and November, while the population in May was dominated by arthropods.

Immature oligochaetes (no hair setae) was always the dominant annelid taxon, whileArthropodawasdominatedbyLeptodorakindtiiinMay,JulyandSpptember and Tanytarsus sp. in November. Annelid densities ranged fromj 305.5/m in May to 1,946j.9/m' in July. Arthropod densities ranged from 117.8/m in September to 398.6/m in July. All raw data were keypunched and are maintained on file at the offices of the Center for Lake Erie Area Research in Columbus, Ohio.

Analysis Benthic macroinvertebrate populations collected at Locust Point during 1979 were typical for populations along the south shore of western Lake Erie and similartothoseobserveddyringprecedingyears(Figure 2). In fact, the 1978 annual mean was 1,107.5/m which g

is only 23.3/m 2 greater than the density observed in 1979 (1,084.2/m ). Species composition, mainly immature oligochaetes, chironomids, and cladocerans, was also similar to that observed from 1972-1978 (Reutter, 1979).

(h.

V -

O TABLE 1

MONTHLY MEAN BENTHIC MACR 0 INVERTEBRATE DENSITIES

• FROM SAMPLING STATIONS AT LOCUST P0 INT LAKE ERIE - 1979 DATE May July Sept. Nov. GRAND STATION 30 29 30 4 MEAN 1 356.5 5,386.2 108.2 61i.2 1,615.5 3 923.2 203.7 280.1 95.5 375.6 8 592.1 3,030.5 1,496.2 649.4 1,442.1 ,

9 382.0 5,004.2 1,260.6 1,903.6 2,137.6

. 13 1,177.8 1,489.8 140. 1 121.0 732.2 14 811.8 1,508.9 1,184.2 1,069.6 1,143.6 15 382.0 923.2 146.4 184.6 409.1 17 235.6 299.2 331.1 865.9 432.9 18 241.9 674.9 483.9 235.6 409.1 26 1,426.1 4,934.2 57C.4 1,636.2 2,144.0 i

GRAND MEAN 652.9 2,345.5 601.0 737.3 1,084.2 i

• Data presented as number of organisms per and computed 1 from 3 grabs with a Ponar dredge (A=0.052 ) at each station on the dates indicated.

1 O

4 4

O O O

.2e LAKE ERIE l

N gg 93 i

98 7

23

- 6,

' ..** . g1 Y 9 15

. MARSH

• • ...,,,1.

24 11. 12

- AREA ^ ^

COOLING # 13 el4 TOWER . *.,

i *..*-

/ . .is STATION AREA

[ 1, yg 9 17

' I .* MARSH AREA

,,- ., 9 29

• • • • • • . FIGURE 1 l' 1000

~. DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION, UNIT 1 AQUATIC SAMPLING STATIONS

V di TABLE 2

. MONTHLY MEAN DENSITIES

• OF INDIVIDUAL BENTHIC MACR 0 INVERTEBRATE TAXA AT LOCUST POINT - 1979 DATE May July Sept. Nov. GRAND 30 29 30 4 MEAN TAXA COELENTERATA Hydra sp. (budding polyp) 8.2 0.0 10.2 14.6 8.3 Hydra sp. (single polyp) 13.0 0.0 29.9 59.2 25.5

1. Subtotal 21.2 0.0 40.1 73.8 33.8 i

ANNELIDA Oligochaeta Imatures (hair setae) 0.0 1.9 0.0 0.0 0.5 Immatures (no hair setae) 294.7 1822.1 418.3 478.1 753.3 Branchuira sowerbyi 0.0 17.2 5.1 0.6 5.8 Limnodrilus cervix 2.0 3.8 0.0 0.6 1.6 L. maumeensis 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.2 Uphidonais serpentina 6.1 91.7 19.1 14.6 32.9 Potamothrix moldaviensis 2.7 9.6 0.6 1.9 3.7 Subtotal 305.5 1946.9 443.1 496.0 798.0 ARTHROPODA i Cladocera Leptodora kindtii 235.3 181.5 38.8 3.8 114 .9 Amphipoda Gammarus fasciatus 6.1 13.4 17.2 35.0 17.9 i

O O O TABLE 2 (Con't.)

MONTHLY MEAN DENSITIES

• OF INDIVIDUAL BENTHIC MACR 0 INVERTEBRATE TAXA AT LOCUST POINT - 1979 DATE May July Sept. Nov. GRAND TAXA 30 29 30 4 MEAN ARTHROPODA Diptera Chaoborus sp. 0.0 0.0 13.4 0.0 3.4 Chironomidae

&' Chironomus sp. 64.1 91.0 10.2 43.9 52.3 Cryptochironomus sp. 2.0 19.7 13.4 15.9 12.8 Polypedilum sp. 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 Procladius sp. 0.7 89.1 8.3 3.8 25.5 P. pupae 0.0 0.0 1.3 0.0 0.3 Tanytarsus sp. 17.7 3.8 14.0 61.1 24.2 T. pupae 0.0 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.2 Ephemeroptera Caenis sp. 3.4 0.0 0.0 1.9 1.3 Trichoptera Trichocerca sp. 0.0 0.0 0.6 1.9 0.6 Subtotal 330.0 398.6 117.8 167.0 253.6 TOTAL 652.9 2345.5 601.0 737.3 1084.2

• Data presented as number of organisms /m 2 and computed from 3 grabs with 2

a Ponar dredge (A=0.052m ) at each of 10 sampling stations on the dates indicated.

4 l

a

@ @ 9

}

i i

i FIGURE 2. MONTHLY MEAN BENTHIC MACR 0 INVERTEBRATE POPULATIONS t

FOR LAKE ERIE AT LOCUST POINT, 1972 - 1979.*

i i

1

• eoo -

i i

I m. .

1 l . g

! T 1- 1 it l t ,

i I !I ^j trooo - ' !i ,$, i' II

• L , !i t ',

'.~ ~ . ~~.1 \, l .\

[

I \

[

\

~

,/

\, e:l \

s a

i i

lxo - ,

s

~.

n  ; '

l __J '.

~~

'\ l Y

'i i.-

-)kkbk bhkkkbbkhbk hb-kbb M k h hbk bhkkkbbkkbk hkkf8bbkkbk bhfik iJ'Jkhbk bhh$h)) kb$ b 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979

• Dotted lines connect points (sampling dates) separated by more than a full calendar month. Solid lines connect points (dates) in consecutive months.

- . - _ _ . , ,_ ---m.-m-,.- , , _,----,--r--- . - _ _ _ - - , -- - - - . . _ - _ . _ - . - . , , . . - - . . . - . . . . . - - - _ - - . . - - - - - - - - -

. . .._ . = __ _ _ .. -. ._ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _

1 During the past eight years, a trend was noted of increasing population density, as distance from shore increased (Reutter,1979). However, this trend I has often been interrupted at individual stations due to the shifting substrate encountered in the Locust Point vicinity. This was also the case in 1979, as the greatest densities were observed at Stations 9 and 26 (the farthest off

! shore), but Station 1 (nearshore) exhibited a density greater than Station 3, which was farther from shore.

In suninary, benthic macroinvertebrate populations found at Locust Point during 1979 must be considered typical for those of the nearshore waters of the

- Western Basin of Lake Erie. Furthermore, no significant environmental changes I due to unit operation were observed.

f i

i I

T l

l 1

11 i l i i  !

?

1

?

i i O 1 i

LITERATURE CITED  !

t Reutter, J.M. 1979. Benthic macroinvertebrate populations in Lake Erie near the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station during 1977. The ON.o State University, CLEAR Technical Report No. 107. 8 pp.

4 t ,

I '

i

!O ,

t i

l i

l i

i I i I

i O

i ii W

)

l

. .---.---....s.----__,. .__. - - - - . .-.. _ _ _ . _ - . - _ , -

O 1

i i

I l

! l

} I I

l XI 3

1 SECT on 3.1.2.A.3 FISHERIES OPULATION STUDIES t

l l 4

l l

I i

. t i 1 4

I b r

I l

9

.,e-- -- --w-.--, ,----- --- - . -_ _ - - - - , e - - - - - --,.-+ - - - - , - ---,,3-.------m. -..--------------,x v.-- - - . - - -- - , . -- -.- . _ , - - - - .---. mwm--.,--,,

w, CLEAR TECHNICAL REPORT NO.162 3

FISH POPUIATION STUDIES

! FROM LAKE ERIE NEAR THE l DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION DURING 1979 l

l Environmental Technical Specifications Sec. 3. I.2.a.3 Fisheries Population Studies Prepared by Mark D. Barnes and Jeffrey M. Reutter Prepared for Toledo Edison Company Toledo , Ohio l

l l

THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY CENTER FOR LAKE ERIE AREA RESEARCH COLUMBUS, OHIO February 1980

h d 3.1.2.a.3 Fisheries Population Studies a

Procedures Fish populations at Locust Point were sampled by 3 methods, gill nets, shore seines, and trawls, from April through November 1979 (Table 1). All fish captured were weighed, measured, and identified to species (Trautman, 1957; Bailey et al., 1970). All results were keypunched and stored on magnetic tape at The Ohio State University Computer Center. Results were reported as catch per unit effort (CPE).

Gill Nets. Experimental gill nets were set parallel to the intake pipeline at Stations 8 and 26 and parallel to the discharge pipeline at Stations 3 and 13 (Figure 1). Stations 3 and 26, control stations, were positioned 3000 feet northwest of Station 13 (plume area) and 8 (intake), respectively. Each gill net, measuring 125 ft x 6 ft and consisting of five 25-ft contiguous panels of 1/2, 3/4,1,15, and 2-inch bar mesh, was fished for approximately 24 continuous hoursmonthly(Table 1). One unit of effort consisted of one 24-hr set with one of these gill nets.

Shore Seines. Shore seining was conducted monthly (Table 1) with a 100-f t bag seine (\-inch or 6-mm bar mesh) at Stations 23, 24, and 25 (Figure 1). The seine was stretched perpendicular to the shoreline until the shoreg brail was ct h

'd the water's edge. The offshore brail was then dragged through a 90 arc back to shore. Two hauls were made at each station in opposite directions. One unit of effort consisted of two such hauls.

Trawls. Four 5-minute bottom tows with a 16-ft trawl (1/8-inch mesh bag) were conducted monthly (Table 1) on a transect between Stations 8 (intake) and 13 (thermal plume area) at a speed of 3-4 knots. For comparative purposes similar tows were conducted on a transect between Stations 3 and 26. One unit of effort consisted of four 5-minute tows.

Results Of the 50 fish species reported from the Locust Point vicinity since 1963, 25 were captured during 1979, in addition to two newly recorded species, the bluntnose minnow (Pimephales notatus) and the white perch (Morone americana)

(Table 2). Two of the 27 species, the silver chub (Hybopsis storeriana) and yellow bullhead (Ictalurus natalis), were only collected at stations sampled for Federal Aid Project F-41-R and are not included in the CPE tables in this report. The three fishing methods combined yielded a total of 182,612 fiih, of which 2.6% occurred in gill nets,1.2% in trawls, and 96.1% in shore seines (Table 3). The combined results of all three methods of capture indicated that the dominant species in the Locust Point vicinity during 1979 in order of abundance were: gizzards'ad(50.4%), alewife (36.7%),emeraldshiner(10.3%),

yellow (0.2%),perch (1.4%),

channel spotti catfish 11 shiner (G.1%), (0.5%)(,

and carp 0.1%) freshwater (Table 4).drum No(0.2%), white bass other species O comprised more than 0.1% of the catch by number.

Gill Nets. Gill nets set from April through November yielded 4,882 fish weighing 440.0 kg and representing 18 species (Tables 3 and 5). Monthly catches

i i

I L

l l

TABLE 1 i

i

! FISH SAMPLING DATES AT LOCUST POINT DURING 1979 1

i i ,

i i

i i

! GEAR Gill Shore i

.! Nets Seines Trawls

! DATE i

i April 30-1 (May) -

30  :

i

~

May 30-31 1,30 24 June 20-21 20 22 July 28-29 28 31 l August 28-29 28 31 l r

September 29-30 29 25 October 27-28 27 30 November 3-4 3 6 e

I r

I i

I L

L

O O O

.2e

( LAKE ERIE

~ .,

93

(

e8

+

23

/@6

. *., e1 415 i' .

- MARSH

., * . . " f

• AREA 24 COOLING

.,',.

• l3 O14 OWER a ., DISCHARGE PIPELINE

,.... a.,'

i s* .

. 13 STATION g4 , 9 17

• 25 AREA .

' i

',,,,,,,, MARSH AREA *P...*.,

., FIGURE 1

,"- 1000 *

• DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION, UNIT 1 AQUATIC SAMPLING STATIONS

/ )

L / TABLE 2 I

SPECIES FOUND IN THE LOCUST POINT AREA 1963 - 1979

$ h,_,h h

h

- h. h h

~

SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME Amiidae

• *

• Amia calva bowfin Atherinidae

• * * *

• Labidesthes sicculus brook silverside Catostomidae

• * * *

• Carpiodes cyprinus quillback Catostomu's commersoni white sucker

• Minytrema melanops spotted sucker

• Moxostoma erythrurum . golden redhorse

• Moxostoma macrolepidotum shorthead redhorse

• Ictiobus cyprinellus bigmouth buffalo

• Hypentelium nigricans

• northern hogsucker I l Centrarchidae

• Ambloplites rupestris rockbass

• *

• Lepomis cyanellus green sunfish

• I_. gibbosus pumpkinseed

• E humilis orangespotted sunfish

• C macrochirus bluegill

• E microlophus redear sunfish

• * *

• IIicropterus dolomieui smallmouth bass

• M. salmoides largemouth bass Fomoxis annularis white crappie

• * * * * * *

• P. nigromaculatus black crappie Clupeidae

• * * * * * *

• Alosa pseudoharengus alewife

• * * * * * *

• Dorosoma cepedianum gizzard shad Cyprinidae c * * * * * *

• Carassius auratus goldfish

• *

• C. auratus x Cyprinus carpio carp x goldfish hybrid o * * * * * * * ~Cyprinus carpio carp

• * * * * *

• Hybopsis storeriana silver chub

• Notemigonus crysoleucas_ goldenshiner o * * * * * *

• Notropis atherinoides emerald shiner o * * * * * *

• N. hudsonius spottail shiner

• * * *

• N. spilopterus spotfin shiner I *

• TE volucellus mimic shiner

• PImephales notatus bluntnose minnow

• P. promelas fathead minnow

_16

I )

TABLE 2 (CON'T)

I SPECIES FOUND IN THE LOCUST POINT AREA 1963 - 1979 U C Z N N E N N SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME Esocidae

• Esox lucius northern pike

• Esox masquinongy muskellunge Ictaluridae

• * *

• Ictalurus melas black bullhead

• * * *

• L natalTs yellow bullhead

• * * * * * *

• 1. nebulosus brown bullhead

• * * * * * *

• I. punctatus channel catfish fo~turus flavus stonecat Lepisosteidae

• *

• Lepisosteus osseus longnose gar

{ ) Osmeridae

• * * * * * *

• Osmerus mordax rainbow smelt Percidae

• Etheostoma nigrum johnny darter

• * * * * * *

• Perca flavescens yellow perch

• * * * *

• Percina caprodes_ logperch

• * *

• Stizostedion canadense sauger

• * * * * * *

• S. v. vitreum walleye  ;

Percichthyidae

• Morone americana white perch

• * * * * * *

• h. chrysops _ white bass Percopsidae

• * * * * *

• Percopsis omiscomaycus trout-perch Petromyzontidae

• Petromyzon marinus sea lamprey Salmonidae

• Oncorhynchus kisutch coho salmon Sciaenidae

• * * * * * *

• Aplodinotus grunniens freshwater drum

( l-

$ $ M R $ S $ S I Includes species collected in Federal Aid Project F-41-R at Locust Point 4

i - N

{

TABLE 3 NUMBERS OF FISH COLLECTED AT LOCUST POINT FROM APRIL - NOVEMBER 1979 a  ;

WITH EQUAL MONTHLY EFFORT WITH EACH TYPE OF GEAR Julet JULT AUGUST SEPTEM8Ed OCTOBEA MOVDGER TOTAL

. IETM00 APRIL' MRT a0.

OF NO. 11 0 . NO. 40. s10 . 8so, eso. no. NO. no. no. me. NO. 40. 40. no. 40.

FISH PECIE5 FISH SPECIES F15M SPECIES FISH SPECIES FISH SPECIES FISH SPECIES FISM $PECIES F15H SPECIES FISH SPECIES CAPTtatt b 0 388 10 521 9 900 12 1207 11 1162 8 134 4 350 4 4882 18 GILL MET 240 C 4 153570 6 666 5 211 5 84 3 2131 6 175513 13 SMlltE SEtnE 16816 4 67 4 1968 TRAssL 8

140 10 52 10 59 8 104 9 163 to 232 9 224 5 1243 5 2'17 18 TOTAL art 96. 13 507 13 25:s 11 354554 15 2036 16 1sa5 12 442 6 3724 10 t826t2 25 a

Values represent surc of catch per unit effort results from all stations at which a type of gear j was used each month.

b Four units effort / month c

Three units effort / month d

Two units effort / month ,

" Includes 1 May 1979 gill net and shore seine samples i

O O O TABLE 4 MONTiiLY CATCH IN NUMBERS OF INDIVIDUAgS OF FISH SPECIES AT LOCUST POINT IN 1979, USING EQUAL EFFORT WITH EACH TYPE OF GEAR MONTH APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG,. SEPT. OCT. NOV. TOTAL SPECIES Alewife 7 66473 21 442 56 99 67098 Black Crappie 1 1 Bluntnose Minnow 1 1 Brown Bullhead 3 3 5 12 14 1 38 y Carp 16 3 7 46 32 1 1 106 Carp x Goldfish 8 8 Channel Catfish 6 10 42 51 23 132 Emerald Shiner 16416 48 46 15 68 83 52 2038 18766 Freshwater Drum 73 115 155 10 47 4 404 Gizzard Shad 382 68 2009 87055 601 288 242 1451 92096 Goldfish. 1 8 1 10 Logperch 1 1 2 Northern Pike 1 5 6 Quillback 5 5 Rainbow Smelt 1 1 i

Shorthead Redhorse 1 1 2 Spotfin Shiner 1 1 Spottail Shiner 165 84 26 /7 91 212 75 111 841 1

Trout-perch 32 5 1 38 Walleye 1 3 6 10 6 3 29 ,

White Bass 12 10 61 194 49 16 2 344 l J

4

O O

TABLE 4 (Con't)

MONTHLYCATCHINNUMBERSOFINDIVIDUAg50FFISHSPECIESATLOCUSTPOINT IN 1979, USING EQUAL EFFORT WITH EACH TYPE OF GEAR MONTH APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV. TOTAL SPECIES White Crappie 1 1 White Perch 36 4 40 White Sucker 2 2 Yellow Perch 88 152 184 596 1035 550 15 20 2640 h Number of Species 13 13 11 15 16 12 6 10 25 TOTAL 17196 507 2548 2036 1605 442 3724 182612 154554 a

Four units effort / month (gill nets), three units effort per month (shore seine), two units effort / month (trawl).

D Includes 1 May 1979 gill net and shore seine samples.

TABLE 5 I

i a

GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 30 April - 1 May 1979 LENGTH (m) WEIGHT]g)

STATION '2P ECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3 Gizzard Shad 3 367.0 346.0-404.0 425.0 1275.0 Spottail Shiner 32 113.0 85.0-145.0 10.0 319.0 Channel Catfish 1 214.0 -- --

73.0 73.0 Trout-perch 2 87.0 81.0- 93.0 15.0 White Bass .2 190.5 188.0-193.0 80.0 160.0 Yellow Perch 27 177.4 143.0-208.0 65.6 1770.0 Freshwater Drum 5 300.6 270.0-320.0 311.0 1555.0 Subtotal 72 5167.0 26 Northern Pike 1 235.0 -- --

121.0 121.0 Gizzard Shad 1 402.0 -- -- 637.0 637.0 Spottail Shiner 8 112.5 99.0-125.0 9.8 78.0 White Bass 1 201.0 -- --

93.0 93.0 Yellow Perch 20 163.8 108.0-203.0 56.6 1132.0 Freshwater Drum 16 214.9 95.0-290.0 140.9 2254.0 Subtotal 47 4315.0 8 Spottail Shiner 8 110.6 97.0-130.0 9.1 73.0 Channel Catfish 2 142.5 88.0-197.0 31.0 62.0 Trout-perch 2 89.0 88.0- 90.0 8.0 16.0 Yellow Perch 9 156.7 -146.0-199.0 47.3 426.0 Walleye 1 253.0 -- --

151.0 151.0 Freshwater Drum 11 252.1 108.0-339.0 174.3 1917.0 Subtotal 33 2645.0 a

0ne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five j 25-f t x 6-f t contiguous panels of h-in, 3/4-in,1-in,1 -in, and 2-in be mesh.

l n

v

-g-

I i

i

}

i lO l

?

TABLE 5 (Con't)

~

GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORTa AT LOCUST POINT 1 30 April - 1 May 1979 i  !

l LENGTH (mm) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL i l i-13 Gizzard Shad 1 331.0 -- --

363.0 363.0 1 Spottail Shiner 58 111.9 82.0-138.0 9.9 576.0 Channel Catfish 1 262.0 -- --

123.0 123.0 Yellow Perch 24 169.3 133.0-210.0 60.7 1457.0 Freshwater Drum 4 245.5 214.0-293.0 144.8 579.0 j Subtotal 88 3098.0 l TOTAL 240 15225.0 a

0ne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five 25-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of 1-in, 3/4-in,1-in,11-in, and 2-in bar mesh i

i i

f 1

t t

i l

l_ _ _ _ _ -

r

,_- TABLE 5 (con't) a GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 30 - 31 May 1979 LENGTH (mm) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3 Gizzard Shad 8 348.9 170.0-415.0 491.3 3930.0 Northern Pike 1 213.0 -- --

79.0 79.0 Spottail Shiner 37 115.6 98.0-157.0 10.4 386.0

, White Bass 1 240.0 -- --

156.0 156.0 Yellow Perch 36 '181.1 140.0-213.0 56.9 2047.0 Freshwater Drum 15 196.0 118.0-255.0 77.5 1163.0 Subtotal 98 7761.0 26 Gizzard Shad 13 363.2 171.0-419.0 620.2 8063.0 Northern Pike 3 264.0 192.0-393.0 220.3 661.0 Spottail Shiner 11 113.7 110.0-130.0 12.5 137.0 4 Carp 2 302.5 280.0-325.0 438.0 876.0 4 ('"')/

N _,

s Channel Catfish 8 291.5 187.0-376.0 247.5 10.5 1980.0 21.0 Trout-perch 2 116.0 115.0-117.0 Yellow Perch 43 168.5 133.0-205.0 54.1 2328.0 Freshwater Drum 45 231.5 112.0-365.0 167.0 7513.0 Subtotal 127 21579.0 8 Gizzard Shad 21 357.8 181.0-480.0 618.7 12993.0 Northern Pike 1 414.0 -- --

575.0 575.0 Spottail Shiner 7 130.4 110.0-160.0 24.4 171.0 Channel Catfish 1 186.0 -- --

61.0 61.0 White Bass 3 203.7 83.0-276.0 169.0 507.0 Yellow Perch 60 167.2 125.0-223.0 59.5 3568.0 Walleye 1 249.0 -- --

145.0 145.0 Freshwater Drum 40 206.8 94.0-334.0 120.3 4814.0 Subtotal 134 22834.0 a

0ne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five 25-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of h-in, 3/4-in, 1-in, 1 -in, and 2-in bar mesh.

TABLE 5 (Con't)

GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORTa AT LOCUST P0 INT 30-31 May 1979 LENGTH (m) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 13 Gizzard Shad 5 379.0 337.0-397.0 560.2 2801.0 Spottail Shiner 12 114.0 106.0-132.0 13.3 160.0 White Bass 2 245.0 242.0-248.0 196.0 392.0 Yellow Perch 9 156.8 144.0-195.0 38.0 342.0 Freshwater Drum 1 311.0 -- --

365.0 365.0

. Subtotal 29 4060.0 TOTAL 388 56234.0 a

One 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five 25-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of 1-in, 3/4-in,1-in, li-in, and 2-in bar mesh

.)

O 7

/  ;

\

TABLE 5 (con't) a GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 20-21 June 1979 LENGTH (nin) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3 Gizzard Shad 37 371.4 238.0-439.0 520.2 19246.0 Alewife 5 175.4 164.0-187.0 30.2 151.0 Spottail Shiner 5 114.0 108.0-120.0 9.6 48.0 Carp 1 337.0 -- --

566.0 566.0 Channel Catfish 1 153.0 -- --

26.0 26.0 White Bass 16 258.4 234.0-295.0 207.3 3317.0 Yellow Perch 20 161.1 128.0-187.0 42.9 858.0 Freshwater Drum 17 236.9 140.0 ,329.0 184.2 3132.0 Subtotal 102 27344.0 26 Gizzard Shad 24 331.8 174.0-423.0 477.3 11456.0 Alewife 2 171.0 159.0-183.0 47.5 95.0 (O

j Spottail Shiner Carp 7

1 125.6 326.0 113.0-155.0 20.7 510.0 145.0 510.0 Channel Catfish 2 262.0 247.0-277.0 147.0 294.0 Yellow Perch 21 167.6 145.0-202.0 53.6 1125.0 Walleye 1 245.0 -- --

118.0 118.0 Freshwater Drum 43 264.0 125.0-346.0 225.5 9695.0 Subtotal 101 23438.0 ,

l 8 Gizzard Shad 12 376.8 234.0-420.0 576.7 6920.0 l Spottail Shiner 2 133.0 132.0-134.0 16.5 33.0 Carp 1 364.0 -- --

843.0 843.0 Channel Catfish 12 285.8 167.0-415.0 282.8 3394.0 White Bass 1 251.0 -- --

209.0 209.0 Yellow Perch 93 152.0 115.0-198.0 41.4 3847.0 Walleye 3 235.3 215.0-252.0 109.3 328.0 Freshwater Drum 72 248.9 94.0-357.0 207.0 14901.0 Subtotal 196 30475.0 a

0ne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five 25-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of 1/2-in, 3/4-in, 1-in, lh-in, and 2-in bar mesh.

l i

i i

TABLE 5 (Con't)

I GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORTa AT LOCUST POINT

20-21 June 1979 4

l LENGTH (un) WElGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE TOTAL f MEAN j 13 Gizzard Shad 22 387.6 345.0-418.0 586.0 12893.0 Spottail Shiner 4 123.0 104.0-155.0 17.5 70.0

Carp 2 338.0 322.0-354.0 538.0 1076.0  ;

Channel Catfish 3 253.0 157.0-308.0 136.7 410.0 ;j W"' i Bass 43 258.3 224.0-287.0 206.6 8882.0 Y Perch 28 155.5 136.0-185.0 41.9 1172.0 I j , fre...iwater Drum 20 234.0 130.0-363.0 186.4 3729.0 Subtotal 122 28232.0 l TOTAL 521 109489.0 i

a One 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five j 125-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of i-in, 3/4-in, 1-in, li-in, and 2-in bar mesh l

i i

i I

1 i

4

TABLE 5 (con't) a GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT I 28 - 29 July 1979 LENGTH (m) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3 Gizzard Shad 39 253.7 212.0-386.0 215.0 8385.0 Alewife 2 169.5 158.0-181.0 47.0 94.0 Spottail Shiner 37 96.5 77.0-132.0 8.6 318.0 Carp 7 332.6 236.0-394.0 551.0 3857.0 Quillback 1 208.0 -- --

131.0 131.0 Channel Catfish 12 251.1 176.0-418.0 193.9 2327.0 White 8 ass 16 163.3 102.0-292.0 84.0 1344.0 Yellow Perch 105 166.2 136.0-203.0 65.6 6887.0 Walleye 3 247.7 241.0-252.0 146.0 438.0 Subtotal 222 23781.0 pi 26 Gizzard Shad 24 293.8 221.0-45<.0 323.1 7754.0 Spottail Shiner 10 112.9 97.0-126.0 16.4 164.0 Carp 10 351.3 288.0-407.0 559.7 5597.0 Goldfish 1 385.0 -- --

848.0 848.0 Quillback 1 329.0 -- --

528.0 528.0 l Channel Catfish 26 236.0 172.0-366.0 155.9 4053.0 White Bass 9 230.8 172.0-276.0 171.4 1543.0 Yellow Perch 168 168.1 115.0-219.0 62.8 10547.0 Walleye 3 333.3 237.0-497.0 403.3 1210.0 Freshwater Drum 6 205.8 157.0-277.0 115.0 690.0 Subtotal 258 32934.0 a

0ne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five 25-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of -in, 3/4-in, 1-in, lh-in, and 2-in bar mesh.

V i l ..-. _ - - . - . _ _ - - - ____ ___ . __ __ __ __ _ _

TABLE 5 (Con't)

GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORTa AT LOCUST POINT 28-29 July 1979 l

LENGTH (mm) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 8 Gizzard Shad 29 303.2 224.0-410.0 332.1 9632.0 Spottail Shiner 2 114.5 110.0-119.0 17.0 34.0 Carp 8 335.0 282.0-369.0 545.9 4367.0 Goldfish 3 333.0 272.0-391.0 667.0 2001.0 Quillback 2 294.5 264.0-325.0 450.0 900.0 Shorthead Redhorse 1 206.0 -- --

98.0 98.0

. Channel Catfish 7 227.9 166.0-370.0 132.1 925.0 White Bass 8 226.4 170.0-282.0 164.3 1314.0 Yellow Perch 196 173.2 136.0-204.0 65.6 12863.0 Walleye 4 292.8 250.0-366.0 204.5 818.0 Freshwater Drum 251.5 245.0-258.0 160.5 321.0 O

2 Subtotal 262 33273.0 13 Gizzard Shad 13 276.4 231.0-415.0 241.4 3138.0 Carp 17 338.6 245.0-443.0 572.8 9737.0 Goldfish 2 271.5 230.0-313.0 313.0 626.0 Quillback 1 280.0 -- --

337.0 337.0 Channel Catfish 4 248.3 196.0-306.0 142.8 571.0 White Bass 25 195.1 115.0-326.0 120.0 3001.0 Yellow Perch 76 170.9 125.0-218.0 66.1 5024.0 Subtotal 138 22434.0 TOTAL 880 112422.0 a

0ne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five 25-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of 1-in, 3/4-in,1-in, li-in, and 2-in bar mesh g (

O s_ -

TABLE 5 (Con't) l GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORTa AT LOCUST POINT 28-29 August 1979 l I

i LENGTH (mm) WEIGHT (gl STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL l

3 Gizzard Shad 17 204.1 121.0-400.0 151.8 2581.0 Alewife 10 95.3 79.0-129.0 6.4 64.0 i Spottail Shiner 8 113.8 105.0-130.0 11.0 88.0 l Carp 4 317.3 247.0-379.0 436.8 1747.0 l White Perch 3 193.0 141.0-265.0 107.7 323.0 Yellow Perch 217 176.7 123.0-205.0 76.0 16488.0 J

Walleye 1 363.0 -- --

446.0 . 446.0 Freshwater Drum 7 190. 1 67.0-262.0 114.7 803.0 Subtotal 267 22540.0 26 Gizzard Shad 10 218.6 126.0-415.0 191.4 1914.0 O(s_,/ Alewife 5 96.0 80.0-132.0 8.0 40.0 Spottail Shiner 46 112.7 95.0-123.0 14.6 671.0 Carp 9 313.6 248.0-340.0 422.3 3801.0 White Perch 1 154.0 -- --

57.0 57.0 Yellow Perch 267 178.9 146.0-215.0 61.7 16463.0 Walle.ye 2 247.0 187.0-307.0 183.5 367.0 Freshwater Drum 5 191.0 83.0-308.0 132.2 661.0 Subtotal 345 23974.0 a 0ne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five 25-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of 1-in, 3/4-in,1-in, li-in, and 2-in bar mesh e

n/

s. TABLE 5 (Con't)

GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORTa AT LOCUST POINT 28-29 August 1979 LENGTH (un) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 8 Gizzard Shad 13 236.6 120.0-297.0 190.6 2478.0 Spottail Shiner 7 102.1 73.0-120.0 9.9 69.0 Carp 1 251.0 -- --

63.0 63.0 Carp x Goldfish 6 291.3 247.0-323.0 366.5 2199.0 White Sucker 2 391.0 343.0-439.0 635.0 1270.0 Shorthead Redhorse 1 401.0 -- --

707.0 707.0

. White Perch 3 172.3 154.0-187.0 75.3 226.0 Yellow Perch 171 177.6 134.0-211.0 65.0 11109.0 balleye 1 273.0 -- --

157.0 157.0 Freshwater Drum 3 212.0 176.0-260.0 105.7 317.0

,O Subtotal 208 18595.0

%)

13 Gizzard Shad 7 233.4 120.0-301.0 171.1 1198.0 Alewife 6 112.5 87.0-134.0 14.8 89.0 Spottail Shiner 21 112.2 95.0-120.0 15.0 314.0 Carp 9 331.0 254.0-365.0 507.7 4569.0 Carp x Goldfish 2 214.0 210.0-218.0 153.0 306.0 White Perch 29 148.7 115.0-187.0 44.1 1280.3 Yellow Perch 313 176.0 143.0-199.0 63.8 19954.0 Subtotal 387 27710.0 TOTAL 1207 92819.0 a

Cne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five 25-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of 1-in, 3/4-in, 1-in, li-in, and 2-in bar mesh '

/O

(,-) i i

O TABLE 5 (con't)

\s_-

a GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 29 - 30 September 1979 i

LENGTH (mn) WEIGiiTTg)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL i

3 Gizzard Shad 11 135.0 103.0-206.0 28.0 308.0 Alewife 383 93.4 82.0-113.0 6.4 2453.0 Spottail Shiner 15 118.7 97.0-158.0 13.8 207.0 Yellow Perch 72 182.6 149.0-211.0 74.2 5341.0 Subtotal 481 8309.0

, 26 Gizzard Shad 23 123.4 96.0-151.0 16.8 386.0 Alewife 36 95.1 81.0-116.C 4.9 175.0 Spottail Shiner 27 115.4 108.0-126.0 9.9 267.0 Yellow Perch 241 176.2 145.0-220.0 67.0 16150.0 Freshwater Drum 2 308.5 295.0-322.0 358.0 716.0 Subtotal 329 17694.0 8 Gizzard Shad 18 120.9 97.0-160.0 15.9 286.0 Alewife 3 102.0 95.0-115.0 8.0 24.0 Spottail Shiner 11 114.4 100.0-127.0 9.1 100.0 White Perch 1 100.0 -- -- 7.0 7.0 Yellow Perch 186 177.9 85.0-279.0 75.0 13944.0 Walleye 1 560.0 -- --

1743.0 1743.0 Fresheater Drum 1 318.0 -- -- 385.0 385.0 Subtotal 221 16489.0 13 Gizzard Shad 1 157.0 -- --

32.0 32.0 Alewife 8 90.9 77.0- 99.0 5.0 40.0 Spottail Shiner 75 115.4 97.0-133.0 14.5 1089.0 Carp 1 235.0 -- -- 169.0 169.0

! White Perch 2 137.5 93.0-182.0 49.5 99.0 Yellow Perch 43 173.8 79.0-216.0 69.1 2972.0 Walleye 1 196.0 -- --

63.0 63.0 Subtotal 131 4464.0 TOTAL 1162 46956.0 i

a0ne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five l n>s

-u 25-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of -in, 3/4-in, 1-in, 1 -in, and 2-in bar mesh.

I

TABLE 5 (Con't) i GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORTa AT LOCUST POINT 27-28 October 1979

, LENGTH (nm) WEIGIiT ( f ~

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3 Gizzard Shad 7 83.6 72.0-97.0 8.6 60.0 Alewife 15 102.7 80.0-121.0 11.3 169.0 Spottail Shiner 8 112.5 105.0-135.0 15.8 126.0 White Bass 1 129.0 -- --

29.0 29.0 Subtotal 31 384.0

~

26 Gizzard Shad 16 80.3 70.0-122.0 8.0 128.0 Alewife 18 98.9 84.0-116.0 10.0 180.0 Spottail Shiner 34 107.6 100.0-116.0 14.1 478.0 Yellow Perch 3 184.3 173.0-192.0 78.0 234.0 O Subtotal 71 1020.0 Q .

8 Gizzard Shad 6 88.8 79.0-121.0 10.2 61.0 Alewife 7 105.4 97.0-115.0 11.4 80.0 Spottail Shiner 10 112.6 105.0-125.0 15.4 154.0 Yellow Perch 2 108.0 136.0-200.0 70.5 14 1.0 Subtotal 25 436.0 13 Spottail Shiner 4 106.0 104.0-110.0 13.8 55.0 Yellow Perch 3 157.0 140.0-166.0 50.7 152.0

Subtotal 7 207.0 TOTAL 134 2047.0 a

l 0ne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five i

25-ft x 6-ft contiguous panels of 1-in, 3/4-in,1-in, li-in, and 2 in bar .nesh O

TABLE 5 (Con't)

GILL NET CATCH PER UNIT EFFORTa AT LOCUST POINT 3-4 November 1979 LENGTH (nm) WEIGHT (g) l STATION SPEC 1ES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3 Gizzard Shad 136 85.2 73.0-132.0 8.5 1152.0 Alewife 25 99.4 77.0-112.0 10.2 256.0 Spottail Shiner 32 108.2 96.0-122.0 13.8 440.0 Yellow Perch 4 174.0 172.0-177.0 68.8 275.0 Subtotal 197 2123.0 26 Gizzard Shad 6 85.7 76.0-101.0 8.2 49.0 Alewife 12 102.4 89.0-114.0 10.8 130.0 Spottail Shiner 23 109.4 96.0-122.0 14.2 326.0 Yellow Perch 7 180.4 151.0-203.0 80.0 560.0 Subtotal 48 1065.0

(

8 Alewife 1 109.0 -- --

13.0 13.0 Spottail Shiner 8 108.4 98.0-121.0 13.9 111.0 Yellow Perch 3 187.3 178.0-198.0 89.0 267.0 Subtotal 12 391.0 13 Gizzard Shad 11 91.6 76.0-127.0 10.3 113.0 Alewife 52 99.1 73.0-112.0 9.2 478.0 Spottail Shiner 24 107.8 96.0-118.0 12.7 305.0 Yellow Perch 6 168.2 145.0-196.0 65.3 392.0 Subtotal 93 1288.0 i

TOTAL 350 4867.0 l ANNUAL GRAND TOTAL 4882 440059.0 ,

I l

a 0ne 24-hr bottom set with a 125-ft experimental gill net consisting of five 25-f t x 6-f t contiguous panels of 1-in, 3/4-in,1-in, li-in, and 2-in bar mesh O

m (V)from all stations combined ranged Maximum from catch 134 (CPE=33.5) occurred at Station 3 in in October(481 September to 1,207 (CPE=301.8) in August.

fish), and minimum catch occurred at Station 13 in October (7 fish). Species captured were both adult and young-of-the-year fish, with alewife, gizzard shad, spottail shiner, channel catfish, white bass, yellow perch, and fresh-water drum predomincting.

Shore Seines. Shore seining during 1979 yielded 175,513 fish weighing 210.1 kg and representing 13 species (Tables 3 and 6). Monthly catches from all three stations combined ranged from 67 in May (CPE=22.3) to 153,570 in July (CPE=51,190.0). The large July catch consisted primarily of young-of-the-year gizzard shad and alewife. Species captured shore seining were primarily young-of-the-year, with gizzard shad, alewife, emerald shiner, spottail shiner, and white bass predominating.

Trawls. Trawling in the Locust Point vicinity during 1979 yielded 2,217 fish weighing 50.4 kg and representing 18 species (Tables 3 and 7). Monthly catches from both transects combined ranged from 52 (CPE=26.0) in May to 1,243 (CPE=621.5) in November. Maximum catch occurred at Transect 8-13 in November (972 fish), and minimum catch occurred at Transect 3-26 in June (22 fish).

Gizzard shad, alewife, spottail shiner, carp, channel catfish, brown bullhead, white bass, yellow perch, and freshwater drum were the predominant species captured, with alewife and gizzard shad consisting primarily of young-of-the-year.

) Analysis

%./

The Lake Erie fish comunity at Locust Point in previous years has been dominated by gizzard shad, alewife, spottail shiner, yellow perch, white bass, emerald shiner, and freshwater drum. Percentages of these species varied from year to year, but the same species dominated. During 1978, fish sampling at Locust Point yielded similar results. Large numbers of all the dominant species were young-of-the-year taken close to shore by seining, but adults of these species were also numerically more abundant than other species captured during 1978. The open, wave-swept nature of the nearshore zone at Locust Point precludes the establishment of large populations of species which require more sheltered, quiescent conditions (i.e., carp, bullheads, smallmouth bass),

although small populations or transient individuals of such species do occur in the area. The'less abundant species captured during 1978 were generally of this type. Pelagic and benthipelagic schooling species consisting of intermediate predato' ; (i.e., white bass, freshwater drum, and yellow perch) and forage fish (i.e., alewife, gizzard shad, spottail shiner, and emerald shiner) make up the bulk of the community, with tei linal predators (i.e., walleye, sauger, and channel catfish) being comon but less abundant.

The total number of fish captured at Locust Point during 1979 was considerably greater than in 1978 or previous years (Barnes and Reutter,1979).

Variability in catch from year to year at Locust Point is a function of both l sample timing and actual density of fish in the vicinity. The largest component i

m of variability is found in the shore seine catch, which consists primarily of T young-of-the-year. Time of day, as well as season and actual population

[\ j dens" ies, can affect the abundance of young-of-the-year within range of shore sei . .ng on any sampling day. Results of this type are typical of schooling s,:cies, which generally are not uniformly distributed over a given area, and become more variable as sampling frequency decreases. Disregarding the l TABLE 6 a

SH0RE SEINE CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 1 May 1979 LENGTH (mm) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN IUDL 23 Gizzard Shad 128 231.7 115.0-513.0 156.7 20062.0 Spottail Shiner 4 101.5 79.0-130.0 10.0 40.0 Emerald Shiner 6082 63.4' 45.0-110.0 1.1 6873.0 Carp 9 521.6 337.0-780.0 2380.0 21420.0 Brown Bullhead 1 241.0 -- --

175.0 175.0 Subtotal 6224 48570.0 24 Gizzard Shad 137 217.0 123.0-502.0 125.0 17126.0 Spottail Shiner 5 114.6 100.0-127.0 13.2 66.0 Emerald Shiner 5461 66.9 43.0-111.0 1.1 6181.5 Carp 5 481.4 312.0-631.0 1914.6 9573.0 Subtotal 5608 32946.5 1

25 Gizzard Shad 112 218.0 121.0-560.0 135.6 15182.0 Spottail shiner 7 115.4 101.0-130.0 13.0 91.0 Emerald Shiner 4858 69.3 37.0-111.0 1.1 5494.5 Carp 1 479.0 -- --

1499.0 1499.0 White Bass 5 121.6 100.0-141.0 33.4 167.0 Freshwater Drum 1 259.0 -- --

115.0 115.0 Subtotal 4984 .

22548.5 TOTAL 16816 104065.0 a 0 Two hauls through-a 90 arc with a 100-ft bag seine (k-in bar mesh) at each

station.

4 v ,

I l

l t

I .

i v TABLE 6 (con't) a SH0RE SEINE CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 30 May 1979 i

LENGTH (m) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES K*iBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 23 Gizzard Shad 7 153.9 132.0-180.0 29.4 206.0 Emerald Shiner 20 71.2 41.0-140.0 2.3 47.0 Subtotal 27 253.0 24 Gizzard Shad 9 163.3 131.0-195.0 35.4 319.0 Spottail Shiner 1 131.0 -- --

20.0 20.0 Emerald Shiner 13 66.2 51.0-103.0 1.5 19.0 Logperch 1 102.0 -- --

11.0 11.0 Subtotal 24 369.0 42.2 25 Gizzard Shad 5 172.8 157.0-186.0 211.0

Emerald Shiner 11 66.2 39.0- 95.0 1.5 16.0 Srbtotal 16 227.0 TOTAL 67 849.0 "Two hauls through a 90 arc with a 100-f t bag seine (\-in bar mesh) at each

station.

I i

i a

i l

l I

1 l

l TABLE 6 (con't) a SHORE SEINE CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT

.1 20 June 1979

~~~

LENGTH (nm) WEIGHT (g) i l

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL  !

23 Gizzard Shad 272 48.7 19.0-301.0 5.8 1575.0 Spottail Shiner 5 101.2 52.0-139.0 14.4 72.0 Emerald Shiner 9 77.1 63.0- 88.0 1.9 17.0 Freshwater Drum 1 130.0 -- --

20.0 20.0 Subtotal 287 1684.0 24 Gizzard Shad 617 27.7 19.0- 38.0 0.5 310.0 t Emerald Shiner 23 ,

74.0 46.0- 93.0 1.7 39.0 '

Subtotal 640 349.0 25 Gizzard Shad 1025 34.7 20.0-237.0 4.0 702.0

, D Spottail Shiner 2 126.0 121.0-131.0 20.0 40.0

Emerald Shiner 14 73.9 59.0- 87.0 1.5 21.0 Subtotal 1041 763.0 TOTAL 1968 2796.0 i

a Two hauls through a 90 arc with a 100-ft bag seine (h-in bar mesh) at each station, i

f l

O

4 TABLE 6 (con't) a SHORE SEINE CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 28 July 1979 LENGTH (mm) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL

, 23 Gizzard Shad 28265 51.3 21.0-274.0 0.8 23110.5

) Alewife 17342 25.6 15.0- 40.0 0.4 6942.0 Spottail Shiner 1 59.0 -- --

2.0 2.0 Emerald Shiner 1 72.0 -- --

2.0 2.0 White Bass 52 50.3 35.0- 75.0 1.3 68.5 Subtotal 45661 30125.0 1

24 Gizzard Shad 7783 41.4 30.0- 56.0 0.7 5441.5 Alewife 7479 25.6 17.0- 37.0 0.4 2996.0 Spottail Shiner 1 45.0 -- --

0.5 0.5 l Emerald Shiner 9 70.4 63.0- 85.0 1.2 11.0 O White Bass 46 46.3 37.0- 70.0 1.2 57.0 Subtotal 15318 8506.0 25 Gizzard Shad 50896 44.6 20.0-386.0 0.7 36074.5 Alewife 41650 28.6 17.0- 38.0 0.4 16665.0 Spottail Shiner 1 82.0 -- --

3.0 3.0 Emerald Shiner 5 81.0 58.0-110.0 3.8 19.0 White Bass 38 47.7 37.0- 57.0 1.4 51.5 Freshwater Drum 1 137.0 -- --

28.0 28.0 Subtotal 92591 52R41.0

, TOTAL 153570 91472.0 a

Two hauls through a 90 arc with a 100-ft bag seine ( -in bar mesh) at each station.

J

-. - - = . - .. .. -

U TABLE 6 (con't) a SHORE SEINE CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 28 August 1979 LENGTH (nn) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL i

23 Gizzard Shad 212 81.6 40.0-264.0 8.0 1702.5 Spottail Shiner 1 68.0 -- -- 3.0 3.0 Emerald Shiner 27 61.9 26.0- 95.0 2.4 64.0 White Bass 9 79.8 57.0-108.0 6.1 ,

55.0 Subtotal 249 1824.5 24 Gizzard Shad 229 88.2 40.0-145.0 5.9 1342.0 Emerald Shiner 27 47.8 18.0- 80.0 0.7 18.2 White Bass 28 99.2 68.0-120.0 12.0 335.0 Freshwater Drum 1 324.0 -- --

418.0 418.0 Subtotal 285 2113.2 25 Gizzard Shad 113 76.8 ?6.0-100.0 5.6 632.5 Emerald Shiner 14 66.1 42.0- 80.0 2.2 30.5 White Bass 5 59.8 37.0- 80.0 3.8 19.0 Subtotal 132 682.0 i TOTAL 666 4619.7 a

l Two hauls through a 93 arc with a 100-ft bag seine (k-in bar mesh) it each station.

i i

i

!O

I i

TABLE 6 (con't) a SHORE SEINE CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 29 September 1979 LENGTH (un) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 23 Spottail Shiner 13 65.2 32.0- 82.0 4.3 55.5 Emerald Shiner 19 69.4 46.0- 84.0 6.0 114.0 Subtotal 32 169.5 24 Gizzard Shad 7 54.0 36.0- 86.0 1.7 12.0 Spottail Shiner 22 56.2 30.0- 86.0 2.0 43.0 Emerald Shiner 10 67.4 39.0- 86.0 3.2 32.0 White Bass 3 70.0 56.0- 94.0 2.7 8.0 Subtotal 42 95.0 25 Gizzard Shad 66 92.7 34.0-172.0 11.8 781.0 Os Spottail Shiner 15 71.6 38.0-105.0 3.4 51.0 Emerald Shiner 54 64.9 41.0- 87.0 2.1 112.0 White Bass 1 44.0 -- --

1.0 1.0 White Perch 1 89.0 -- --

9.0 9.0 Subtotal 137 954.0 TOTAL 211 1218.5 a

Two hauls through a 90 are with a 100-ft bag seine (k-in bar inesh) at each station.

A

.h  ;

O '

TABLE 6 (con't) i a SHORE SEINE CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT i 27 October 1979 i

LENGTH (mm) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE WEAN TOTAL ,

23 Gizzard Shad 19 82.2 53.0-120.0 6.7 127.0 Emerald Shiner 25 67.2 42.0- 95.0 3.1 78.0 Subtotal 44 205.0 24 Gizzard Shad 6 84.5 53.0-103.0 8.3 50.0 Spottail Shiner 2 83.5 79.0- 88.0 6.5 13.0 Emerald Shiner 19 74.2 52.0- 98.0 3.7 70.0 Subtotal 27 133.0 25 Gizzard Shad 5 88.4 52.0-120.0 9.0 45.0 Emerald Shiner 8 69.8 52.0- 88.0 2.9 23.0 Subtotal 13 68.0 TOTAL 84 406.0

-l a 0 Two hauls through a 90 arc with a 100-ft bag seine (k-in bar mesh) at each station. j 7

s l

l l

l i l t

l O

A-4 , , _ . _ _ _ ... -__..._ _ _ _ _. - _ . , _

P TABLE 6 (con't) a i SHORE SEINE CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 3 November 1979 i

i LENGTH (mm) WEIGHT (g)

STATION SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 23 Gizzard Shad 4 65.3 52.0- 85.0 4.0 16.0 Spottail Shiner 10 83.8 55.0-135.0 8.1 81.0 Emerald Shiner 129 60.4 41.0- 86.0 1.9 247.0  :

! Bluntnose Minnow 1 57.0 -- --

3.0 3.0 Goldfish 1 154.0 -- --

58.0 58.0 Subtotal 145 405.0 I 24 Gizzard Shad 7 60.9 43.0- 82.0 2.9 20.0 Spottail Shiner 4 83.5 61.0-111.0 7.0 28.0 Emerald Shiner 194 6?.9 42.0-100.0 1.9 369.0 Spotfin Shiner 66.0 4.0 4.0 O

1 -- --

. Subtotal 206 421.0 4 25 Gizzard Shad 66 76.0 41.0-148.0 6.0 395.0 i Emerald Shiner 1714 60.4 43.0-102.0 2.0 3492.0 4 Subtotal 1780 3887.0 TOTAL 2131 4713.0 ANNUAL GRAND TOTAL 175513 210139.2 a

Two hauls through a 90 arc with a 100-ft bag seine (k-in bar mesh) at each i station.

o

m a

j ~ .__. . - .. - . . _ . . _ _

1

TABLE 7 a

! TRAWL CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 30 April 1979 LENGTH (m) WEIGHT (@

TRANSECT SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3-26 Spottail Shiner 31 108.5 57.0-188.0 21.5 667.5 Emerald Shiner 11 68.2 41.0-161.0 10.2 112.0 Brown Bullhead 1 215.0 -- --

118.0 118.0 Channel Catfish 1 143.0 -- ~

21.0 21.0 Trout-perch 17 91.2 60.0 ..d.0 16.8 286.0 White Bass 1 128.0 -- --

32.0 32.0

• Yellow Perch 3 173.7 152.0-191.0 39.3 118.0 Freshwater Drum 17 134.8 107.0-195.0 31.2 530.0 Subtotal 82 1884.5 O,' 8-13 Spottail Shiner 12 92.8 77.0-127.0 8.3 99.0 Emerald Shiner 4 57.8 51.0-66.0 4.5 ' 18.0 Carp 1 425.0 -- --

1247.0 1247.0 Goldfish 1 212.0 -- --

195.0 195.0 i

Brown Bullhead 1 187.0 -- --

94.0 94.0 Channel Catfish 1 178.0 -- --

65.0 65.0 Trout-perch 11 91.5 73.0-123.0 9.2 101.0 White Bass 3 135.7 134.0-139.0 35.7 107.0 Yellow Perch 5 159.2 113.0-215.0 48.2 241.0 Freshwater Drum 19 133.5 100.0-270.0 54.6 1037.0 Subtotal 58 3204.0 TOTAL 140 5088.5 a

Four 5-minute tows with a 16-ft trawl (1/8-in bag mesh) at each transect.

i 1

V l

\

l I

l O

V TABLE 7 (Con't) a TRAWL CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 24 May 1979 LENGTH (nun) WEIGHT (g)

TRANSECT SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3-26 Spottail Shiner 8 98.6 80.0-130.0 8.0 64.0 Emerald Shiner 3 58.0 56.0-62.0 1.0 3.0 Brown Bullhead 1 193.0 -- --

96.0 96.0 Channel Catfish 1 140.0 -- -- 24.0 24.0 Trout-perch 2 102.0 89.0-115.0 8.0 16.0 White Bass . 2 156.0 126.0-186.0 53.0 106.0 Yellow Perch 3 170.7 146.0-197.0 52.7 158.0 Freshwater Drum 7 185.1 122.0-244.0 71.0 497.0 Subtotal 27 964.0 8-13 Spottail Shiner 8 77.3 66.0-81.0 2.3 18.0 Emerald Shiner 1 53.t -- --

1.0 1.0

Carp 1 313.0 -- --

445.0 445.0 Brown Bullhead 2 188.0 172.0-204.0 84.0 168.0 Trout-perch 1 94.0 -- --

3.0 3.0 White Bass 2 121.5 110.0-133.0 19.0 38.0

, Yellow Perch 1 146.0 -- --

22.0 22.0

Walleye 2 246.0 139.0-353.0 223.0 446.0 Freshwater Drum 108.0 99.0-113.0 71.0 7 10.1 Subtotal 25 1212.0 TOTAL 52 2176.0 a

Four 5-minute tows with a 16-ft trawl (1/8 in bag mesh) at each transect.

l O '

V

l O TABLE 7 (Con't) a TRAWL CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 22 June 1979 -

i LENGTH (mm) ~W EIGHT (g)

TRANSECT SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3-26 Spottail Shiner 1 85.0 -- --

15.0 15.0 4

.l Brown Bullhead 1 208.0 -- --

140.0 140.0 Channel Catfish 5 189.6 166.0-250.0 75.8 379.0 White Bass 1 224.0 -- --

150.0 150.0 Yellow Perch 11 154.3 93.0-201.0 56.5 621.0 Walleye 2 235.0 225.0-245.0 115.0 230.0 Freshwater Drum 1 166.0 -- --

58.0 58.0 Subtotal 22 1593.0 8-13 Carp 2 464.0 340.0-588.0 1651.0 3302.0 Brown Bullhead 4 208.0 190.0-230.0 85.0 340.0 Channel Catfish 19 164.8 130.0-190.0 40.6 771.0 Yellow Perch 11 143.7 105.0-191 0 32.5 357.0 Freshwater Drum 1 180.0 -- --

45.0 45.0 Subtotal 37 4815.0 TOTAL 59 6408.0 a

Four 5-minute tows with a 16-ft trawl (1/8-in bag mesh) at each transect.

i i

i l I

i

3'$>

4g&Ah

$+$e3%Yl!

/ IMAGE EVALUATION

'%if, NNNN TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 l# En Ela e

.:: m a p=

l,l bD hN '

lll4 l 11.25 .i2 'i i.6 l i , il l l

l

< 6" >

MICROCOPY RESOLUTION TEST CHART i

94'y,, 4  ; %y#

. i

- - - . ._ . _i c a ._ . - j

i TABLE 7 (Con't) a TRAWL CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 31 July 1979 i

LENGTH (mm) WElGHT (g)

TRANSECT SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL i 3-26 Gizzard Shad 6 96.3 77.0-115.0 33.0 198.0 Spottail Shiner 23 104.3 80.0-130.0 13.8 318.0 Carp 1 442.0 -- --

1150.0 1150.0 4

Goldfish 1 4 18.0 -- --

956.0 956.0 Brown Bullhead 10 158.4 137.0-195.0 56.4 564.0 Channel Catfish 1 356.0 -- --

380.0 380.0

, Yellow Perch 27 168.1 120.0-205.0 59.3 1602.0 ,

l Freshwater Drum 1 . 133.0 -- --

30.0 30.0 Subtotal 70 5193.0

, 8-13 Spottail Shiner 2 114.0 111.0-117.0 10.5 Z. 0 i' Carp 3 371.3 246.0-453.0 1022.0 3066.0 s, / Goldfish 1 380.0 -- --

920.0 920.0 Brown Bullhead 2 192.5 155.0-230.0 114.5 229.0 Char.r.el Catfish 1 295.0 -- --

260.0 260.0 -

Yellow Perch 24 167.8 120.0-202.0 60.6 1454.0 Black Crappie 'l 118.0 -- --

19.0 19.0 i Subtotal 34 5969.0 [

J ,

l' TOTAL 104 11167.0

! i 1

a

! Four 5-minute tows with a 16-ft trawl (1/8-in bag mesh) at each transect.

1

I TABLE 7 (Con't)

a TRAWL CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 31 August 1979 LENGTH (mm) WEIGHT (g)

TRANSECT SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3-26 Spottail Shiner 8 87.3 43.0-120.0 17.3 138.0 Carp 6 374.3 277.0-620.0 1057.3 6344.0 Brown Bullhead 3 208.7 163.0-265.0 136.7 410.0 Channel Catfish 5 197.0 175.0-222.0 71.8 359.0 Trout-perch 1 60.0 -- --

3.0 3.0

White Bass 3 63.0 60.0-67.0 3.7 11.0 Yellow Perch 40 163.3 66.0-210.0 62.8 2511.0 Walleye 2 212.0 152.0-272.0 86.0 172.0 Freshwater Drum 16 69.8 40.0-88.0 3.2 51.0" i Subtotal 84 9999.0

' 8-13 Carp 3 260.0 220.0-300.0 240.0 720.0 g Brown Bullhead 11 189.8 155.0-232.0 92.8 1021.0 N- / Channel Catfish 18 192.4 140.0-275.0 59.8 1077.0 White Bass 4 135.3 90.0-195.0 38.5 154.0 Yellow Perch 27 181.6 131.0-295.0 58.4 1576.0 Logperch 1 75.0 -- --

4.0 4.0 Freshwater Drum 15 76.9 16.0-220.0 12.0 180.0 Subtotal 79 4732.0 TOTAL 163 14731.0 l

l a

four 5-minute tows with a 16-ft trawl (1/8-in bag mesh) at each transect.

l

-s s

J

i i

TABLE 7 (Con't) i

(

TRAWL CATCH PER UNIT EFFORTa AT LOCUST POINT 25 September 1979 l

LENGTH (m) WEIGHT (g)

! TRANSECT SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3-26 Gizzard Shad 72 85.1 60.0-117.0 5.2 376.0

Alewife 4 102.8 97.0-107.0 8.5 34.0 Spottail Shiner 15 101.3 71.0-121.0 10.2 153.0 i

White Bass 5 84.0 42.0-124.0 12.2 61.0 Yellow Perch 1 166.0 -- --

54.0 54.0 Freshwater Drum 1 200.0 -- --

86.0 86.0 Subtotal 98 764.0 8-13 Gizzard Shad 90 83.2 62.0-106.0 5.5 497.2 Alewife 8 107.9 102.0-119.0 10.0 80.0 Spottail Shiner 19 101.3 59.0-132.0 9.9 188.0 Brown Bullhead 1 211.0 -- --

109.0 109.0 White Bass 7 53.3 44.0-67.0 2.0 14 .0 y Yellow Perch 7 173.1 151.0-187.0 56.6

./ White Crappie 396.0 1 54.0 -- --

2.0 2.0 I Walleye 1 55.0 1

~

24.0 24.0 Subtotal 134 I 1310.2 l TOTAL 232 i

2074.2 a

Four 5-minute tows with a 16-ft trawl (1/8-in bag mesh) at each transect.

O

_ _ _ - . _ _ _ _ . - - . _ _. ._. . . _ . _ . _ . - . _ _ _ . - _ _ . - - ~ _ _

l l

i l TABLE 7 (Con't)'

a TRAWL CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 30 October 1979  !

LENGTH (m) WEIGHT (g) )

TRANSECT SPECIES NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL 3-26 Gizzard Shad 84 83.7 68.0-115.0 5.4 453.0 Alewife 5 101.2 88.0-115.0 8.0 40.0 Spottail Shiner 11 82.3 56.0-118.0 6.0 66.0 Yellow Perch 4 125.3 120.0-134.0 22.5 90.0 Subtotal 104 649.0 8-13 Gizzard Shad 99 83.8 67.0-116.0 5.5 540.0 Alewife 11 95.5 87.0-106.0 - 7.0 77.0 Spottail Shiner 6 85.2 57.0-122.0 7.5 45.0 White Bass 1 215.0 -- --

149.0 149.0 Yellow Perch 3 154.0 126.0-196.0 53.0 159.0 i Subtotal 120 970.0 TOTAL 224 1619.0 a

Four 5-minute tows with a 16-ft trawl (1/8-in bag mesh) at each transect.

l O

i TABLE 7 (Con't) a TRAWL CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT LOCUST POINT 6 November 1979 1

i LENGTH (m) WEIGHT (g) l TRANSECT NUMBER MEAN RANGE MEAN TOTAL SPECIES 3-26 Rainbow Smelt 1 63.0 -- --

1.0 1.0 Gizzard Shad 251 77.2 63.0-119.0 4.6 1148.0 Alewife 7 90.1 80.0-101.0 7.3 51.0 Spottail Shiner 10 95.0 66.0-129.0 10.6 106.0 Emerald Shiner 1 63.0 -- -- 2.0 2.0 Carp 1 430.0 -- --

879.0 879.0 Subtotal 271 2187.0 8-13 Gizzard Shad 970 83.3 66.0-119.0 5.1 4901.0 9.0 1

Alewife 2 91.5 91.0-92.0 4.5 Subtotal 972 4910.0 V TOTAL 1243 7097.0  ;

l ANNUAL GRAND TOTAL 2217 50360.7 a Four 5-minute tows with a 16-ft trawl (1/8-in bag mesh) at each transect.

i l

4

l l

f unusually large seine catch of young-of-the-year alewife and gizzard shad in July 1979 (153,414 fish), the remaining catch of 29,198 is similar to catches of previ m years.

in the past, analyses of gill netting results at individual stations indicated that fish densities were generally greatest closer to shore. This pattern was not highly evident during 1979 (Figure 2). Larger numbers of fish captured at all four stations during August and September consisted primarily of gizzard shad, yellow perch, and spottail shiner. Abundance trends at control stations (3 and 26) were not markedly different from trends at test stations (8 and 13). No trend of attraction to or repulsion from the plume area (Station

13) or the intake area (Staticr. 8) was evident.

Trawling results indicated that fish populations in the vicinity of the intake-discharge complex (Transect 8-13) exhibited abundance trends similar to those around the control transect (Transect 3-26) (Figure 3). An unusually large catch of young-of-the-year gizzard shad accounted for the large catch on Transect 8-13 in November. This large concentration of gizzard shad may have been due to the cover afforded by rip-rap material in the area or to attraction to the thermal plume, but may also be due simply to randomness in the schooling behavior of this species as previously discussed. This single data point is insufficient to allow the conclusion the fish were positively attracted to the intake-discharge area.

In conclusion, fish populations at Locust Point during 1978 were similar tc T those observed in the cast. No indication of adverse impact due to the Davis-

, ) Besse Nuclear Power Station was observed.

m) ,

I

FIGURE 2 COMPARIS0N OF GILL NETTING CATCH PER UNIT EFFORT AT STATIONS 3, 26, 8 AND 13 AT LOCUST POINT DURING 1979 1000 -

3 800 _ _______ 26

- - - - - 8

- -. . 13 600 -

5 C -

i E5 g m 400_.

5 .d-s g r,-/' -\.

88 _

E ' Ns

,/,' %_ \,_

200 - ,

/ ,- ,/. ,s

j. __

.qx,

%p. y -.

x.NN s e 0

' s s s i a i  : s a a a i i i i i I 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 April May June July August Sept. Oct. Nov.

l 1

a l

i

s J O FIGURE 3 COMPARIS0N OF TRAWLING CATCii PER UNIT EFFORT ON TRANSECTS 3-26 AND 8-13 AT LOCUST POINT DURING 1979 1000 .

. I I

_____- 3-26 I 800 . 8-13 I I

. I I

35 C '

600 . g

, 5 i O' g - I W I.

g 400 . ,

I

. I i

8 i 200 I I

y ,

---

J s -

~~#

0

______ M _.

g 5 3 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 April May June July August Sept. Oct. Nov.

\

l

1 i

! LITERATURE CITED l

Bailey, R.M., J.E. Fitch, E.S. Herald, E. A. Lachner, C.C. Lindsey, R.C. Robins, and W.B. Scott. 1970. A list of comon and scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada. Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Pub. No. 6. 150 pp.

Barnes, M.D., and J.M. Reutter. 1979. Fish population studies from Lake Erie near the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station during 1978. Ohio State University,

' Center for Lake Erie Area Research, Technical Report No.105. 30 pp.

Trautman, M.B. 1957. The Fishes of Ohio. The Ohio State Univ. Press, Columbus,

, Ohio. 683. pp.

9 s

I i

4 4

i f

1

) ,

e 4

)

W N

i l

I f

f i,

l l

i 1

XII i

! SG CTION 3.1.2.A.4 1CHTHYOPLANKTON v

l

CLEAR TECHNICAL REPORT NO.163 O

1 ICHTHYOPIANKTON STUDIES FROM LAKE ERIE NEAR THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION DURING 1979

~

Environmental Technical Specifications Sec. 3.1.2.a.4 Ichthyoplankton i .

Prepared by Jeffrey M. Reutter l l

Prepared for Toledo Edison Company Toledo, Ohio THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY CENTER FOR LAKE ERIE AREA RESEARCH COLUMBUS, OHIO March, 1980

V 3.1. 2. a.4 Ichthyoplankton l

l Procedures .

Duplicate ichthyoplankton (fish eggs and larvae) samples were collected from the surf ace and bottom of Stations 3 (control station), 8 (intake), 13 (plume area), 29 (control station), and Toussaint Reef (Figures 1 and 2) using a 0.75 meter diamete.- beavy-duty oceanographic

> plankton net (No. 00, 0.75 m mesh) equipped with a calibrated General

. Oceanics flow meter. Each sample consisted of a 5-minute circular tow at 3 to 4 knots with this net. Samples were collected on 10 occasions (approxi-mately 10-day intervals or as weather allowed) between 1 May 1979 and 15 August 1979 from the Locust Point vicinity and on 8 occasions at Toussaint Reef. Sampling was terminated af ter had decreased rapidly to 0.25/100 m}5 August of water andasbecause the larval concentration night samples collected on 15 August yielded no larvae (see Section 3.1.2.a.5 Fish Egg and Larvae Entrainment). It should be noted that U.S. EPA (Grosse Ile office) terminated their Western Basin sampling on 15 July each year.

Samples were preserved in 5% formalin and returned to the laboratory for sorting and analysis. All specimens were identified and enumerated using the works of Fish (1932), Norden (1961a and b), and Nelson and Cgle (1975).

Results were reported as the number of individuals per 100 m of water calculated from the volume filtered (flow n.eter) and the number of individuals within the sample.

[V Results Specimens collected during the 1979 field season were placed into 15 taxa (Table 1). Ten taxa were to the species level, while the remaining 5 consisted of unidentified, unidentified shiner, unidentified sunfish, fish eggs, and freshwater drum eggs. Collections from Toussaint Reef (a spawning area) produced 9 taxa, all of which were found at Locust Point except for an unidentified percid which was found on 9 May (Table 2).

Emerald shiner, walleye, and drum egg concentrations were higher at Toussaint Reef than at Locust Point, while the opposite was true for the l Overall, ichthyoplankton concentrations concentrations of all other at Locust Poi t (66.79/100 m tf)xa.were greater than those at Toussaint Reef (51.67/100 m )f (Tables 1 and 2). Gizzard shad, yellow perch, emerald shiner, fish egg, and rainbow smelt were the dominant taxa representing 81.8,11.2, 2.5,1.6, and 1.3 percent, respectively, of the total ichthyo-plankton density. No other taxon made up as much as 1.0 percent of the l total. Gizzard shad werf collected between 31 May and 15 August and peaked on 31 May at 200.4/100 m . Yellow perch were collected between 1 May and 5 June, and they appeared again on 3 August. Perch densities peaked on 31 May at 66.1/100 m . Emerald shiners wege collected between 21 June and 15 August and peaked on 5 July at 7.6/100m . Fish eggs pere collected between 1 May and 5 June and peaked on 5 June at 10.4/100 m . Rainbowsmeltwege collected between 31 May and 3 August and peaked on 31 May at 5.6/100 m .

O t <

v

O O O O 26 l

) g LAKE ERIE h

N og i

03

\

d 08 i

7 23

..==***.,

k' ** ' 6 O1 0 15

. MARSH ...l*

24 11 . 12 AREA g ---O COOLING i Q13 0 14 OWER . **

b *-

., OIS t

STATION sd .

AREA 25 i

I.',,,,,,,, MARSH AREA .. *.,

. 0 29 1 .*

j ... * .

FIGURE 1

. ,, s. .

,p ' 1000

DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION, UNIT 1 j AQUATIC SAMPLING STATIONS 1

1 p . v ,

V ...T ,

. .st.g g

FL5T SISTER REEF o

+ LAKE ERIE .

'\

,..En,Q

• D$<", "*$a 4 l*4 O'-

" V cowEnLEr GB r r /yG)l AG TAR A NE E,

,h UTTLE QE.R2L REEr 8' noen ster

- "" ' " "'6 ocus1 ro ur aEEr acEr M ( "5 ,

h .

ouwo ntar recus, ea,- y q e.a. s....

es

~

b - 41* 35'-

B ATHY METRIC MAP otrTH cOxTOURS IN FEET SELOW LOW UA1ER OATU A

+ LE AST DEPTH OVER REEF -

CONTOUR INTERVAL 5 FEET I

' EEL 7 A MILES~

~

- ~ vY, s n .a < s s s ./ ^% .

, ow +-

83*fp5' 83* oo" . ., u .

l LJ

• FIGURE 2. REEFS NEAR LOCUST POINT.

i b

TABLE 1

/'N ICHTHYOPLANAf0N DENSITIES AT LOCUST POINT - 1979*

(L ./

)

Ny 1 Ny9 Ny 31 STATION SPECIES 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Nan 3 8 13 29 Mean Carp Stap 1 .

Stage 2 Stage 3 Surface Botton Subtotal" '

Comon Stage 1 shiner Stage 2 Stage 3 Surface Bottoe Subtotal" ,

kswrald Stage 1 shiner 5tage 2 Stage 3 Surface Bottce Subtotal **

Freshater Stage 1 ,

Drum Stage 2 Stage 3 Surface 8cttos Si.btotal**

tarard Stage 1 254.5 74.5 118.4 93.6 135.22 Stage 2 115.1 11.4 46.7 87.6 65.21 Shad Stage 3 Surface Bottoe 657.5 166.2 260.0 322.2 351.45 81.6 5.7 70.2 40.2 49.44 Subtotal" 369.6 85.9 165.1 181.2 200.44 Logperch Stage 1 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.25 Stage 2 0.6 0.15 Stage 3 Surface 1.7 0.6 0.57 Bottoe 0.9 0.23 Subtotal" 0.9 0.5 0.3 0.40 Rainbow Stage 1 1.2 2.6 0,94 i smelt Stage 2 4.9 7.5 3.8 2.3 4.62 1

, Stage 3 Surface 8.0 12.3 9.2 3.4 8.26 .

Botton 1.8 4.9 3.7 1.1 2.86 Subtotal" 4.9 8.6 6.4 2.3 5.56 l Unidentiffed Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Surface Bottoe Subtotal" Unidentified Stage 1 Shiner Stage 2 stsee 3 Surface Bottoa subtotal" Unteentified Stage 1 Sunfish Stage 2 5tage 3 Surface Bottoe N Subtotal **

i '.11 eye Stage 1 N ~- stage 2 0.2 0.7 0.2 0.28 5tage 3 1.7 0.3 2.1 0.8 1.21 Surface 1.1 1.5 0.65 Bot tos 2.5 0.6 5.5 0.6 2.34 Subtotal" 1.9 0.3 2.8 1.0 1.49 J

} TABLE 1(Con't)

ICHTHYOPLANKTON DENSITIES AT LOCUST POINT - 1979*

I I

l w ,

STATION May 1 May 9 May 31 '

$7(C]ES 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Mean White Stage 1 c.g 0.3 4.4 1.17 Bass stage 2 2.3 0.5 2.6 1.3 1.69 Stage 3 Surface 5.0 1.2 11.2 1.5 4.70 Botton 1.3 0.5 2.8 1.1 3.42 Sub total ** 3.2 0.8 7.0 3.3 3.06 Yellow Stage 1 0.2 0.05 0.5 0.4 0.24 9.5 6.0 18.4 20.8 13.65 ptrch 5tage 2 29.5 22.5 62.3 64.7 44.75 Stage 3 4.1 8.3 14.9 3.r 7.73 Surface 0.4 0.09 0.9 0.22 52.1 36.2 65.3 106.7 65.08 Sotton 1.1 0.27 34.2 37.2 125.8 71.5 67.19 Subtotal" 0.2 0.05 0.5 0.4 0.24 43.2 36.7 95.5 89.1 66.13 Fish Egg surface 1.0 0.4 0.36 0.5 0.13 Bottoa 0.5 0.12 Subtotal" 0.5 0.5 0.24 0.3 0.07 Frashwater Surface Orum Egg Bottom Subtotal" T1tal Stage 1 0.2 0.05 0.5 0.4 0.24 265.1 81.9 144.1 114.7 151.44

->chthyo.-lenkton 5tage 2 152.7 41.9 116.2 156.1 116.72

\ Stage 3 5.8 8.6 17.0 4.4 8.93

/ Eggs 0.5 0.5 0.24 0.3 0.07

(/ Surface Bottoe 0.4 1.0 0.4 0.5 0.46 0.12 0.5 1.1 0.9 0.36 0.27 125.4 215.9 345.7 435.9 430.70 121.6 48.9 208.8 114.6 123.48 Subtotal" 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.29 0.8 0.4 0.31 423.5 132.4 277.2 275.2 277.09

• Data presented as no./100m 3 . Stage 1 = proto larvae, no rays in fin /finfold. Stage 2 = meso-larvae, first ray seen in redlan fins. Stage 3

• reta-larvae, pelvic fin bud is visible.

• • This is the subtotal of the larval stages. It is the mean of the surface and bottom densitfes.

G

TABLE 1 (Con't)

(mv) ICHTHY 0 PLANKTON DENSITIES AT LOCUST POINT - 1979*

g June 5 June 21 July 5 SPECIES 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Mean Carp Stage 1 .

Stage 2 State 3 Surface Bottoa subtotal **

Co-ron Stage 1 0.1 0.1 0.03 o,1 o,o4 Shiner Stage 2 5tage 3 Surface 0.1 0.1 0.06 0.3 0.07 Bottoe Subtotal ** 0.1 0.1 0.03 0.1 0.04 Em rald Stage 1 5.4 1.8 7.6 5.4 5.04 stage 2 0.2 11.4 2.2 1.4 3.79 5hiner 1.3 2.2 1.8 0.6 1.49 3.5 1.1 1.5 1.53 5tage 3 surface

. 1.7 2.5 3.4 1. 7 2.32 12.7 6.4 17.0 10.3 11.61 2.9 23.5 11.1 8.0 11.48 Bottoe 0.6 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.43 0.9 Subtotal" 10.9 2.3 1.2 3.81 6.7 4.0 9.4 6.0 6.52 1. 9 17.4 6.7 4.8 7 na fresh.ater- Stage 1 0.3 0.3 0.8 0.6 0.49 0.1 0.04 Orve Stage 2

• Stage 3 0.6 0.15 Surface 0/6 0.25 Sottoe 0.6 0.6 1.0 0.7 0.72 Subtotal **

1.4 0.36 0.3 0.3 0.E 0.6 0.49 0,7 0.12 tiarard Stage 1 103.9 90.5 290.4 195.1 169.99 78.5 22.2 61.8 14.4 44.20 66.8 20.9 45.8 45.4 44.71

%td Stage 2 11.6 6.6 12.4 16.5 11.77 10.6 3.5 9.1 7.0 7.54 4.8 1.7 7.0 j 7.5 5.25 g 5tage 3 0.1 0.1 0.9 0.9 0.48 0.5 0.5 0.6 3.2 1.19

(,/ Surface 30.9 158.1 84.4 126.0 99.85 16.3 7.1 30.8 3.7 14.47 24.2 34.4 45.g 96.7 50.28 Botton 200.1 36.1 521.3 297.2 263.67 161.8 44.5 112.8 40.8 89.98 120.0 11.8 60.7 15.6 52.03

. Subtotal ** 115.5 97.1 302.8 211.6 181.76 89.1 25.8 71.8 22.3 52.23 72.1 23.1 51.3 56.1 51.16 Legperch 5tage 1 0.4 0.8 0.9 0.4 0.61 Stage 2 0.4 0.10 0.1 0.02 5tage 3 Surface 0.8 0.20 Bottae 0.7 2.4 't . 8 1.22 0.2 0.04 Subtotal ** 0.4 1.2 0.9 0.4 0.71 0.1 0.02

]

Rainbow Stage 1 8.0 0.3 0.4 2.20 0.1 0.02 smelt stage 2 0.7 0.17 0.1 0.03 Stage 3 0.2 0.04 Surface 5.5 0.7 1.53 0.1 0.03 Sotton 12.0 0.9 3.22 0.1 0.1 0.07 0.3 0.08 Suttotal" 8.7 0.3 0.4 2.37 0.1 0.1 0.05 0.7 0 r..

Unidentiffed Stage 1 Stage 2 0.2 0.05 Stage 3 Surface 0.4 0.09 Bottae Subtotal ** 0.2 0.05 Unidentified Stage 1

$htner Stage 2 Stage 3 Surface 80ttee 56btotal" Unteentified Stage l' O.1 0.02 Swiffsh Stage 2 5tage 3 Surface Sottoe 0.2 0.04 Subtetal'. 0.1 0.02

[m

(,

s Aleye Stage 1 j 5tage 2 Stage 3 surface Bottae Svete tal** '

m I i TABLE 1 (Con't)

U /

ICHTHYOPLANKTON DENSITIES AT LOCUST POINT - 1979*.

STAT 10lg June 5 June 21 July 5 SPECIE 5 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 2f Mean White Stage 1 0.4 0.11 0.1 0.1 0.03 Sass Stage 2 0.2 0.1 0.08 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.17 Stage 3 0.2 0.04 Surface 0.1 0.03 Bottom C.8 0.21 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.19 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.43 Subtotal" 0.4 0.11 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.11 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.21 hilow Stage 1 3.3 3.6 8.9 5.6 5.35 Perch Stage 2 1.0 1.6 0.5 3.6 1.68 Stage 3 0.3 0.8 1.6 1.6 1.08 Surface 3.3 3.3 6.2 6.5 4.80 Bottos 5.9 8.6 15.9 15.2 11.40 subtotal" 4.6 5.9 11.0 10.8 8.10 Fish Egg surface 1.6 0.40

• Botton 79.3 2.1 20.35 .

Subtotal" 39.6 1.1 0.8 ,

10.37 Fre shwa ter Surface 0.5 0.4 0.24 Orum Egg Botton 0.3 0.07 Subtotal" 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.15 htal Stage 1 107.5 102.9 301.0 201.6 178.25 84.3 24.2 70.3 20.5 49.83 66.9 32.3 48.2 46.8 48.57 k ichthyopla nkton Stage 2 12.6 9.3 12.9 20.1 13.72 12.2 5.8 11.0 7.7 9.15 5.1 5.4 9.0 9.2 7.15

\/ Stage 3 0.3 0.8 1.6 1.6 1.08 0.1 0.1 0.9 0.9 0.48 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.2 3.60 Eggs 39.6 1.1 0.8 10.37 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.15 Surface 34.2 166.8 92.8 133.3 106.79 29.4 13.5 49.0 14.8 26.69 27.0 Sn.7 57.3 104.6 61.92 Botton 286.0 61.2 5 39.8 313.3 300.06 164.0 46.5 116.0 43.6 92.54 12 1.4 20. 65.0 17.7 56.71 Subtotal" 160.1 114.0 316.3 223.3 203.42 96.7 30.0 82.5 29.2 59.62 74.2 40.7 61.2 61.2 59.32

• Data presented as no./100m 3 . Stage 1 = proto-larvae, no rays in fin /ftnfold. Stage 2 = eeso-larvae, first ray seen in eedlan fins. Stage 3 = seta larvae, pelvic fin bud is visible.

• • This is the subtotal of the larval stages. It is the mean of the surface and bottom densities, i

l t

O I

O I

1 TABLE 1 (Con't)

ICHTHYOPLANKTON DENSITIES AT LOCUST POINT - 1979*

July 12 July 20 August 3 STATION SPECIES 3 8 13 29 Mene 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Mean Carp stage 1 1.5 0.5 0.48 5tage 2 5tage 3 Surface 1.2 0.3 0.37 Botton 1.7 0.7 0.59 Subtotal" 1.5 0.5 0.40 Coenon Stage 1 shiner Stage 2 stage 3 Surface Botton Subtotal **

Imerald Stage 1 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.23 0.1 0.03 Shiner Stage 2 0.2 0.4 0.1 1.8 0.64 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.13 Stage 3 0.3 2.3 0.65 0.9 0.7 0.1 0.43 Surface 0.9 1.1 0.6 4.8 1.83 1.9 1.0 0.2 0.5 0.91 Botton 0.3 0.3 4.2 1.21 0.4 0.7 0.26 Subtotal" 0.5 0.7 0.4 4.5 1.52 1.1 0.8 0.1 0.2 0.58 Fresh-ster Stage 1 1.1 0.2 2.0 0.1 0.83 Orum Stage 2 0.9 0.1 0.27 -

Stage 3 1.0 0.24 Surface 0.6 1.7 0.58 Botton 53 0.3 2.5 0.2 2.09 Suttotal" 3.0 0.2 2.1 0.1 1.34 e

[

g

'rard ld Stage 1 Stage 2 17.4 7.3 33.2 6.0 5.4 1.9 11.1 17.5 16.79 8.19 29.4 2.7 6.6 0.2 62.0 9.7 19.9 3.7 29.50 4.06 w/ Stage 3 5.6 0.2 1.5 0.6 1.sv 0.6 0.1 0.17 0.2 0.06 Surface 49.2 59.2 11.3 46.5 41.52 9.4 51.1 9.2 17.42 0.5 0.11 Botton 11.4 19.7 6.5 12.0 12.39 55.9 13.7 92.3 38.3 50.04 Subtotal" 30.3 39.4 8.9 29.2 26.96 32.6 6.8 71.7 23.7 33.73 0.2 0.06 Logperch Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 '

Surface Bottoe subtotal" Ra f nbow Stage 1 0.9 0.22 5 melt Stage 2 0.5 0.5 0.24 Stage 3

( Surface 0.5 0.6 0.9 1.8 0.12 0.81

, Bottom l Subtotal"  ;.5 0.5 0.9 0.47 Unidentified Stage 1 Stage 2

. Sup 3 l Surface Bottom subtotal **

Unidentified Stage 1 Shiner Stage 2 5tage 3 0.2 0.04 Surface Botton 0.3 0.08 Subtotalu 0.2 0.04 unidentified Stage 1 Sulfish Stage 2 Stage 3 Surface j Bottom

{G j

( _jleye Subtotal **

Stage 1 stage 2 Stage 3 Surface Bottaa Suttotal**

• J

(/ TABLE 1 (Con't) .

~

ICHTHYOPLANKTON DENSITIES AT LOCUST POINT - 1979*

STATION Aly 12 hly 20 August 3 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Mesa 3 8 13 29 Mean SPECIES White stage l' Sass stage 2 Stage 3 1.2 0.1 8.32 Surface 1.5 0.37 Bottes 0.9 0.2 0.28 subtotal ** 1.2 0.1 8.32 l

! Yellow stage 1 Stage 2 0.3 0.06 Psrch 5tage 3 Surface Bottos 0.5 0.13 0.3 0.06 Subtotal **

Fish Egg surface Bottoe Subtotal **

Frs sh=a ter surface 5.8 1.45 Drum Egg Botton 7.8 0.9 1.3 0.9 2.73 subtotal ** 3.9 0.4 3.5 0.5 2.09 Stage 1 20.2 33.4 8.1 11.6 18.32 29.5 6.6 62.0 19.9 29.52 0.9 0.22 Jatal 9.09 2.8 0.3 9.7 3.9 4.19 0.8 0.5 0.31 inthyoplankton Stage 2 8.4 6.4 2.2 19.3 4 Stage 3 7.9 0.5 1.5 3.1 3.24 1.5 0.7 0.1 0.1 0.60 0.2 0.06 (j Eggs surface 3.9 53.4 0.4 60.3 3.5 19.6 0.5 51.2 2.09 46.12 11.3 1.0 51.3 9.6 18.33 0.5 0.5 0.23 Botton 27.4 21.2 11.2 17.6 19.37 56.2 14.3 92.3 38.3 50.29 1.1 0.9 1.8 0.94 Suttotal** 40.4 40.8 15.4 34.4 32.74 33.8 7.7 71.8 24.0 34.31 0.8 0.5 1.1 0.59

< Data presented as no./100m 3 . Stage 1 = proto-larvae, no rays in fin /ftnfold. Sta9e 2 = eeso-larvae, first ray seen in redten fins. Stage 3 = seta larvae, pelvic fin bud is visible.

• • This is the subtotal of the larval stages. It is the mean of the surface and bottom densttles.

I i

a i

_g_

TABLE 1 (Con t)

/ , ICHTHYOPLANKTON DENSITIES A.' LOC JST POINT - 1979*

1 August 15 Mean g

SPECIES 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 l 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Mean C;rp Stage 1 0.15 0.05 0.05 Stage 2 Stage 3 Surface 0.12 0.03 0.04 totton 0.17 0.07 0.06 Subtotal" 0.15 0.05 0.05 Comen stage 1 0.01 0.02 0.01 Shiner Stage 2 Stage 3 Surface 0.01 0.04 0.01 Botton Subtotal " 0.01 0.02 0.01 Emerald Sta9e 1 0.59 1.32 1.00 0.72 0.91 Shiner Stage 2 0.16 0.62 0.31 0.42 0.38 Stage 3 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.19 0.26 0.36 0.38 0.43 0.36 Surface 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.37 1.84 3.28 2.94 2.42 2.62 Bottom 0.19 1.34 0.44 0.72 0.67 Subtotal " 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.19 1.02 2.31 1.69 1.57 1.65 Fresh-ster stage 1 0.14 0.05 0.29 0.07 0.14 Orue Stage 2 -

0.09 0.07 0.04 5tage 3 0.10 0.02 Surface 0.06 0 ^.23 0.04 0.08 Botton 0.59 0.09 0.50 0.09 0.32 Subtotal" 0.33 0.05 0.36 0.07 0.20 izzard Stage 1 55.04 24.79 53.37 37.96 44.04 Stage 2 15.23 2.95 8.68 13.97 10.20 Ghad 5tage 3 Surface 0.1 0.03 0.67 0.08 0.30 0.52 78.75 42.49 48.33 60.46 57.51 0.39 Bottom 0.2 0.06 63.09 13.14 86.38 44.44 51.76 Sub to ta l" 0.1 0.03 70.92 27.81 47.36 -52.45 54.64 togperch 5tage 1 0.06 0.08 0.14 0.01 0.09 Stage 2 0.1 0.03 0.06 0.04 0.02 0.03 Stage 3 Surface 0.3 0.07 0.17 0.03 0.14 0.08 Bottom 0.07 0.24 0.29 0.15 Subtotal ** 0.1 0.03 0.12 0.12 0.16 0.07 0.12 Ra inbow 5 age 1 0.92 0.29 0.14 0.34 Smelt Stage 2 0.50 0.87 0.43 0.23 0.51 Stage 3 0.02 0.01 Surface 0.81 1.83 0.99 0.34 0.99 Bottom 0.19 1.75 0.46 0.42 0.70 Subtotal" 0.50 1.79 3.73 0.38 0.85 untdentified Stage 1 5tage 2 0.02 0.01 5tage 3 surface 0.04 0.01 Bottom subtotal " 0.02 0.01 Unidentifted 5tage 1 Shiner Stage 2 5tage 3 0.02 0.01 Surface Botton 0.03 0.01 Subtotal ** 0.02 0.01 Unidentifled Stage 1 0.01 0.01 Sanfish Stage 2 Stage 3 Surface Bottoa 0.02 0.01

.ex

, Subtotal ** 0.01- 0.01

11 eye Stage 1

- Stage 2 0.02 0.07 0.02 0.03 Stage 3 0.16 0.03 0.21 0.08 0.12 Surface 0.11 0.15 0.06 Botton 0.26 0.06 0.55 0.06 0.23 Subtotal ** 0.19 0.03 0.28 0.10 0.15 TABLE 1 (Con't)

U ICHTHYOPLANKTON DENSITIES AT LOCUST POINT - 1979*

STATION Au9ust 15 Mean SPEC 1f5 3 3 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Mean 3 8 13 29 Mean lihite stage 1 0.09 0.03 0.49 0.15 Biss 5tage 2 0.28 0.05 0.29 0.15 0.19 5tage 3 0.12 0.03 0.04 Surface 0.66 0.12 1.12 0.15 0.51 Botton 0.32 0.05 0.43 0.22 0.25 Subtatal" 0.49 0.08 0.77 0.18 0.38 Vallow S wve 1 1.35 1.00 2.73 2.64 1.93 Psrch Stage 2 3.06 2.43 6.28 6.84 4.65 Stage 3 0.44 0.91 1.65 0.52 0.88 Surface 5.58 4.03 7.14 11.32 7.02 Botton 4.12 4.63 14.16 8.68 7.90 Suttotal** 4.85 4.33 10.65 10.00 7.46 Fish Egg Surface 0.05 0.10 0.16 0.04 0.09 Botto" 7.93 0.21 0.05 2.05 5tbtotal** 3.99 0.16 0.08 0.05 1.07 f reshwa ter Surface 0.63 0.04 0.17 Orum Egg Bottas 0.81 0.09 0.13 0.09 0.28 .

Subtotal ** 0.40 0.04 0.38 0.07 0.22 Tatal Stage 1 57.43 28.18 63.38 41.59 47.64 1chthyoplankton Stage 2 0.1 0.03 19.38 6.98 16.15 21.63 16.04 Stage 3 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.22 1.77 1.38 2.53 1.60 1.82 1995 4.39 0.20 0.46 0.11 1,29 Surface 0.3 0.8 0.7 0.44 88.lb 51.88 61.65 75.11 69.20 (f, Botton 0.2 0.06 77.78 21.60 103.40 54.76 64.38 Subtotal" 0.1 0.4 0.5 0.25 82.98 36.74 82.52 64.93 66.79 3

• 0ata presented as no./100m . Stage 1 = proto-larvae, no rays in fin /f fnfold. Stage 2 = seso-larvae, first ray seen in sedlan fins. Stage 3 = seta larvae, pelvic fin bud is visible.

• • This is the subtotal of the larval stages. It is the mean of the surface and bottom densities.

i l

t 1 )

v l

TABLE 2 (g V

)

RESULTS OF ICHTHYOPLANKTON COLLECTIONS AT TOUSSAINT REEF - 1979*

DAlt May 1 May 9 May July July July Aug. Aug. MIM 5PECIES 31 5 12 20 3 15 Emerald Stage 1 261.5 3.6 33.13 Shiner Stage 2 16.5 9.0 0.6 0.3 3.30 5tage 3 6.3 0.8 0.5 0.3 0.1 1.00 Surface $50.4 25.8 1.9 1.0 -0.3 72.42 Botton 18.2 1.0 0.3 . 44 Subtotal ** 284.3 13.4 1.1 0.6 0.1 3 ( 43_

Freshwater Stage 1 0.2 0.1 0.04 Drwa Stage 2 Stage 3 Surface 0.3 0.03 Botton 0.3 0.04 Subtotal ** O.2 0.1 0.04 Ginard Stage 1 28.3 0.3 3.5 4.4 4.56 Shad Stage 2 3.1 1.3 0.5 0.7 0.71 Stage 3 0.5 0.3 0.10 Surface 38.3 3.3 0.5 3.9 5.75 Botton 24.5 1.0 7.4 7.1 5.00 Sub total ** 31.4 2.1 4.0 5.4 5.37 Ra lrb* Stage 1 0.5 0.06 Smelt Stage 2 0.2 0.03

. Stage 3 Surface 1.0 0.05 Botton 0.4 0.13 Subtotal ** 0.7 0.09 Unidentified Stage 1 0.2 ,

0.03

/,,]< Per*1d stage 2 5tage 3

(*j Surface Botton 0.5 0.06 Subtotal ** 0.2 0.03 Stage 1 1.8 0.22 Walleye 5tage 2 5tage 3 Surface 0.8 0.11 Bottos 2.7 0.33 1.8 0.22 Subtotaf**

Stage 1 0.8 21.6 2.79 Yellow 3.48 Perch 5tage 2 27.9 Stage 3 3.7 0.46 55.3 6.91 Surface Botton 1.5 51.0 6.57 0.8 53.2 6.74 Subtotal **

1.6 0.28 E995 Surface 0.20 8otton 2.3 0.24 Subtota1** 1.9 21.2 2.65 Orwe Eggs surface 0.38 Bottos 3.0 12.1 1.51 Subtota1** -.

2.8 50.o 262.0 7.0 4.5 a0.83 TOTAL stage 1 7.52 Stage 2 31.7 17.8 9.6 1.3 0.3 3.7 6.8 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.1 1.56 Stage 3 1.75 Eggs 1.9 12.1 2.3 0.8 94.0 553.6 47.5 6.0 1.0 0.3 88.20 Surface 15.14 Botton 1.6 4.7 76.5 19.5 11.5 7.4 Subtotal ** 1.9 2.8 85.3 286.6 29.5 6.6 0.6 0.1 51.67 3

• Data presented as no./100e . Stage 1

• proto-larvae, no rays in fin /finfold. Stage 2

• meso-larvae, first ray seen in median fins. Stage 3

• meta-larvae, pelvic fin bud is visible.

• • This is the subtotal of the larval stages. It is the mean uf the surface ar.d bottom densities.

.! , ,J Nv/

(

l f- - - - - - - - _ - - - - _ .

m Stations 3and13(plumearea),theinshorestjtions,exhibitedthe greatest mean larval densities, 82.98 and 82.52/100m , respectively, while i Station 8 (intake) yielded the lowest larval densities. Stations 3,8 and 29 l had greater densities at the surface while Station 13 had greater densities at the bottom. Toussaint Reef had much higher larval densities at the surface than at the bottom. ,

l All raw data were keypunched and stored at the offices of The Ohio State ,

! University's Center for Lake Erie Area Research in Columbus, Ohio. A voucher

! collection of all samples is also maintairted at these offices.

Analysis Ichthyoplankton populations have shown tremendous variations since 1974.

, Emerald shiners constituted 81 percent of the 19741arvae,1 percent of the 1975

! larvae,60 percent of the 1976 larvae,3 percent of the 1977 larvae,14 percent l of the 1978 larvae and 3 percent of the 1979 larvae. Yellow perch constituted 5 i percent of the 1974 larvae,70 percent of the 1975 larvae,4 percent of the 1976 larvae, 26 percin!. af the 1977 larvae, 2 percent of the 1978 larvae, and 11 l percent of the 1979 larvae. Gizzard shad 1ppear to have increased significantly

! reaching 34 percent of the 1976 larvae, 56 percent of the 1977 larvae, 69 l

percent of the 1978 larvae, and 82 percent of the 1979 larvae. It is felt that the above described variability is largely due to the f act that we are sampling schooling specimens. Consequently, when the net is drawn through a school the

() density appears quite high. This is also quite dependent on the seasonal frequency of sampling. For example, if the weather allows more frequent spring sampling but prohibits sumer sampling, then spring species such as perch and walleye appear relatively more abundant.

3 The 1979 ichthy lankton gensity (66.79/100 m ) was 18 percent greater than the1978 density (5ti.6g100 m ) (Reutteg,1979). Although walleye densities decreased from 6.1/100 m to 0.15/100 m , the loss3was more than offset by 3

yellowperch densities which increased from 1.2/100 m in 1978 to 7.f 6/100 m in 1979 and gijzard shad densities which increased from 38.9/100 m in 1978 to 54.64/100 m in 1979. It appears that walleye and yellow perch densities will fluctuate yearly, however, a definite increasing trend is emerging for gizzard a ad densities.

In 1976, control stations (3 and 29) were established on either side of the intake (Station 8)/ discharge (Station 13) complex to determine if unusually large fish larvae populations were occurring due to possible spawning in the rip-rap material around these structures. This does not appear to be occurring to to any significant Station deg)ree 3 (control as Station and Station 13 (plume 8 (intake) area) exhibited exhibited the densities similar lowest densities.

These lower densities observed at Station 8 are probably due to the fact that this station is the farthest from shore and 11 -he deepest water.

In sumary, there is no indication of significant spawning occurring at O Locust Point. However, the nearshore waters here, as with the rest of the t.'j nearshore waters along the south shore of the Western Basin, appear to serve as a nursery ground for larvae. Furthermore, due to the similarity between test and control stations, there is no indication that the activities of the plant have significantly altered these populations. .

r I

LITERATURE CITED f

Fish, M.P. 1932. Contributions to the early life histories of sixty-two species of fishes from Lake Erie and its tributary waters. Bull. U.S.

Bur. Fish. 47:293-398.

Nelson, D.D. and R.A. Cole. 1975. The distribution and abundance of larval fishes along the western shore of Lake Erie at Monroe, Michigan. Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan. Institute of Water Research Tech. Rept. No. 32.4. 66 pp.

Norden, C.R. 1961a. A key to larval fishes from Lake frie. University of Soithwestorn Louisiana, Lafayette. Mimeo. Rept. 4 pp.

Norden, C.R. 1961b. The identification of larval perch, Perca flavescens, and walleye, Stizostedian v. vitreum. Copeia 61:282-288.

Reutter, J.M. 1979. Ichthyoplankton studies from Lake Erie near the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station during 1978. The Ohio State University, g

Columbus, Ohio. CLEAR Technical Report No. 108. 9 pp.

I

%./

a N

P as l

)

i i

I

(

l i

1 i

XIII SECTlov 3.1.2 A.5

, v FISH EGG AND _ARVAE bNTRAINMENT I

I F

i l

l l

\

\

l -

}

v i

i_.

l l

CLEAR TECHNICAL REPORT NO.164  ;

1 l

l

~

l FISH EGG AND LARVAE ENTRAINMENT AT THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER l STATION DURING 1979 Environmental Technical Specifications Sec. 3.1.2.a.5 Fish Egg and Larvae Entrainment l

l I

Prepared by Jeffrey M. Reutter Prepared for To',edo Edison Company Toledo, Ohio THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY CENTER FOR LAKE ERIE AREA RESEARCH COLUMBUS, OHIO March, 1980

p(V1 3.1.2.a.5 Fish Egg and Larvae Entrainment Procedures Fish egg and larvae (ichthyoplankton) entrainment at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station was computed by multiplying the ichthyoplankton concen-tration observed at Station 8 (intake) by the intake volume (Figure 1).

Ichthyoplankton densities were determined on 9 oc:asions between 1 May and 15 August from four 3-minute, oblique (bottom to surface) tows at 3-4 knots made at night on each date (Table 1) with a 0.75 meter diameter heavy-duty oceanographic plankton net (N. 00, 0.75 mm mesh) equipped with a calibrated General Oceanics flow meter. Oblique tows were selected as this is the technique required at intakes on Lake Erie by U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Night sampling is also required by these agencies to minimize net avoidance by larvae and to more accurately assess densities of species which may cling to the botton during daylight. Samples were preserved in 5% formalin and returned to the laboratory for sorting and analysis. All specimens were identified and enumerated using the works of Fish (1932), Norden (1961a and b),

Nelson ang Cole (1975). Densities were presented as number of ichthyoplankters per 100 m of water.

From the above estimates it was possible to determine an approximate period r of occurrence for each species and a mean density during that period. For (3

) example, yellow perch were not found on 1 May or on 5 July or later (Table 1).

U They were present in samples from 31 May, 5 June, and 21 June. Therefore, the period of occurrence was estimated to have been from 16 May (the midpoint between 1 May and 31 May) to 28 June (the midpoint between 21 June and 5 July) (Table 2). The mean density of yellow perch during this period was est1 3mated to have been 34.13/100 m , computed from the cfncentraticn of 77.2/100 m observed on 31 May, theconcegtrationof 25.0/100 m observed on 5 June, and the concentr3 tion of 0.2/100 m observe 6 21 June. It was this concentration, 34.13/100 m , which was multiplied by the volume of water drawn through the plant from 16 May to 28 June.

The daily intake volume was computed by multiplying the daily discharge volume by 1.3. The daily intake volumes were then added for all days within the period of occurrence of the species in question to determine the total intake volume during the period. All specimens were vouchered and all data were keypunched and stored at The Ohio State University's Center for Lake Erie Area Research, Columbus, Onio.

l Results

Ichthyoplankton densities observed at Station 8 (intake) during 1979 indicated that ichthyoplankters were entrained at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station from 26 April to 9 August (Table 1). April 26 was selected as the first day because several walleye were collected on the first sampling date (1 May) and 26 April is half of one sampling interval (10 days) ahead of this first V) collection. It should also be noted that in 1978 no ichthyoplankters were collected prior to 11 May (Reutter,1979). August 9 was selected as the last

O O O O 26 l LAKE ERIE bf N o9 03 08 h

7 23 O; 6'

- MARSH

' , * . . . "i' '

0 15 '

24 11 . 12 AREA ^

COOLING Q 0 13 0 14 OWER .**

~

f '.

O 18 STATION 4 ',

• 25 0 17 AREA I.',,,,,,,, MARSH AREA *..I' * *. . .I '. ,

• 0 29

,/ .,

,**** FIG 18RE 1

..* 1000

' DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION, UNIT 1 AQUATIC SAMPLING STATIONS

TABLE 1 ICHTHYOPLANKTON DENSITIES IN THE VICINITY OF THE INTAKE OF THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION - 1979*

Daft Ny May June June July July July August August 31 21 5

[ ]} LAavq 1 & 11 19 2 15 PJ AM

/ 5P! Cit 5 STAGE 5**

\ Carp Stage 1 0.2 2.9 0.2 0.37 Stage 2 0.1 0.01 Stage 3 Subtotal 0.3 2.9 0.2 0.38 t

tarald stage 1 10.5 144.2 1.6 0.5 0.2 17.44 5hiner Stage 2 23.8 86.4 38.3 10.5 17.67 Stage 3 43.3 7.9 38.3 9.94 Subtotal 34.3 273.9 47.8 49.3 0.2 45.06 Hesh.ater Stage 1 3.1 7.7 38.3 0.2 5.48 Drw Stage 2 4.8 0.5 0.59 Stage 3 1.0 4.8 0.64 Subtotal 3.1 12.4 39.3 5.5 6.70 Stasard Stage 1 33.3 82.5 61.8 91.8 25.2 8.7 0.3 33.73 Shad Stage 2 8.7 15.5 82.6 69.5 64.4 15.1 2.8 28.73 Stage 3 7.8 39.4 22.1 9.5 5.5 9.37 Subtotal 42.0 98.0 152.1 200.7 111.7 33.3 8.6 71.82 togpercA stage 1 3.6 0.40 5tage 2 0.1 0.01 Stage 3 0.1 0.1 0.02 Subtotal 3.6 0.1 0.2 0.43 Rainbow Stage 1 0.2 33.5 0.6 3.81 5 melt Stage 2 9.0 0.1 2.8 1.3 1.47 Stage 3 0.5 0.4 0.10 Subtotal 9.2 33.5 0.6 0.4 3.4 1.3 5.38 Spottall Stage 1 1.9 0.21 Shiner Stage 2 . 0.5 0.06 5tage 3 -

Suttotal 0.5 1.9 0.27 Unidenti fied 5tage 1 0.1 7DI Stage 2 Stage 3 Subtotal 0.1 0.01

\ f Unidentified Stage I

\ s Perctd stage 2 0.2 0.02 5tage 3 Subtotal 0.2 0.02 Unidentified Stage 1 0.1 0.01

$htner . Stage 2 0.1 0.01 Stage 3 subtotal 0.1 0.1 0.02 Unidentified Stage 1 Sucker Stage 2 0.1 0.01 5tage 3 Subtotal 0.1 0.01 Walleye Stage 1 0.7 0.2 0.10 5tage 2 1.2 0.13 Sta ge 0.3 0.03 Subtotal 0.7 1.7 0.27 White Bass stage 1 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.08 Stage 2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.6 0.17 Stage 3 0.8 0.1 0.2 0.12 Sub total 0.2 0.4 1.1 0.4 1.0 0.2 0.37 White Stage 1 0.2 0.02 Sucker Stage 2 stage 3 Subtota1 0.2 0.02 Tellow stage 1 7.0 16.4 2.60 Perth Stage 2 55.5 3.6 6.57 l 2.21 l 5tage 3 14.7 5.0 0.2 1

Subtotal 77.2 25.0 0.2 11.38 l Fresh,ater 0.3 3.0 6.0 0.81 1

Crum fog ,

n Total Stage 1 0.7 40.8 135.9 75.8 246.6 65.7 10.1 0.7 64.03 55.68 l

i

[

g Nichthpoplankton Stage 2 Stage 3 75.0 14.9 19.I 5.0 107.4 8.6 143.2 84.1 102.8 31.0 29.1 48.0 4.5 10.5 22.47 0.81 l 0.3 1.0 6.0 x*/ E99 Subtotal 0.7 130.7 160.0 192.0 4M.9 205.5 87.1 15.8 142.97

• Data presented as nuder of individuals per 100m3 and computed from l

4 oblique tows (bottom and surface) collected at night.

• • This is the subtotal of the larval stages. It is the seen of the surface and bott(se densttles. Stage 1

• proto-larvae no rays in fin /f tnfold.

Stage 2 = seso larvae, first ra s Stage 3

• meta.

DOEDo CDivia fin bud is vistbfe.een in nedten fins. ,

i day since it is midway between 3 August, the last sampling date on which larvac were present, and 15 August, a sampling date on which no ichthyoplankters were (a collected.

3 The mean larvae density from all ni9ht samples at Station 8 (142.97/100 m )

was 2.9 times greater 3'than the mean density from all day samples collected at Station 8 (36.7/100 m ). Gizzard shad constituted 50 percent of the night ichthyoplankton population followed by emerald shiners at 32 percent, yellow perch at 8 percent, freshwater drum at 5 percent, and smelt at 4 percent (Table 1).

Based on the results in Table 1, it is estimated that 20,620,799 larvae and 101,405 eggs were entrained at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station during 1979 (Table 2). Of this total, gizzard shad constituted 49 percent, emerald shiners 33 percent, yellow perch 8 percent, freshwater drum 5 percent and rainbow smel t 4 percent.

Analysis Ichthyoplankton entrainment at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station during 1979 was typical for an intake on the south shore of the Western Basin of Lake Erie--it was strongly dominated by gizzard shad. As explained in the ichthyoplankton section of this report (Section 3.1.2.a.4), gizzard shad are on the increase and, consequently, it would not be surprising if they represented even a greater portion of the entrainment next year.

1 It appears that walleye and yell,y perch densities are fluctuating greatly from year to year. Walleye constituted 0.02 percent of the 1976 population, 11 percent of the 1977 population, 22 percent of the 1978 population and 0.2 percent of the 1979 population. Yellow perch constituted 5 percent of the 1974 larvae, 70 percent of the 1975 larvae, 4 percent of the 1976 larvae, 26 percent of the 1977 larvae, 2 percent of the 1978 larvae, ad 11 percent of the 1979 larvae (see Section 3.1.2.a.4 Ichthyoplankton). Entrainment of these species can be expected to fluctuate with their larval densities.

One way to put entrainment losses into perspective is to look at fecundity.

Based on an average of 300,000 eggs / female gizzard shad (Hartley and Herdendorf, 1977), the 10,186,841 larvae could nave been produced by 34 females; based on an average of 331,000 eggs / female walleye (Hartley and Herdendorf, 1977), the 41,648 entrained larvae could have been produced by 1 female; and based on 44,000 eggs / female yellow perch (Hartley and Herdendorf,1977) the 1,595,066 entrained larvae could have been produced by 36 females. In actuality, the above estimates of the number of females required to produce the entrained l larvae are quite low since they do not take mortality from egg to larvae into account. If we assume 99 percent mortality from eggs to larvae to be safe (90 percent is probably more reasonable) then the entrained larvae could have been produced by 3400 gizzard shad, 100 walleyes, and 3600 perch. These values are less than 0.1 percent of the number of perch and walleye captured by Ohio sport fishermen in 1978 (Scholl,1979).

b Another way to determine the impact of entrainment losses is to estimate V the number of adults the entrained larvae would have produced had they lived.

This technique requires some knowledge of the mortality between larval stages

_4_

rm (o)

U V

.)

{V \ -

TABLE 2 ICHTHYOPLANKTON ENTRAINMENT AT THE DAVIS-BESSE NUrlEAR POWER STATION - 1979 Period During Volume of Larvae /100m3C Number of Larvae Entrained Species di re M1 ConHdence intmal M1 ConHdence Intmal Period Mean Lower Limit Upper Limit Mean Lower Limit Upper Limit Carp 13 June-15 July 41,903 1.13 0.20 2.06 47,350 8,381 86,320 Emerald Shiner 13 June-9 August 84,023 81.11 33.83 128.39 6,815,106 2.842,498 10.787.713 Freshwater Drum 13 June-9 August 84,023 12.07 6.84 17.30 1.014,158 574,717 1.453,598 Girasrd Shad 16 May-9 Av9ust 110,283 92.37 62.66 122.08 10.186,841 6.910,333 13.443.349 Logperch 2 June-8 July 43,542 1.30 0.36 2.24 56.605 15,675 97.534 Rainbow Smelt 16 May-9 August 110,283 6.92 4.27 9.57 763.158 470.908 1,855,408 Spotta11 Shiner 13 June-8 July 32.771 1.17 -1.01 3.35 38,342 0 189.783 Unidentified 13 June-28 June 20,474 0.05 -0.10 0.20 1.024 0 4,095 g Unidentified Percid 16 May-2 June 16.302 0.24 -0.52 1.00 3,912 0 16,302 8

Unidentified Shiner 13 June-8 July 22,771 0.08 .05 0.21 2.622 0 6,882 Unidentifled Socker 28 June-8 July 13,477 0.12 -0.26 0.50 1.617 0 6,739 Walleye 26 April-2 June 34,138 1.22 0.64 1.80 41,648 21,848 61,448 White Bass 16 May-9 August 110,283 0.47 0.22 0.72 51,833 24,262 79,404 Alte Sucker 8 July-15 July 10,112 0.15 -0.33 0.64 1,517 0 6,472 Yellow Perch 16 May-28 June 46,735 34.13 27.67 40.59 1,595,066 1.293,157 1.8 % ,974 TOTAL LARVAE 20,620,799 F. Drum Eggs 13 June-15 July 41,903 2.42 0.85 3.99 101.405 35,618 167,193 TOTAL ICHTHYOPLANKTON 20,722.204 1

• Estimated from Table 1. See discussion on page 1.

b Estimated by multiplying daily discharge rate by 1.3 and adding all daily estimates for the specified period.

c Average concentration during their period of occurrence.

d Values which would have been less than zero were rounded back to aero.

9 and between year classes. Patterson (1976) has developed such estimates for (V yellow perch, and, since it is in the same family, the estimates will also be used here for walleye. Several assumptions are involved.

I. All entrained larvae are killed.

II. All larvae lost by entrainment are in their late larval stage. This provides a conservative or high estimate because it does not account for early larval mortality which may range from 83-96 percent (Patterson,1976).

III. Yellow perch become vulnerable to comercial capture, and reach sexual maturity at age class III.

IV. A one percent survival rate from late larvae t .ge III adults is assumed. Again, this is conservative since survival rates from:

late larvae to YOY = 4 to 17 percent; Y0Y to age class I = 12 to 33 percent; age class I to age class II = 38 percent; age class 11 to age class III = 38 percent (Patterson, 1976, and Brazo, et al., 1975).

This trend translates to a survivorship ranging from 0.1 percent to one percent over the period from the late larval stage to age class III.

d Based on the above assumptions, the 41,648 entrained walleye larvae could have produced 42-416 age class III adults and the 1,595,066 entrained yellow perch larvae could have produced 1,595-15,951 age class III adults. It should also be noted that due to natural variation in populations these estimates are

' virtually the reverse of those obtained in 1978 (Reutter, 1979).

The author feels little weight should be placed on the above impact assessments since they are based on the number of entrained larvae which can vary greatly from year to year depending on the success of the hatch which in turn is dependent upon the size of the brood stock and weather conditions during spawning and incubation. In the case of Davis-Besse, the off-shore intake, where larvae densities are lower (see Section 3.1.2.a.4), and the low volume intake due to the cooling tower and closed cooling system, necessitate a very low-level impact on Western Basin fish populations.

O

1 v

n U

LITERATURE CI(ED Brazo, D.C., P.I. Tack and C.R. Liston. 1975. Age, growth and fecundity of yellow perch, Perca flavescens, in Lake Michigan near Ludington, Michigan.

Proc. Am. Fish. Soc. 104:727.

Fish, M.P. 1932. Contributions to the early life histories of sixty-two species of fishes from Lake Erie and its tributary waters. Bull. U.S.

Bur. Fish. 47:293-398.

Hartley, S.M. and C.E. Herdendorf. 1977. Spawning ecology of Lake Erie fishes.

The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. CLEAR Technical Report No. 62.

10 pp.

Nelson, D.D. and R.A. Cole. 1975. The distribution and abundance of larval fishes along the western shore of Lake Erie at Monroe, Michigan. Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan. Institute of Water Research Technical Report No. 32.4. 66 pp.

Norden, C.R. 1961a. A key to larval fishes from Lake Erie. University of Southwestern Louisiana, Lafayette. Mimeo Rept. 4 pp.

Norden, C.R. 1961b. The identification of larval perch, Perca flavescens, and

~

walleye, Stizostedion y2 vitreum. Copeia 61:282-288.

Patterson, R.L. 1976. Analysis of losses in standing crop and fishery yields of yellow perch in the Western Basin of Lake Erie due to entrainment and impingement mortality at the Detroit Edison Monroe Power Plant. Large Lakes Research Station. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Grosse Ile, Michigan.

Reutter, J.M. 1979. Ichthyoplankton studies from Lake Erie near the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station during 1978. The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. CLEAR Tech. Report No. 104. 7 pp.

Scholl, R. 1979. Status of Ohio's Lake Erie . Isheries: January 1, 1979. Ohio Department of Natural Resources, Division of Wildlife. 20 pp.

l O

v

\

w O

I

i 1

'I

)

i I

I f

h i

1 XIV l

SECTION 3.1.2.a.6 l flSH IMPINGEMENT i.

l l

l l

i

- - - - . - - - - - - - - - , , -------,----r--- - , - - - - - - - , - . . _

CLEAR TECHNICAL REPORT NO.165 FISH IMPINGEMENT AT THE l

DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION DURING 1979 Environmental Technical Specifications Sec. 3.1.2.a.6 Fish Impingement Prepared by Jeffrey M. Reutter Prepared for Toledo Edison Company Toledo, Ohio l

l THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY CENTER FOR LAKE ERIE AREA RESEARCH Columbus, Ohio February 1980

r f 3.1.2.a.6 Fish Impingement Procedures Between 1 January and 31 December 1979 the traveling screens at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station were operated 272 times. The date, time, and duration of each screen operation were recorded and keypunched, even when the impinged fish were not collected (Table 1). Collections of impinged fish were made by Toledo Edison personnel during 134 of the 272 screen operations by placing a screen having the same mesh size as the traveling screens (k-inch bar mesh) in the sluiceway through which the backwashed material passed. Fish collected in this manner were placed in plastic bags, labeled with the date and time of screen operation, and frozen. The samples were picked up by personnel of The Ohio State University Center fnr Lake Erie Area Research (CLEAR) weekly.

All specimens in all samples were identified (Trautman,1957) and enumerated.

All specimens, or a representative number thereof, were also weighed and measured.

In addition to the information pertinent to traveling screen operation, the total number and total weight of each species and the length and weight of each individual fish were also keypunched. All these data were stored on magnetic tape at The Ohio State University for use with the Statistical Analysis System: SAS (Barr et _a_1_., 1976) on an AMDAHL 370 computer.

b) Since the time and duration of every screen operation was known, 1t was possible to determine the number of hours represented by each collection. ' rom this a rate, fish impinged / hour, was developed and used to estimate impingenent on days when samples were not collected.

Results A total of 4,385 fish representing 19 species was impinged on the traveling screens at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station from 1 January through 31 December 1979 (Table 2). Goldfish was the dominant species impinged representing 78.6 percent of the total. Only 4 other species represented more than 1 percent of the total: yellow perch, 6.5 percent; emerald shiner, 4.9 percent; gizzard shad, 3.7 percent; and freshwater drum, 2.6 percent.

Impingement was also computed on a monthly basis (Table 3). Most of the impingement occurred during January (55.4 percent) and April (17.2 percent). Of the 2,429 fish estimated to have been impinged during January, 2,218 (91.3 percent) were goldfish,103 (4.2 percent) were freshwater drum, and 80 (1.8 percent) were gizzard shad. Of the 753 fish estimated to' have been impinged in April,333(44.2 percent) were goldfish, 200 (26.6 percent) were yellow perch, and 184 (24.4 percent) were emerald shiners.

Analysis With the exception of goldfish, blek and brown bullheads, and black and white crappies, the impinged fish occurred in relative numbers which were not u

l

o TABLE 1 TRAVELING !,CREEN OPERATION AT THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION FROM 1 JANUARY TO 31 DECEMBER 1979 t

j TIME OF SCREEN OPERATION FISH HOURS SINCE DATE COLLECTION LAST SCREEN ON OFF YES/NO OPERATION 1 January 0.01 0.31 N 0.31 2 January 19.20 21.45 N 45.14 4 January 17.55 18.26 Y 44.81 6 January 20.25 20.55 Y 50.29 8 January 16.00 17.54 N 44.99 10 January 17.20 17.52 Y 47.98 12 January 17.40 18.15 Y 48.63 13 January 16.05 16.35 N 22.20 14 January 19.20 19.50 Y 27.15 16 January 18.26 18.56 Y 47.06 17 January 16.12 16.42 N 21.86 20 January 17.20 18.45 N 74.03

[] 24 January 11.50 17.30 N 94.85 49.95 V 26 January 27 January 18.55 16.27 19.25 16.57 N

N 21.32 28 January 16.30 17.00 N 24.43 1 February 19.39 20.09 N 99.09 2 February 20.15 21.00 N 24.91 3 February 21.07 21.40 Y 24.40 5 February 17.30 18.00 Y 44.60 7 February 18.19 18.57 N 48.57 9 February 17.00 17.35 Y 46.78 11 February 19.32 20.05 Y 50.70 13 February 18.20 18.50 N 46.45 15 February 19.10 19.41 N 48.91 16 February 18.55 19.25 N 23.84 17 February 17.02 17.35 Y 22.10 19 February 17.50 18.25 Y 48.90 20 February 17.00 17.35 N 23.10 21 February 18.45 19.15 Y 25.80 23 February 19.10 19.40 Y 48.25 24 February 21.45 22.25 N 26.85 25 February 21.05 21.31 Y 23.06 26 February 21.00 21.30 N 23.99 27 February 17.50 18.25 Y 20.95 28 February 22.00 22.30 N 28.05 1 March 21.22 21.52 Y 23.22 3 March 19.33 20.03 46.51 p/ 5 March 16.10 26.40 Y

Y 44.37

TABLE 1 (con't) 1 RAVELING SCREEN OPERATION AT THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION FROM 1 JANUARY TO 31 DECEMBER 1979 TIME OF SCREEN OPERATION FISH HOURS SINCE COLLECTION LAST SCREEN DATE ON OFF YES/NO OPERATION 7 March 16.52 17.22 Y 48.82 9 March 16.10 16.40 Y 47.18 10 March 21.15 21.45 N 29.05 11 March 19.30 20.00 Y 22.55 13 March 17.17 17.50 Y 45.50 17 March 19.50 20.25 N 98.75 18 March 16.45 17.15 N 20.90 19 March 20.15 20.45 Y 27.30 21 March 16.13 16.43 Y 43.98 22 March 17.03 17.33 N 24.90 23 March 19.50 20.20 Y 26.87 24 March 16.58 17.30 N 21.10 25 March 16.40 17.10 Y 23.80 16.36 23.26 C 26 March 16.03 N

, 27 March 18.40 17.12 Y 24.76 <

28 March 17.30 18.00 N 24.88 31 March 16.20 16.50 Y 70.50 2 April 18.10 18.42 Y 49.92 I

3 April 21.00 21.30 Y 26.88 4 April 20.50 21.26 N 23.96 6 April 21.40 22.10 Y 48.84 8 April 17.27 18.00 Y 43.90 9 April 19.45 20.20 N 26.20 10 April 18.10 18.40 Y 22.20 12 April 18.15 18.45 Y 48.05 13 April 19.44 20.20 N 25.75 14 April 16.30 17.00 N 20.80 16 April 18.55 19.27- N 50.27 >

18 April. 20.45 21.15 N 49.88 19 April 22.30 23.00 N 25.85 20 April 22.00 22.38 Y 23.38 21 April 16.50 17.25 Y 18.87 22 April 18.40 19.10 N 25.85 23 April 17.20 18.00 Y 22.90 24 April 18.00 18.30 N 24.30 25 April 18.43 19.09 Y 24.79 26 April 16.35 17.06 N 21.97 27 April 16.50 17.25 N 24.19 28 April 16.55 17.30 N 24.05 29' April 19.30 20.00 26.70

) 20.20 Y

24.20

/ 30 April 19.50 Y i.

1 J%

TABLE 1 (con't)

! TRAVELING SCREEN OPERATION AT THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION FROM 1 JANUARY TO 31 DECEMBER 1979 TIME OF SCREEN OPERATION FISH HOURS SINCE DATE COLLECTION LAST SCREEN ON OFF YES/NO OPERATION 1 May 19.45 20.21 N 21.01 3 May 19.30 20.02 Y '7.81 4 May 16.50 17.20 N 21.18 5 May 16.05 16.35 N 23.15 7 May 18.25 18.55 Y 50.20 8 May 16.45 17.15 N 22.60 9 May 18.20 18.50 Y 25.35

11 May 17.35 18.05 Y 47.55 1.2 May 20.10 20.40 N 26.35 13 May 18.36 19.06 Y 22.66 13 May 17.17 17.49 Y 46.43 16 May 19.55 20.30 N 26.81 17 May 19.16 19.46 Y 23.16 19 May 20.05 20.35 Y 48.89 l

(O ) 20 May 21 May 17.18 17.17 17.48 17.48 N

Y 21.13 24.00 22 May 17.17 17.48 N 24.00 23 May 16.37 17.08 Y 23.60 24 May 15.30 16.00 Y 22.92 8 June 16.25 17.00 N 361.00 9 June < 19.15 19.45 N 26.45 10 June 22.30 23.00 N 27.55 11 June 19.30 20.25 N 21.25 12 June 17.43 18.15 N 21.90 13 June 23.15 23.45 N 29.30 l 14 June 22.30 23.00 N 23.55 l 15 June 23.20 23.50 N 24.50 l 17 June 21.38 22.08 Y 46.58 19 June 18.45 19.15 Y 45.07 21 June 18.18 19.19 N 48.04 23 June 18.40 19.15 N 47.96 25 June' 20.25 21.25 Y 50.10 26 June 16.15 17.15 N 19.90 27 June 17.45 18.35 Y 25.20 28 June 22.05 22.35 N 28.00 29 June 1.00 1.30 Y 2.95

r TABLE 1 (con't) 1 RAVELING SCREEN OPERATION AT THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION FROM 1 JANUARY TO 31 DECEMBER 1979 TIME OF SCREEN OPERATION FISH HOURS SINCE DATE COLLECTION LAST SCREEN ON OFF YES/N0 OPERATION 1 July 20.55 21.25 Y 67.95 3 July 21.20 22.00 N 48.75 4 July 23.00 24.00 N 26.00 5 July 16.45 17.25 N 17.25 7 July 20.00 21.00 Y 51.75 8 July 22.00 23.00 N 26.00 9 July 18.35 19.35 Y 20.35 10 July 20.30 21.30 N 25.95 11 July 19.40 20.40 N 23.10 .

12 July 21.00 22.00 N 25.60 13 July 20.05 21.05 Y 23.05 14 July 18.15 18.45 N 21.40 s 15 July 18.30 19.00 Y 24.55 4 16 July 17.30 18.00 N 23.00 s 17 July 20.10 20.40 Y 26.40 18 July 17.20 17.50 N 21.10 i 19 July 19.10 21.00 Y 27.50 j 20 July 17.20 18.10 N 21.10 3

21 July 19.55 20.45 Y 26.35 i 22 July 20.00 20.30 N 23.85 25 July 20.12 20.42 Y 72.12 27 July 19.30 20.30 Y 47.88 28 July 16.45 17.15 N 20.85 29 July 16.15 19.16 Y 26.01 30 July 17.06 18.06 N 22.90 31 July 18.35 19.35 Y 25.29 1 August 16.30 17.30 N 21.95 2 August 16.45 17.45 Y 24.15 3 August 16.15 17.15 N 23.70 4 August 17.25 18.25 N 25.10 6 August 17.10 17.40 Y 47.15 7 August 16.00 17.00 N 23.60 8 August 17.35 18.05 Y 25.05 L 9 August 17.15 18.15 N 24.10 l 10 August 16.35 17.31 Y 23.16 l 11 August 18.45 19.15 N 25.84

! 13 August 21.45 22.15 Y 51.00 15 August 17.00 17.30 N 43.15

(]

v 17 August 18 August 18.00 20.05 18.40 20.40 Y

N 49.10 26.00 19 August 16.45 17.45 Y 21.05

p TABLE 1 (con't)

TRAVELING SCREEN OPERATION AT THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION FROM 1 JANUARY TO 31 DECEMBER 1979 TIME OF SCREEN OPERATION FISH HOURS SINCE DATE COLLECTION LAST SCREEN ON OFF YES/NO OPERATION 20 August 20.30 21.30 N 27.85 21 August 17.00 18.00 Y 20.70 22 August 17.50 18.50 N 24.50 1 23 August 17.45 18.45 Y 23.95 24 August 20.55 22.00 N 27.55 25 August 17.00 18.00 Y 20.00 27 August 16.20 17.20 Y 47.20 28 August 18.50 19.50 N 26.30 l 29 August 16.45 17.45 Y 21.95 30 August 22.05 *23.05 N 29.60 1 September 16.45 17.15 N 42.10 2 September 16.50 17.20 Y 24.05 3 September 16.45 17.15 N 23.95 O 4 September 16.50 17.20 Y 24.05 V 5 September 6 September 16.50 16.45 17.20 17.15 N

Y 24.00 23.95 7 September 17.00 17.40 N 24.25 8 September 18.12 19.18 Y 25.78 9 September 18.30 19.45 N 24.27 10 September 17.30 18.45 N 23.00 11 September 17.40 18.40 N 23.95 12 September 19.25 20.33 Y 25.93 13 September 16.40 18.15 N 21.82 14 September 16.38 17.40 Y 23.25 15 September 20.00 21.00 N 27.60 16 September 16.31 17.02 N 20.02 17 September 16.35 17.05 N 24.03 18 September 19.02 19.35 Y 26.30 20 September 18.40 19.10 Y 47.75 21 September 16.25 16.55 N 21.45 22 September 16.35 17.05 Y 24.50 23 September 16.15 16.50 N 23.45 24 September 16.54 17.27 Y 24.77 25 September 16.20 16.57 N 23.30 26 September 17.00 17.35 Y 24.78 28 September 16.40 17.10 N 23.75 29 September 16.11 16.44 Y 23.34 31 September 17.06 18.09 N 49.65 f]

1 October 2 October 20.06 20.00 21.07 21.02 N

Y 26.98 23.95 4 October 17.14 18.25 Y 45.23 6 October 20.50 21.20 Y 50.95

TABLE 1 (con't)

I D TRAVELING SCREEN OPERATION AT THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION FROM 1 JANUARY TO 31 DECEMBER 1979 TIME OF SCREEN OPERATION FISH HOURS SINCE DATE COLLECTION LAST SCREEN ON OFF YES/N0 OPERATION 7 October 18.35 19.05 N 21.85 8 October 20.11 20.41 Y 25.36 9 October 20.30 21.00 N 24.59 10 October 21.00 21.30 Y 24.30 11 October 23.00 23.30 N 26.00 13 October 16.50 18.05 N 42.75 14 October 17.08 18.10 Y 24.05 15 October 21.10 22.20 N 28.10 16 October 21.20 22.25 Y 24.05

~

17 October 21.05 22.10 N 23.85 18 October 22.05 23.10 Y 25.00 19 October 21.05 22.10 N 23.00 l 20 October 16.50 18.10 Y 20.00 21 October 16.35 17.35 N 23.25 b)

(,/

22 October 23 October 16.38 16.40 17.38 17.00 Y

N 24.03 23.62 24 October 16.45 18.00 N 25.00 25 October 16.45 17.45 N 23.45 26 October 16.05 17.15 Y 23.70 30 October 16.06 17.15 Y 96.00 31 October 18.30 19.30 N 26.15 1 November 23.15 23.45 Y 28.15 2 November 20.40 21.10 N 21.65 3 November 17.10 17.43 Y 20.33 4 November 23.00 23.30 N 29.87 5 November 23.20 23.40 Y 24.10 7 November 21.10 22.40 Y 47.00 8 November 17.45 18.45 N 20.05 9 November 21.18 22.20 Y 27.75 10 November 22.00 23.00 N 24.80 11 November 18.00 19.00 N 20.00 12 November 17.07 18.07 N 23.07 i

13 November 17.22 18.25 Y 24.18 14 November 16.37 17.37 N 23.12 15 November 16.57 18.00 Y 24.63 16 November 19.13 20.25 N 26.25 17 November 21.15 22.20 Y 25.95 18 November 20.40 21.45 N 23.25 l 19 November 22.00 23.10 Y 25.65

! 20 November 19.20 19.50 N 20.40 v

i

4 i

l'\

V TABLE 1 (con't)

TRAVELING SCREEN OPERATION AT THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION FROM 1 JANUARY TO 31 DECEMBER 1979 TIME OF SCREEN OPERATION FISH HOURS SINCE DATE COLLECTION LAST SCREEN ON OFF YES/NO OPERATION 21 November 19.12 20.15 Y 24.65 22 November 19.07 20.25 N 24.10 23 November 17.15 18.30 Y 22.05 24 November 21.10 22.10 N 27.80 25 November 19.30 20.30 Y 22.20 i 26 November 20.55 22.05 N 25.75 27 November 18.40 19.40 Y 21.35 l 28 November 20.35 22.00 N 26.60

29 November 19.10 20.10 Y 22.10

! 30 November 21.00 22.30 N 26.20

, 3 December 19.45 20.00 Y 49.70 p 5 December 7 December 16.30 21.12 17.05 21.45 Y

Y 45.05 52.40 l

\- 8 December 20.30 21.30 N 23.85 9 December 17.20 18.10 Y 20.80 10 December 20.40 21.30 N 27.20 11 December 21.00 21.30 Y 24.00

, 12 December 19.00 19.30 N 22.00 f

13 December 17.05 17.35 Y 22.05 15 December 21.12 21.42 Y 52.07 16 December 16.30 17.05 N 19.63

, 17 December 17.00 17.30 Y 24.25 l 19 December 19.07 19.37 Y 50.07 i 20 December 16.40 17.10 N 21.73 1

21 December 19.00 19.30 Y 26.20 22 December 20.43 23.10 N 27.80 23 December 21.20 23.00 Y 23.90 24 December 21.20 22.00 N 23.00 25 December 19.10 20.15 Y 22.15 26 December 19.30 20.10 N 23.95

, 27 December 27.20 22.30 Y 26.20 29 December 17.20 21.10 Y 46.80 31 December 22.00 23.30 Y 50.20

( >\

s _-

s ,

l I

~

O O TABLE 2 O

FISH SPECIES. IMPINGED AT THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATIQN: 1 January through 31 December 1979 NUMBER IMPINGED WEIGHT (grams) LENGTH (mm)

SPECIES 95% Confidence 95% Confidence 95% Confidence Interval Interval Interval Estimate lo " PP "

Bojd B und Mean L wer Upper Mean Lower Upper Bound Bound Bound Bound Alewife * * *

• 1 0 5 0 100 Black Bullhead 17 17 17 2 -1 5 59 57 60 Black Crappie 28 14 54 8 -27 44

• 81 70 91

, Brown Bullhead 11 7 17 12 12 12 83 83 83

? Carp 3 1 9 12 99 Emerald Shiner 214 90 511 1 1 1 55 54 55 Freshwater Drum 115 61 218 4 -1 8 82 79 84 Gizzard Shad 162 95 275 8 0 15 91 88 93 Goldfish 3449 2266 5248 5 1 9 70 70 71 Logperch Darter 21 13 34 2 -2 7 66 63 70 Pumpkinseed Sunfish 3 1 9 1 36 Rainbow Smelt 32 18 55 2 -8 12 64 58 70 Spottail Shiner 9 5 16 3 -17 24 69 58 81 Troutperch 5 2 15 4 -1 8 83 78 88 Unidentified Sunfish 1 0 5 1 32 White Bass * * *

• 3 1 12 4 81 White Crappie 23 13 40 6 -16 28 69 62 75 White Perch 3 1 9 2 2 2 62 60 64 Yellow Perch 285 129 631 5 -3 13 76 73 78 TOTAL 4385 3128 6149 5 2 8 71 70 71 l

• Confidence intervals could not be computed when no more than one l representative of a given species occurred.

TAL/3 d A SUtiMARY OF MONTHLY FISH IMPINGEttENT AT THE DAVIS-BESSE flVCLEAR POWER STATIONS: 1 January through 31 December 1979 NUMBER IMPINGE 0 WEIGHT (grams) LENGTH (mm) 95% Coqfidence 95% Confidence 95% Confidence MONTHS Interval Interval Interval Estimate L **" UPP'" tiean Lower Upper Mean Lower Upper Bound Bound Bound Bound Bound Bound i Jor. vary 2429 1363 4335 4 1 6 71 70 71 j February 30 17 52 3 -4 10 62 58 66

, liarch 501 345 726 3 -0 7 64 63 65 i

y April 753 498 1137 3 -1 7 66 65 67

. May 16 9 29 3 0 5 63 61 64 June 20 6 66 7 -42 56 77 65 89 July 29 18 45 18 -18 53 108 100 116 August 54 39 76 17 -177 210 63 51 76 September 35 20 60 5 13 22 62 52 71

October 2 0 8 18 97 November 147 83 269 11 1 21 83 81 86 ,

December 367 172 786 9 5 13 84 83 85  !

l TOTAL 4385 3128 6149 5 2 8 71 70 71 i 1 i

p i unusual for populations in Lake Erie at Locust Point. These 5 species occurred (d in relative proportions well above that of the open lake. This indicates probable use of the intake canal as a permanent residence for these species.

. Furthermore, due to the small sizes of these fish (they were young-of-the-year) and results from previous trawling efforts (Reutter and Herdendorf,1975), it appears that these species are also spawning within the intake canal and, consequently, these losses should not be considered as a negative impact on lake populations of these species.

Impingement losses at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station during 1979 were extremely low even when compared to other plants on the Western Basin with

, lower generating capacities (Reutter et al., 1978). Tables 4-6 present sport and comercial fish landings from the Ohio waters of Lake Erie and comercial landings from all of Lake Erie. . Table 4 presents 1978 results because 1979 sport fishing harvest estimates are not available for all species. However, they would probably have been higher than 1978 because comercial fishing harvests increased by 13 percent from 1978 to 1979, and because the sport harvest of walleye increased from 1,652,000 in 1978 to 3,351,000 in 1979 (Ohio Department of Natural Resources,1980). Although the fish impinged at Davis-Besse were primarily Y0Y (mean length, 71 m, and, consequently, much more abundant than the adults taken by comercial and sport fishermen, the total, number impinged (including gizzard shad and goldfish which are not taken by sport fishermen) was only 0.03 percent of the number harvested by Ohio sport fishermen in 1978. This figure becomes even less significant when one realizes that the Ohio < port catch was only 83.4 percent of the Ohio 1978 commercial p}

g v

catch and only 15.9 percent of the 1978 comercial catch from all of Lake Erie (Tables 4-6). Furthermore, as stated above, more fish were harvested commer-cially and by sportsmen in 1979 than in 1978.

The above comparisons make it obvious that impingement losses at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station have an insignificant effect of Lake Erie fish stocks and further justificntion of this is probably unnecessary. However, it should be noted that although by number impingement losses were 0.03 percent of the Ohio sport fishing harvest, by weight impingement was less than 0.001 percent of the Ohio sport harvest from 1978. Furthermore, based on the estimates of Patterson (1976) (See Section 3.1.2.a.5) the impingement of 285 young-of-the-year yellow perch, a species which is very important to sport and comercial fishermen, will result in the loss of only 5-16 adults which is from 0.00004 to 0.0001 percent of the number captured by Ohio sport fishermen in 1978. It should also be noted that no walleye were impinged and that impingement results were also extremely low in 1978, 6,607 fish (Reutter,1979).

l h

! Ul .

.-- .. .. = . - - _ - ---. - .= . . - _- ._.._ - -_ . .

O O O TABLE 4 '

3 ESTIMATED 1978 SPORT AND COMMERCIAL FISH HARVEST FROM THE OHIO WATERS OF LAKE ERIE SPORT HARVEST COMMERCIAL HARVEST TOTAL HARVEST No. of Weight No. of Weight No. of Weight

Individuals (Kilograms) Individuals (Kilograms) Individuals (Kilograms)

Yellow Perch 11,483,000 1,116,386 9,178,000 b 890,294 20,661,000 2,006,680 Walleye 1,652,000 1,515,906 0 0 1,652,000 1,515,906 White Bass 1,533,000 334,825 3,380,000 b 736,842 4,913,000 1,071,667 .

, Freshwater Drum 668,000 363,200 981,000 b 533,904 1,649,000 897,104 Channel Catfish 218,000 86,033 235,000 b 92,843 453,000 178,876 '

Smallmouth Bass 32,000 20,203 0 0 32,000 20,203 l

Others c c 1,867,983 d _

1,867,9830 TOTAL 15,586,000e 3,436,553e _

4,121,866 7,648,419 a

Scholl (1979).

b  !

Estimated based on mean weight of sport fish.

c Data not available, d

Thirty-eight percent carp.

• Excludes weight of "Others" caught by sport fishermen.

Closed to commercial fishing.

i

_ _ _ - c. ,_ _

f ( ("%

Q, O

TABLE 5 COMMERCIAL FISH LANDINGS FROM THE OHIO WATERS OF LAKE ERIE: 1974,-1979*

SPECIES 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 14,528 14,982 13,620 15,890 16,344 14,982 Buffalo 12,258 14,074 19,522 29,056 32,688 24,062 Bullhead 1,284,366 1,265,298 1,196,290 1,249,408 701,430 883,938 Carp 136,200 117,586 101,242 115,316 92,843 107,144 Channel Catfish 307,812 340,500 432,208 361,838 533,904 574,76*

Freshwater Drum

• • ** 274,216 228,816 706,878 863,962 Gizzard Shad h' 60,836 250,154 343,678 98,064 Goldfish 29,510 23,608

• • ** 57,658 46,762 46,762 36,320 Quillback **

2,270. 4,086 15,890 454 4,994 Rainbow Smelt

,39,952 24,516 28,602 14,982 14,982 17.706 Sucker 1,314,330 760,450 680,546 501,216 736,842 866,232 White Bass 797,678 675,552 652,852 1,051,918 890,294 1,189,934 Yellow Perch i

3,934,364 3,241,106 3,533,482 3,865,810 4,122,774 4,677,108 TOTAL

• Ohio Dept. of Natural Resources (1980). Data presented in kilograms.

• • Data not available.

O O O ,

! TABLE 6

' COMMERCIAL FISH LANDINGS FROM LAKE ERIE: 1975 - 1979a WEIGHT (Kilograms)

SPECIES 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 c c 15,000 12,000 10,000 Bowfin Buffalo 30,000 43,000 34.000 25,000 24,000 Bullhead 69,000 64,000 77,000 54,000 47,000 Carp 1,491,000 1,444,000 1,439,000 871,000 1,091,000 h' Channel Catfish 197,000 155,000 160.000 148,000 151,000 Freshwater Drum 538,000 619,000 538,000 692,000 720,000 Gizzard Shad 1,000 301,000 229,000 707,000 888,000

' Goldfish 26,000 61,000 250,000 344,000 89,000 c c Lake Whitefish 3,000 2,000 1,000 Quillback 60,000 58,000 47,000 47,000 38,000 Rainbow Smelt 7,688,000 7,845,000 9,700,000 11,002,000 10,148,000 c c ^

Rock Bass 19,000 10,000 20,000 Sucker 52,000 48,000 31,000 33,000 n ,000 c c Sunfish 33,000 23,000 21,000 b

Walleye 114,000 138,000 261,000 295,000 489,000 l.

_ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ - .. -._.. . _ _ . . - _. = .

I TABLE 6 (Cont'd)

CO MERCIAL FISH LANDINGS FROM LAKE ERIE: 1975 - 1979a

~

WEIGHT (Kilograms)

SPECIES

• 1975 1976 1977 1978 '1979 1,162,000 948,000 c 1,590,000 1,626,000 White Bass 1,932,000 2,903,000 4,801,000 4,918,000 5,931,000 Yellow Perch 4,597,000 833,000 928,000 796,000 639,000 Others 927,000 15,674,000 19,513,000 21,569,000 21,976,000 b' TOTAL 17,722,000 a

Muth (1980).

b Not taken commercially in Ohio and Michigan waters.

c Included with "Others" during this year.

i

/^

( LITERATURE CITED Barr, J., J.H. Goodnight, J.P. Sall, and T. Helwig. 1976. A user's guide to SAS

76. SAS Institute, Inc., Raleigh, N.C. 329 p.

Muth, K.M. 1980. Comercial fish production from Lake Erie,1979. USFWS Special Report for Annual Meeting Lake Erie Committee Great Lakes Fishing Comission Ann Arbor Michigan. March 18-19, 1980. 22 pp.

Ohio Department of Natural Resources 1980. Status of Ohio's Lake Erie Fisheries. Ohio Division of Wildlife Publication. 18 pp.

Patterson, R.L. 1976. Analysis of losses in standing crop and fishery yields of yellow perch in the western basin of Lake Erie due to entrainment and impingement mortality at the Detroit Edison Monroe Power Plant, Large Lakes Research Station. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Grosse Ile, Mich.

Reutter, J.M. 1979. Fish impingement at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station During 1978. The Ohio State University. CLEAR Tech. Rept. No. 103. 13 pp.

Reutter, J.M. and C.E. Herdendorf. 1975. Pre-operational aquatic ecology s monitoring program for the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station, Unit 1.

( Toledo Edison Co. Contract No. 1780. 123 p.

Reutter, J.M., C.E. Herdendorf and G.W. Sturm. 1978. Impingement and entrainment studies at the Bay Shore Power Station, Toledo Edison Company.

The Ohio State University CLEAR Tech. Rept. No. 78b.

Scholl, R.L. 1979. Status of Ohio's Lake Erie fisheries. Ohio Dept. Nat. Res.

Div. of Wildlife. Sandusky, Ohio. 19 p.

Trautman, M.B. 1957 The Fishes of Ohio. The Ohio State University Press, Columbus, No. 683 p.

__ ___m_____

f 1

l t

9 i l

h (

I i

k i

4 I

i XV  !

I .

l SECTION 3.1.2.b.1 l

! i BIRD COLLISION i

i l l l l i

l i

o l

l l

l e 1 l

l I

ANNUAL REPORT f- DAVIS-BESSE BIRD HAZARD MONITORING

(,/

. JANUARY 1980 Manfred Teme and William B. Jackson Environmental Studies Center At the Davis-Besse nuclear power plant site, bird mortality was monitored for the seventh consecutive spring and eighth fall migration seasons. The surveys consisted of almost daily, early-morning site visits in spring-between mid-April and the end of May; in fall, between the first of September and mid-October. The proce-dure on the si consisted of examination of the roof areas and the ground around the reactor and turbine building complex and the base of the cooling tower.

Unrestricted routine inspections were possible around the cooling D tower, while, due to security restrictions, the roofs of the Unit I structures were monitored only on weekends. Areas under major guy wires, transmission lines, and the meteorological microwave tower also were inspected. All surveys included the recording of current environmental conditions, numbers of species of birds seen, and their locations. All birds found dead were collected and frozen for later necropsy.

During periods when the cooling tower was operating, sloshing water in the base prevented determination of the specific drop loca-tions of mortalities, and an unknown number of birds may have drifted away through the water outlets. Many birds, however, were scooped up with a long-handle dipnet. Such birds often could be retrieved only after h

G' they had been drif ting for several days and were badly decomposed, making it difficult to examine these specimens in detail. However,

-2 with the help of a reference skin collection, it was possible to

, identify most of these carcasses.

During the 1979 spring collecting period, the power plant was not operating, and the base of the cooling tower was drained, making the pick up of the carcasses at the location where they originally fell possible. In fall, the plant had been shut down at several intervals for a few days each time. However, the base of the cooling tower was not always drained, so that birds again had to be retrieved with a dipnet; and an unknown number of birds may have fallen into the water, as in previous years.

Loss to scavengers around the cooling tower and the Unit I structures could have been relatively high this year,since previous studies have shown that the proportion is relatively greater in times of smaller kills. However, no remains of scavenger feeding were found, so that the extent of removal of carcasses by foxes, racoons, or skunks, which are considered the main scavengers, is unknown.

It is believed that losses due to scavengers and birds which may have floated away through the outlet channels do not account for the exceptional decline in mortalities this fall season. Similar condi-tions existed when the cooling tower was in operation in fall 1977 and fall 1978.

l Spring 1979 mortality patterns Bird mortalities in spring were monitored following standard procedures on a nearly daily basis from April 14 through May 30.

Of the total of only 18 birds found during this migration season, 16 birds were found at the cooling tower (Tables 1, 2). At this J,

structure 11 birds (69%) were retrieved from the SE sector, 3 (19%)

(]

from the f:E, and only 2 (12%) from the NW sector (Fig.1). However, these location determinations are not very accurate, since several birds had been floating in the tower base cooling water and may have originally fallen elsewhere. Only two birds were found at the Unit I structure. This low number conforms with the general decline of mor-talities recovered from the site, a trend which became evident in Fall 1978.

First-time occurrences of a Whip-poor-will (Caprimulgidae) and Common Grackle (Icteridae) were recorded. Warblers, Finches, and Kinglets also occurred; only one catbird (Mimidae) was recovered.

However, numbers of recoveries are so small that their species distribution has little significance.

V Fall 1979 mortality patterns In Fall 1979, mortalities decreased from the previous year by 50%. As in previous fall migrations, bird mortalities were moni-tored on a nearly daily basis from September 7 till October 15.

Additional site surveys were conducted between September 1 and October 30, 1979.

A total of 35 birds was found at the cooling tower (Table 3).

Species composition remained similar to previous years, with Warblers comprising 70%, followed by Kinglets (12%), and Red-eyed Vireos (8%).

Noteworthy is the total absence of Fringillids in comparison with other fall seasons (Table 4),

g During this collecting period, 21 birds (60%) were found in

(,-)

(

the NE sector of the tower, while the rest (40%) were recovered

from the SE secto: . This is a slight deviation from the previous

,v' five year average in which the majority fell into the SE sector.

However, the floating birds may have been drifting around and changed their location. While the locations of these carcasses were recorded, they were not used in statistical analyses.

Necropsy examination As in previous years, carcass necropsies were performed that included determination of damage to the skull, bill, and neck, as well as examination of bone fractures (humerus, ulna, radius, tibiotarsus, and tarsometatarsus). The degree of skull ossification was used to determine the age of the birds in the fall season. Again, most injuries were of the head and bill. These data are updated and

/'N summarized in Table 5.

Seasonal Bird Census Periodic censuses, using routes previously established, of bird populations at the Davis-Besse site and the Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge were continued. Critical analyses of the data have not been attempted. It might be noted that Bald Eagles are i

l seen periodically at or near the Davis-Besse site, and occasionally j feeding behavior is observed. However, eagles have never been ob-l served in the immediate vicinity of the cooling tower; other en-dangered species have not been observed at the site. Data are presented in Tables 6-9.

o

Weather and Bird Mortality The fall weather patterns were classified according to high and low pressure systems and then related to recorded bird mortalities.

As in previous years, virtually all, strikes were associated with high pressure. About equal numbers were involved with leadinq edge (northerly air flow) as with trailing edge (southerly air flow) phenomena (Table 10). Two incidents, where time of contact had to be estimated, might well have occurred under H-1 (leading edqe) con-ditions.

Conclusions The impact of the cooling tower (and other site structures) on I

, migrating bird populations has been minimal. In the past year there

, have been only several dozen ol ed bird strikes during the spring v and fall, and this level is considerably below that of previous yea rs . Local birds have not been adversely affected.

i i

l

_ - - . _. - - =.. - _- . - - _ . .

web I

TABLE 1. ,

r Species recovered at Davis Besse Nuclear Power Station site during the spring migratory season, 1979.

species A.O.U.* CT ST Totals 228 1 1

! American Woodcock 417 1 Whip-poor-will 1 313 1 1 Rock Dove 614 1 1 Tree Swallow 705 1 1 Brown Thrasher l 1 Ruby-crowned Kinglet 749 1 l

636 1 1 Black and White Warbler 647 1 1 I Tennessee Warbler 657 2 2 Magnolia Warbler 660 1 i Bay-breasted Warbler 1 511 5 5 Common Grackle 546 1 1 Grasshopper Sparrow 584 1 1 i

Swamp Sparrow

' Totals 16 2 18 l

l l

• A.0.U. Number (Check-list of North American Birds).

CT = Cooling Tower ST = Unit I Structure n-

l l

TABLE 2. Bird recovery of mortalities at Davis-Besse site, spring 1979.

j' Date no of birds April 14 -

l 19 3 i 21 2

- 24 -

i

26 2 i 28 l'  !

l May 1 2

~

2 -

i

3 -

i 4 3

l I

! 5 -

l 6 -

8 -

9 -

10 -

l 11 -

i i

15 -

l- 16 -

! 17 -

l i 18 -

.i 20 -

! 22 1

! 26 -

29 3 f i t i

i

! total birds recovered 18  :

3 <

j. , i i

le l

l l

{ '

n TABLE 3. Bird mortalities at Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station site.

Fall 1979***

Date no. of birds Species Sept 1 2 Red-eyed Vireo (624*), Blackburnian (662) i 7 0 8 2 Sora Rail (214), unidentified bird 11 0 12 0 13 0 15 0 16 0 17 2 2 Ovenbirds (674) 18 1 Nashville Warbler (645) 19 2 Black-throated Green Warbler (667)

Northern Waterthrush (675) 20 0 21 0 22 3 Red-eyed Vireo (624), Blackpoll (661) i Ruby-crowned Kinglet (749) 23 3 Black-throated Green Warbler (667),

American Redstart (687), Wilson's Warbler (6E R) 24 0 25 0

\s 26 0 27 0 28 1 Yellowthroat (681) 29 0 30 0 Oct 1 1 Tennessee Warbler (647) 2 0 3 0 4 3 Philadelphia Vireo (626), Palm Warbler (672)

AmericanRedstart(687) 5 0 6 0 7 0 13 1 Yellowthroat (681) 15 6 Black-throated Green Warbler (667), 3 Yellow-throats (681), American Redstart (687)

Ruby-crowned Kinglet (749) 30(23)** 1 Hermit Thrush (759)

, 30 (27) 7 2 Yellowrumped Warbler (655), 0venbird (674),

l 2 Yellowthroat (681), Golden-crowned Kinglet i (748), Ruby-crowned Kinglet (749) totals 35 no. in parentheses = A.0.U. no.

l date reconstructed in accordance ith the statew(Checklist of decompositionof North Ameri

• • • all mortalities at cooling tower

4 TABLE 4. Families recovered at Davis-Besse Site during the fall l seasons 1978 and 1979. Figures in parentheses represent  !

per cent values. l 1

Fall 1978 Fall 1979 CT ST total CT total Kinglets 6 1 7 4 4 (10) (17) (10) (12) (12) l Warblers 41 2 43 25 25 (63) (33) (61) (71) (71) i Fringillids 3 3 (4) (4)

Others 5 3 7 5 5

(8) (50) (11) (14) (14) i Rails 1 1 Creepers 1 1 Vireos 5 2 7 3 3 Thrushes 1 1 Unidentified 10 10 1 1 (15) (14) (3) (3) i Totals 65 6 71 35 35 (92) (8)(100) (100) (100) i CT = Cooling tower ST = Unit I structure O

j TABLE 5. Summary of necropsy examinations of Davis-Besse site avian mortalities fall 1972 - fall 1979 Site or type of injury 2 FAMILY HEMATOMA ON HEAD HEMATOMA CRUSHED FRACTURES BILL NECK N0 NO. BIRDS

• light heavy on breast skull tibio- tarso-wing injury broken signs examined j tarsus meta-tarsus 1

Ardeidae 1 1

, Rallidae 7 1 1 1 2 2 1 8 Scolopacidae 1 1 Laridae 1 1 1 Columbidae 3 3 1 1 . 6

. Picidae 4 1 1 1 -5 .

Tyrannidae 7 1 1 1 2 11  :- -

4 Hirundinidae 1 1

! Corvidae 1 1 .

! Sittidae 1 2 1 3 Certhiidae 1 5 1 6 .

Troglodytidae 4 5 1 1 10 Mimidae 6 2 1 1 1 9 i Turdidae 8 5 1 1 1 13 2

Regulidae 114 86 2 14 12 50 1 15 215 .

Sturnidae 1 1 1 Vireonidae 41 34 2 4 8 3 3 3 4 79 Parulidae 389 166 1 30 47 5 32 113 8 26 581  ;

} Icteridae 5 1 1 2 3 11

{ Thraupidae 1 1  :

! Fringillidae 32 17 3 6 6 3 1 1 50

] Ploceidae 1 1 2 i Totals 626 327 10 40 81 5 60 177 17 53 1016 i

I

a single bird may be cited in one or more columns t i

l l i.

1 TABLE 6. Winter bird censds for Davis-Besse site and Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge circuits, February 17 and 18,1979.

Weather: 2-17: sunny, cold -15*C, medium NE-wind, visibility - very goed.

V; 2-18: overcast -8 C, medium E-wind.

ground covered with 8 cm snow.

Observers: M. Tenine and D. Brandeberry.

Davis-Besse Ottawa Refuge Feb. 17 Feb. 18 Feb. 17 Feb. 18 Time: 0900-1200 1230-1530 1250-1530 0900-1200 in- outside in- outside SPECIES side circuit side circuit pied-billed Grebe 1+ 1+

Great Blue Heron 1 2 Canada Goose 800 180 500 400 Mallard 1d 1d 1d Id Black Duck 2 5 Redhead 3 7 Common Goldeneye 42 6 Bufflehead 1d Common Merganser 2 5(ld)

Red-breasted Merganser 19 19 Red-tailed Hawk l 1 2 1 1

V Rough-legged Hawk Bald Eagle 2 1

Sparrow Hawk 1 Common Gallinule 1 American Coot 2 3 Herring Gull 4 3 Hairy Woodpecker 1 Downy Woodpecker 2 Horned Lark 2 10 Robin 1 l

Red-winged Blackbird 19 Cardinal 2 Tree Sparrow 15 30 14 Swamp Sparrow 3 Song Sparrow 3 1 2 1 5 2 Snow Bunting 2 1

+ waterbirds, outside of the circuits, were seen at a warm water outlet p close to the turbine building.

O I

s. _ - - - . . - . - - - ,.s- - _ , . - _ _ , . - - - - ,a --,-- - , _ - , - - - , - , - -.

T ABLE 7. $pring bird census at the Davis-Besse site on April 14 and 1 May 7,1979 1

$pec ies April 14* may 7" sunry sunny, were moderate $d I f Eared Grebe 20 V Pled-btiled Grebe 6 3 Great Blue Wron 10 28 Green Heron 1 Comon Egret 15 14 Black-crowned hight Heron 1 70 Canada Goose l$0 10 with 7 gosif ags Mallard 6 8 81sch Duck 2 Gadwell 11 Blue-winged Teal 14 $

Amerscan Widgeon 20 Shoveler 20 W Duck 6 Atag-necked Duck 15 2 Lesser $caup 47 4 Su f flehead 4 Ruddy Duck 35 Comon Merganser 1$

Red-breasted Mercanser 100 Turkey Vulture 1 1 Red tailed Hawk 2 Sparrow Hawk 2 Comon Gallinule 2 2 American Coot 500 SO Kli fdeer 2 3 5 potted $4ndpiper 10 Solitary Sandptper 2 Lesser vellowlegs 2 Herring Gull 50 60 Ring-billed Gull 2 2 Black Tern 7 Slack-btlled Cuckoo 1 Great Horned Owl 1 I Whi p- poor-wt il 1 Chteney $wif t 2 8elted Kingf tsher 3 Vellow-shaf ted Fitcher 8 3 Red-headed Woodpecker I h Eastern Kingbird 2 Eastern Rhoote 2

\ Eastern Wcat Powee 1 Tree $wellow 60 80 Purple Martin 2 819e Jay 60 Brown Creeper 9 6 House Wren 1 7 Ca tb f ed 12 8rown Thrasher 1 7 Wood Thrush t Hermit Thrush i Swainson's Thrush 2 Veery 2 Blue-gray Gnatcatcher g Golden-crowned Linglet 2 Ruby-crowned Ringlet 1 Cedar Waswing 17 Start ing 2 g kashutlle Warbler 1 Magnolla warbler 10 Cape way Warbler 3 Black throated tive tsarbler 2 Slack throated Green Warbler 4 vellowthroat 5 Red-winoed Blackbird 150 100 Cemeen Grackle 3 20 Brown-headed Cowt.ird 5 Scarlet Tanager 6 Cardinal 2 Rose-breasted Grosbeak 4 i

( Indigo Bunting 1 Purple Finch 6 Rufous sided Towhee 1 f Vesper 5carrow 3 t

l Tree Sparrow 2 Field $parrow 6 White-crowned $carrow 8 White thecated Sparrow 25 Ion $parrow 3 1

Song Sparrne 3 g ,

-d On April la, 1979 - 49 soecles observed On May 7,19f 9 - $5 spec tes observed 0bservation was done by 4. Teme and D. Breadeberry

• • 0bservation was done by M. Teme and Ms. J. Weslik (0 avis-8 esse Env. Analyst)

. TABLE 8. Sumer bird census for Davis-Bissa site and Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge circuits. July 5. 6. and 7,1979 Weather: July 5. sunny. cN1, 700 F. medium NE wind July 6. Sunny, mex. temp. 770 F. NE wind (4 Bft) .

C July 7. sunny, wom, sex. 790 F. light E wind (3 Bft)

( Time: Davis Besse ~ Ottawa Refuge July 5: 08:15-12:30 12:45-16:20 July 6: 12:15-17:00 08:30-12:00 July 7: 08:00-12:30 12:45-17:40 Observer: M. Teme Davis-Besse Ottawa Refuge Species 5. 6. 7. 5. 6. 7.

I Pied-billed Grebe 1 Great Blue Heron 15 28 18 4 7 3 i

' Green Heron 2 3 1 Comon Egret 22 12 20 3 9 5 i

I Blackcrowned Night Heron 90 80 80 1 1

American Bittern I Canada Goose 130 120 120 25 30 Hallard 8 8 3 2 5 Blue-winged Teal 7 6 2 2 2

, Wood Duck 6 2 1 Cooper's Hawk i Red-tailed Hawk 2 1 4 Sparrow Hawk I 1 1 1 Comon Gallinule 2 3 5 i

American Coot 8 4 4 1 Killdeer 3 8 2 3 4 l Spotted Sandpiper 2 1 2 2 2 Lesser Yellowlegs 2 Least Sandpiper 4 5

( Long-billed Dowitcher Herring Gull 20 15 6 20 2

2 3 Ring-billed Gull 6 2 3 Casplan Tern 1 Black Tern 12 14 i' i

Mourning Dove 5 2 3 2 2 i

1 .

Yellow-billed Cuckoo 2 1 1

Great-Horned Owl 1 Yellow-shafted 4 3 3 I Flicker 5 3 1 2

Downy Woodpecker 1 1 2 1 2 Eastern Kingbird 2 3 2 7 2 1

Eastern Phoebe 20 30 10 15 10

Tree Swallow 60 4 Rarn Swalinw 5 2 2 1

' Purple Martin 15 10 12 1

Blue Jay 1 1 4 5 8 1 4 3

!. House Wren 1

Carolina Wren 1 Long-billed Marsh Wren 4 6 5 6 8 4 5 5 Catbird 3 Brown Thrasher 1 1 Robin 1 Starling 8 6 3 5 3 8

, Prothonotary Warbler 3 2 4 40 40 30 6 2 3 i Yellow Warbler 3 2 2 Yellowthroat 3 2 3 House Sparrow 2 I 1 i

Red-winged Blackbird 600 300 200 40 50 40 l

% Northern Oriole 1 Comon Grackle 2 8 6 6 7 TO Brown-headed Cowbird 4 1 2 2 1 6 1 3 2 Cardinal 6 7 Indigo Bunting 3 4 4 8 8 10 American Goldfinch 7 3 7 6 1.1 10 Song Sparrow 4 2 3 3 4 2

TABLE 9. Late sunener bird ccnsus at the Davis-Besse site on July 21 and Sept. 1, 1979.

Observer: M. Tensne July 21 Sept. 1 SPECIES 1 2 Pied-billed Grebe J 40 30 Great Blue Heron 3 Green Heron 6 35 34 Common Egret Black-crowned Night Heron 120 10 100 150 Canada Goose 15 78 Mallard Blue-winged Teal 8 60 3 30

Wood Duck Sparrow Hawk 2 25 25 Comon Gallinule 100 American Coot 6

Semipalmated Plover 8 4 Killdeer 3 Spotted Sandpiper Solitary Sandpiper 4 Greater Yellowlegs 2 Lesser Yellowlegs 5 1 Pectoral Sandpiper 5 4 Least Sandpiper 8 9 12 8 Short-billed Dowitcher 5

(v; Western Sandpiper Herring Gull Ring-billed Gull 10 2

20 45 3 3 Caspian Tern Black Tern 5 4 4 Mourning Dove Yellow-billed Cuckoo 1 Belted Kingfisher 1 3 3 Yellow-shafted Flicker Red-headed Woodpecker 11 1

Downy Woodpecker Eastern Kingbird 2 10 5 Tree Swallow Barn Swallow 2 Purple Martin 20 2

House Wren '

Long-billed Marsh Wren 4 5 3 i Catbird Robin 8 Cedar Waxwing 2 Starling 2 6 Yeilow Warbler 5 Yellowthroat 2 Red-winged Blackbird 100 5

? \ 8 (j Coninon Grackle Brown-headed Cowbird 3

2 4 5 Cardinal Indigo Bunting 6 2 American Goldfinch 4 1 i

Song Sparrow 2 2

TABLE 10. Bird mortalities as a function of synoptic weather conditions.

! Synoptic Mortality Total No.

Season Category ** Frequency Incidence Mortalities Fall 1979 H-1 16 5 11 (Sept. 1 -

Oct. 28) H-2 4 1 3 i H-3 23 5(+1*) 11(+7*)

f L-1 3 0 0 L-2 7 1 1 L-3 0 0 0 L-4 4 0(+1*) 0(+1*)

O

• floating carcasses; date of contact estimated

• • High Pressure: H-1 - leading edge of a high pressure system over Western Lake Erie (northerly flow)

H-2 - high pressure center over western Lake Erie (calm or variable flow)

H-3 - trailing edge of a high pressure system over western Lake Erie (southerly flow)

Low Pressure: L-1 - low pressure center near or over Lake Erie L-2 - warm sector with a cold front imediately to the west or northwest of Lake Erie L-3 - warm front over or imediately to the south of Lake Erie L-4 - post frontal conditions with a low to O the east or northeast of western Lake Erie

\,v/

l

O O O o

o AA AA Ax A AY A

,A 4 H l -

A s

s k -

, s .

gg C00 LING o s

l o TOWER Spring / Fall 1979 g* 6 birds floating -

. e A

• A e

AA A 0 10 20 30 1.0 50 m i

Figure 1. Distribution of mortalities, I

recovered during the spring and fall migration seasons 1979. The locations for spring are marked as e (n = 16), '

A A and for fall as A (n = 35).

a

.N l

a-- 4_-+-w-<w ,mm-. m awa.m _ p.a.#c a -a,- . -. w4a.sAme -- .a.4-m =- mA.-d-A64 h---ma ha-.m e 1

i l

l l

XVI SECTION 3.1.2.b.2 VEGETATION SURVEY

)

i l

4 i

1 i

l l

l

w l

l l

Q VEGETATION MONITORING OF THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER PLANT SITE 1979 PREPARED FOR TOLEDO EDISON COMPANY TOLEDO, OHIO w

SUBMITTED BY .

NORTHERN ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DIVISION -

NUS CORPORATION PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA CLIENT NO. 3520

-\

DECEMBER 1979 PREPARED BY L R. R. PELLEK PROJECT MANAGER l APPROVED BY l'

G. P. FRIDAY, WAGER TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS DEPARTMENT

?

i I i iv  !

1 1 I i l l TABLE OF CONTENTS is i Page i

J I

SUMMARY

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 N II INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 III METHODS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 IV RESULTS AND INTERPRETATION . . . . . . . . 6 V REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . 8 1

VI TABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 VII FIGURE -

is 4

I i

is f

s N

l 34 i

l f

!V l

i D

_ ._, . ..-_,.'___.-__.--__--____-..,---.....--.._._.-_J--,.-- . . - - - . - - - _ . - - - - _ . _ . . - - - - - - . . . -

u n'

'v

SUMMARY

n i

Aerial color infrared photography and ground reconnaissance were used to assess the distribution and condition of vege-

• tation, and to locate and identify patterns of major vege-tation stress on the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Plant site and its immediate environs. The results of 1978 photography and reconnaissance information were also 'ed in the asses-sment. There was no indication that oper~ ton of the cooling tower contributed to the vegetation stress nditions observed,

'~

or that there was any change in the location, type and level of ambient stress in the immediate environs, as reported for l

l [~'h 1978 (NUS, 1978). Aquatic vegetation predominates within a lv U radius of two miles from the cooling tower. Several impound-i ments on the Davis-Besse Plant site have resulted from management activities in the Navarre Marsh Management Unit

's of the Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge. A portion of this unit, which is leased to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, occurs within the boundaries of the Davis-Besse site. Past tv and present indications of vegetation stress noted in the impoundment areas are associated, in part, with changes in the level of surface water and/or ground water table as a b

result of water control management practices in Navarre Marsh. Also, local flooding during 1974 (Hall 1979) contrib-l l uted to mortality among ash, swamp white oak, eastern cottonwood,

u

~

4

w I

l l@

i willow and honey locust in low lying areas adjacent to Lake l* Erie. Many of the killed trees have since been removed. I i

The location of stressed vegetation is shown in Figure 1. )

I

.w l l

1

!b 4

I i

i s i jw i

i j

l l 6 i

! I i

i I

i lh

• l -

! 5 I

L f

1 tO i

I l 2

j. ,

v i

INTRODUCTION

~

v NUS Corporation monitored the vegetation of the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Plant site and its immediate environs in 1978 L and 1979. The purpose of monitoring is to record and document any effects of the operation of the plant's cooling towers I

on vegetation, as expressed by stress symptoms which may be

' detected on aerial infrared photographs and field checked for verification.

N i

b i

w I

l 4

4

. 3 i

. , _ _ _ . _ . . . . , , . . , _ _ . . . , _ _ _ _ . _ . _ _ _ . . _ _ , . _ _ _ _ _ _ , _ _ _ , . . _ ___ _ _ , _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,,,,,,,____,...._,L.._._,

I s

METHODS 9

The vegetation monitoring program being conducted by NUS Corporation currently involves: (1) yearly acquisition of v aerial infrared color photography of the Davis-Besse site and the vicinity within a two mile radius of the cooling tower; (2) identification of areas of apparent vegetation 6 stress; (3) comparison of apparent stress conditions with information previously documented on maps; (4) ground veri-fication and documentation of vegetative conditions and/or stress and; (5) preparation of an updated map which high-lights the location and type of vegetation stress, and year to year changes, if any, of stress conditions.

v {V~'}

Aerial Photography Aerial infrared (IR) color photography at a scale of 1:6,000 was flown by Aerial Surveys, Inc. of Canton, Ohio on September 10, 1979. 'The particulars of the photomission are given in Table 1. Earlier attempts (August 16, September 7, 9) to complete the photomission were unsuccersful due to technical problems and poor photographic weather conditions.

v Photo Interpretation The IR contact prints were interpreted directly to identify

,, potential stress conditions within a 2 mile radius of the cooling v

4 x

+

tower. A photomosaic of 1978 photography and vegetation stress map of the area were also used for comparison of known stress conditions. Size and shape of stress patterns in stands of vegetation were noted during the comparison.

~

Ground Inspection and Cover Mapping An initial site visit was made on August 21, 1979 by Richard Pellek of NUS Corporation. The initial visit was made for the purpose of observing vegetative conditions at approx-imately the same time as the scheduled photomission. Due to r

poor weather conditions in the area and technical problems with cameras and film processing, the second scheduled site

' visit did not take place until October 11-12, 1979, after the

~

processed film had been photo-interpreted. At that time, Richard Pellek and Terry Rojahn of NUS Corporation made a site n*cection in the company of Mr. Matt Collins of Toledo-Edison. General reconnaisance and observations of specific points were conducted by walking and driving through the study area. Additional information was obtained during a

~

brief interview with a local resident. Notable vegetation stress conditions are shown in Figure 1.

r v\~b)-

5 w

v V RESULTS AND INTERPRETATION v

There was no perceptible change from 1978 to 1979 in the overall vegetation cover classification (NUS 1978). However, frequent changes in water level in Navarre Marsh and sur-rounding low lying areas has a considerable impact on the amount of surface area which is periodically flooded.

~

Consequently, vegetation stress and plant successional trends are cyclic in marshy areas. They are likely to be related to marsh management practices. Past tree mortality in private residential areas was traced to severe flooding during 1974 (Hall 1979). Honey locust, ash and cottonwoods I ) have been affected.

• w Y.J Several large moribund swamp white oak trees and numerous ash trees which had previously been stressed due to drainage v

problems (NUS 1978), have been removed during the construction of two new impoundments south of the cooling tower. A 0.9 acre access zone containing an improved drainage system has v

been established in conjunction with the construction effort.

Other interim changes were noted by comparing 1979 photography with a 1978 photomosaic of the area. Changes in vegetation

.v distribution due to interim construction, flood or disease related stress, and other causes are indicated in Figure 1.

Pathogenic stress conditions due to a smut disease exist in l

l

(

6 e

w I

stands of ash, as noted during previous monitoring (NUS 1978). Some of the affected trees have subsequently died and have been cut for firewood. A new outbreak of oak gall has affected some trees southeast of f.he plant site outside the two-mile radius from the cooling tower.

v There is no evidence that operation of the cooling tower has created vegetation stress at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Plant. Major and minor stress symptoms noted during 1979 v

were similar to those already documented, and related pri-marily to drainage problems in the area.

K) l l

w b

b

(

7 v

- . .- .=__ - . . .

l l

1 REFERENCES v

NUS Corporation. 1978. Vegetation monitoring with aerial photography and ground observations at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Plant site during 1978. Northern Environmental Services Div., NUS Corp., Pittsburgh PA. 7 pp.

s Hall, L. 1979. Oak. Harbor, Ohio Landower. Personal Com-munication with R. Pellek, NUS Corp. Oct. 11, 1979.

L v

'V

'b v

,V

'O 8

!b

f w

TABLE 1 ,

PHOTOMTSSION ' FLIGHT LOG Camera Fairchild K 17B Camera Focal Length 12 in.

Filter #14 Wratten Film Kodak Type #2443 Altitude (mean) 6000 ft above ground ,

Scale 1" = 500' l Shutter speed; F'stop 1/200 - F8 Date 10 Sept 79 y Time 13:00 - 13:45 Flight Line Exposure No.

. 1 1-13 2 14-26 3 27-43 4 44-53 5 54-68 v O 6 7

69-78 79-89 1

b w

I l

v V

9 l v I l

, . - .u. -

I kumuur i m I b P

]J w musump neum AN O. sezws1 NO. OF PAGES  !

REASON-O PAGE ILLEGIBLE:

O HARD COPY FILED AT: PDR CF OTHER

/ / l O BETTER COP / REQUESTED ON QPAGE TOO LARGE TO FILM:

@ HARD COP ( FILED AT: CF OTHER -__

l IFILMED ON APERTURE CARD NO. [hdI3[h /

= - ' ' " +

i

)

P m

f

-aa,m,-, m-wa,._.aa, . _ , . .__ _-m.4,2_. Jew,ema um m, , , _ . a_mam,._mu ,_,,__,,m_sa ,us ,ma,.,s- - -

aa_a , , .m a -- wa_a_,_ __- -, - __ -, , , _ - _, - - - - - - _

}

1 ..f9 r

k i

i i

I l

f J

XV11 SECTION 3.2 l ENVIRONMENTAL RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING l

I I

l 1

w

MAfi C 3 '988 HAZLEtON

@ ENVIRONMENTALSCIENCES CORPORATIO t*2OO F fiON T AGf. 540AO. NOilI HOF400V. ILUNOIS F100 TID. U S A REPORT TO TOLEDO EDISON COMPANY ,

TOLEDO, OHIO OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING FOR THE DAVIS-BESSE NUCLEAR POWER STATION OAK HARBOR, OHIO O ANNUAL REPORT

SUMMARY

AND INTERPRETATION JANUARY - DECEMBER 1979 FOR SUBMITTAL TO THE NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION PREPARED AND SUBMITTED SY HAZLETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES CORPORATION PROJECT NO. 8996 f

I Approved by:

G.

__ f . [1 h ,

B. Jolyiso'n , oh.D. /

VicePres]!ntandTechnidalDirector ps 8 February 1980 G

PHONE (3121564 -0 700 o T E.LL x 20 9403 (H A2C S NP9K)

j HAZLETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES O PREFACE The staff of the Nuclear Sciences Department of Hazleton Environmental Sciences Corporation (HES) was responsible for the acquisition of the data presented in this report. Samples were collected by members of the staff of the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station and by local sample collectors. [

The report was prepared by L. G. Huebner, Director, Nuclear Sciences. He was assisted in the report preparaton by the following staff members: C. A. Galioto, C. R. Marucut, L. A. Nicia, J.

Salmorin, and D. Rieter.

b 1

J -

ii

._ __ . ~ _ _ ._. . _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . _ . _ _ . _ ._ . _ _ _. _ .. _ ._..

ll l

I HAELETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCEE l

1 TABLE OF CONTENTS t

Page I

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii i List of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV List of Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V I. Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 II. Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1

III. Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 l

A. The Air Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

! B. The Terrestrial Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

C. The Aquatic Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 D. Program Execution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 IV. Results and Discussion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 A. Census of Milch Animals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 B. The Air Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 C. The Terrestrial Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . 12 D. The Aquatic Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 V. Methodology Figures and Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 VI. References Cited. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 i

iii

i i

l 1 MazL.ETON ENVMONMENTAL. SCIENCES I

i l LIST OF FIGURES i

l No. Caption Page a

l j 1 Sampling locations on the site boundary l of the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station. . . . 20 i

! 2 Sampling locations (except those on the site

! periphery), Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 l

I 4

]

t l

4 i

j i.,

i I

4 i

, iv

. _ . _ . _ - - ._ . ~ _ - . - . _ . . _ -. .._ _- _ _. .. . _ _ . . _ _ _ . - - . --

4 i ,

1 i

HAELETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES i'

i l

i LIST OF TABLES No. Title Page j l

i 1 Sampling locations, Davis-Besse Nuclear Power l 4 Station, Unit No. 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 2 Type and frequency of collections . . . . . . . . . 24 j

! 3 Sample codes used in Table 2. . . . . . . . . . . . 25 4 Sampling Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 l

(

5 Environmental radiological monitoring program i summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 l

l l

4 3

1 i ,

I 4

I i

l V

HA2LETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES

'N Y ,

I. Introduction )

i Because of the many potential pathways of radiation exposure to l man from both natural and man-made sources, it is necessary to document levels of radioactivity and the variability of these levels which exist in an area prior to the anticipated release of any additional radioactive nuclides. To meet this objective, an exten-sive preoperational environmental radiological monitoring program was initiated for the Toledo Edison Company in the vicinity of the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station site. This program included collection (both onsite and offsite) and radiometric analyses of airborne particulates, airborne iodine, ambient gamma radiation,

[ milk, groundwater, meat and wildlife, fruits and vegetables, animal

\

and wildlife feed, soil, surface water, fish, and bottom sediments.

Approximately 5 years of preoperational monitoring were completed in April 1977 by the same laboratory that currently operates under the name Hazleton Environmental Sciences Corporation (HES).

Fuel elements were loaded in Unit 1 on 2; through 27 April 1977 and the initial criticality was achieved on 12 August 1977. Unit 1 achieved one hundred percent of its operational capacity on 4 April 1978. Approximately 1-1/2 years of operational monitoring was completed by the end of December 1978.

This report presents the second full year of operational data for the environmental radiological monitoring at the Davis-Besse

, Nuclear Power Station.

i

HAZLETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES D

II. Summary Results of sample analyses during the period January - December 1979 are summasized in Table S. Tabulations of data for all samples collected during this period, additional statistical analyses of the data, and graphs of data trends are presented in a separate report to the Toledo Edison Company (HES 1980).

Radionuclide concentrations measured at indicator locations i were compared with levels measured at control locations and in pre-operational studies. The comparisons indicate background-level radioactivities in all samples collected with following exception:

The tritium level in well water from T-7, 0.9 miles NNW of the

/~'T station, collected 22 October 1979 was about 740 pCi/l above the background level of 300 pCi/l measured in nearby surface water.

The slightly elevated level could be attributable to the station operation; however, the level was more than twenty-five times lower than the annual average concentration allowed by the EPA National Interim Primary Drinking Water Regulation (40 CFR 141) and was less than 0.025% of maximum permissible concentration for tritium in unrestricted areas (3,000,000 pCi/1).

\~-)

2

HA2LETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCEE

(% l III. Methodology The sampling locations for the Preoperational Environmental Radiological Monitoring Program at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station are shown in Figures 1 and 2. Table 1 describes the loca-tions, lists for each its direction and distance from the station, and indicates which are indicator and which are control locations.

The sampling program monitors the air, terrestrial, and aquatic environments. The types of samples collected at each location and the frequency of collections are presented in Table 2 using codes defined in Table 3. The collections and analyses that comprise the program are described in the following pages. Finally, the execution of the pragram in the current reporting annual period

('~' (January - December 1979) is discussed.

V} A.

The Air Program

1. Airborne Particulates The airborne particulate samples are collected on 47mm diameter membrane filters of 0.8 micron porosity at a volumetric rate of approximately one cubic foot per minute. The filters are collected weekly from eleven locations (T-1, T-2, T-3, T-4, T-7, T-8, T-9, T-11, T-12, T-23, and T-27), placed in individual glassine protective envelopes, and dispatched by mail to HES for radiometric l

l analyses. The filters are analyzed for gross beta activity approxi-mately five days after collection to allow for decay of naturally-occurring short-lived radionuclides. The quarterly composites of I all air particulate samples from indicator locations (T-1, T-2, T-3, T-4, T-7, and T-8) and of all air particulate samples from control 3

HA2LETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES j s  !

locations (T-9, T-11, T-12, T-23, and T-27) are gamma-scanned and analyzed for strontium-89 and -90.

2. Airborne Iodine Each air sampler is equipped with a charcoal trap in-line after the filter holder. The charcoal trap at each location is changed at the same time as the particulate filter and analyzed for iodine-131 immediately after arrival at the laboratory.

3. Ambient Gamma Radiation The integrated gamma-ray background from natural radiation is measured with thermoluminescent dosimeters (TLD).

Monthly and quarterly TLD's are placed at thirteen locations (the

-g eleven air sampling locations and locations T-5 and T-24) .

(s- Each shipment of TLD's includes controls which are stored in a shield at the station and returned with the field TLD's after their removal. In-transit exposures are measured by the control TLD's and subtracted from the field TLD measurements to obtain their net exposure.

B. The Terrestrial Program

1. Milk Tv gallon milk samples are collected semi-monthly during the grazing period (May through October) and monthly during the rest of the year from two indicator locations (T-8 and T-20) and one control location (T-24). The milk samples are analyzed for iodine-131, strontium-89 and -90, calcium, stable potassium, and V) are gamma scanned.

4

HAZLSTON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES

'N ,/ 2. Groundwater One-gallon well water samples are collected quarterly from two indicator locations (T-7 and T-17) and from one control location (T-27). The gross beta activity is determined on the suspended and dissolved solids of each sample. The samples are also gamma scanned and analyzed for strontium-89 and -90, and tritium.

3. Edible Meat Semi-annually, domestic meat samples (chickens) are collected from one indicator location (T-32) and one control loca-tion (T-34) and one representative species of wildlife (muskrat or raccoon) is collected onsite (T-31). In addition, one waterfowl species and one snapping turtle are collected annually onsite (T-31) or in the site vicinity (T-33). Gamma-spectroscopic analysis is performed on the edible portions of each sample.

4. Fruits and Vegetables Semi-annually, twc varietiea or 'ruits and vegetables are collected from each of the two indicator locations (T-8 and T-25) and from one control location (T-34). The edible portions are gamma scanned and analyzed for strontium-89 and -90.

5. Green Leafy Vegetables Monthly, during the harvest season, green leafy vegetables are collected from one indicator location (T-36) and one control location ( T-3 ') . The samples are analyzed for iodine-131.

Should green leafy vege'. ables from private gardens be unavailable, nonedible plants with similar leaf characteristics from the same

/,. i

( ,) vicinity may 5: substituted.  ;

l l

5

l HAZLETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES -

l N

\

d

6. Animal-Wildlife Feed j Animal feed is collected semi-annually from one indicator location (T-8) and one control location (T-34). Cattle-feed is collected during the first quarter and grass is collected during the third quarter. Also, once a year, a sample of smartweed

, is collected from location T-31 (onsite). Gamma-spectroscopic analysis is performed on all samples.

7. Soil once a year, soil samples are collected from all eleven air sampling locations; six indicator locations (T-1, T-2, T-3, T-4, T-7, and T-8) and f:tve control locations (T-9, T-ll, T-12,

-w T-23, and T-27). Gamma-spectroscopic analysis is performed on all

\ms! samples.

C. The Aquatic Program

1. Treated Surface Water Weekly grab samples of treated water are collected at one indicator location (T-28, Unit 1 treated water supply, onsite) and two control locations (T-11 and T-12, Port Clinton and Toledo filtration plants). The samples from each location are composited monthly and analyzed for gross beta activity in dissolved and suspended solids. Quarterly composites from each location are gamma scanned and analyzed for strontium-89 and -90, and tritium.

2. Untreated Surface Water Weekly grab samples of untreated water from Lake Erie D  ; are collected from one indicator location (T-3) and from two control J

l locations (T-11 and T-12, Port Clinton and Toledo filtration plants, l

6

MA2LETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES C. %

untreated water tap). In addition, hourly grab samples are collected from one in-plant water supply (T-28, Unit 1 untreated water supply, onsite). The samples from each location are composited monthly and analyzed for gross beta activity in dissolved and suspended solids.

Quarterly composites from each location are gamma scanned and analyzed for strontium-89 and -90, and tritium.

3. Fish Two species of fish are collected semi-annually  !

from each of two locations in Lake Erie; from one indicator location in the vicinity of the discharge (T-33) and one control location approximately 15 miles from the plant (T-34; Put-In-Bay area). The

,_ flesh is separated from the bones and analyzed for gross beta and

)

[s_ ,/ gamma-emitting isotopes.

4. Bottom Sediments Semi-annually, bottom sediments are collected from three locations in Lake Erie; at two indicator locations, intake (T-29) and discharge (T-30 ) , and at one control location about 5.3 miles WNW from the plant (T-27). The samples are gamma scanned and analyzed for gross beta and strontium-89 and -90.

D. Program Execution Program execution is summarized in Table 4. The program was executed as described in the rieceding sections with the fol-lowing exceptions:

(1) There were elevated LLD's for air particulate and

/h I-131 data from location T-3 for the week ending 6-04-79 becausa of N- i a blown fuse resulting in very low volume. '

7

! HAZLETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES (2) There were no air particulate or I-131 data from location T-7 for the week ending 6-04-79 because of the power failure.

(3) There were no air particulate or I-131 data from location T-27 for the week ending 1-08-79 because of the blown fuse.

(4) Only one milk sample was collected from Daup Farm (T-20) in May 1979 because the farm went out of business.

(5) No milk was collected from Waugh Farm (T-20A) after  !

August 13 because goat dried up. l l

(6) Only three weekly samples of untreated surface water g were collected from Lake Erie (T-3 ) during the months of January, s

February, and March of 1979 because the lake was frozen.

)

1 1

\

~-)

l 4

l l

8 t.

i HAzLETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES

%/

IV. Results and Discussion The results for the reporting period January to December 1979 are presented in summary form in Table 5. For each type of analysis of each sampled medium, this table shows the annual mean and range for all indicator locations and for all control locations. The location with the highest annual mean and the results for this location are also given.

The discussion of the results has been divided into three broad categories; the air, terrestrial, and aquatic environments. Within each category, samples are discussed in the order listed in Table 4.

Any references to previous environmental data for the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station refer to data collected by HES (or its predeces-

' sor companies, NALCO Environmental Sciences and Industrial BIO-TEST Laboratories, Inc.).

The tabulated results of all measurements made during 1979 are not included in this section, although references to these results are made in the discussion. The comolete tabulation of the results is submitted to the Toledo Edison Company in a separate report.

A. Census of Milch Animals In compliance with the Environmental Technical Specifica-tions for the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station, the annual census l of milch animals was conducted on 7 May 1979 by plant personnel.

! There were no known milk producing goats within a 15 mile radius of the station, except three at the Waugh Farm. The goats dried up in C

( )Nmid-August 1979. There were five milking cows at E. Gerner Farm, but the milk was used for feeding calves. Cow herds counted were:

l 9

HA2LETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCEE w

Moore Farm, 2.7 miles WSW of the station, 40 cows; Daup Farm, 5.4 miles SSE of the station, no milking cows; and Gaeth Farm, 5.5 miles WSW of the station, 30 cows. The Moore and Gaeth farms are indicator location T-8 and control location T-208, respectively.

B. The Air Environment

1. Airborne Particulates Gross beta measurements yielded annual means that were identical at the five control locations and at the six indicator locations (0.038 pci/m3). There were two locations with the identical highest annual mean (0.043 pCi/m3 ), one indicator loca-tion, T-1, 0.6 mi NE of the station and one control location, T-23, Put-in-Bay, 14.3 mi ENE of the station.

( )

( j Gross beta activities at all locations were also statistically analyzed by months and quarters. The highest averages were for the months of January and February. The elevated activity in gross beta observed early in the year was due to fallout from the 14 December 1978 weapons test. Observation of ne normal spring peak in gross beta activity, which has been observed almost annually (1976 was an exception) for many years was not observed this year (Wilson et al., 1969). The spring peak has been attributed to fallout of nuclides from the stratosphere (Gold et al., 1964).

Strontium-90 annual mean activity was slightly higher for indicator locations than for control locations (0.00049 and 0.00041 pCi/m 3 , respectively). Strontium-89 mean annual acti-

/ vity was detected in two of eight composite samples and was somewhat N~.'h Y

lower for indicator locations (0.00017 pCi/m3) than for control 10

HartmTON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES v locations (0.00021 pCi/m3). The detected strontium-89 was measured during the first quarter, and was due to the Chinese nuclear test conducted on 14 December 1978.

Gamma spectroscopic analysis of ,aarterly composites of air particulate filters yielded nearly identical results for indicator and control locations. The predominant gamma-emitting isotope was beryllium-7 which is produced continuously in the upper atmosphere by cosmic radiation (Arnold and Al-Salih, 1955). Trace amounts of cesium-137 and cerium-144 were detected in some samples.

Activities of these isotopes were slightly higher during the first and second quarters. The higher activity of fission products during

-s this period was attributable to the fall nuclear test. There was no

'A ,) indication of a station effect on the data.

s

2. Airborne Iodine Weekly levels of airborne iodine-131 were below the lower limit of detection (LLD) of 0.02 pCi/m3 in all samples.

3. Ambient Gamma Radiation Monthly TLD's at the indicator locations measured a mean equivalent dose of 12.6 mrem /91 days at indicator locations and a mean of 14.1 mrem /91 days at control locations. These results were in agreement with the values obtained by quarterly TLD's. The highest annual means for monthly TLD's (16.1 mrem /91 days) and for quarterly TLD's (18.8 mrem /91 days) occurred at indicator location T-8. The annual mean dose equivalent for all locations measured by This is lower

[~'YN N monthly and quarterly TLD's was 14.0 mrem /91 days.

11

HAzLETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES

, fx than the average natural background radiation for Middle America, 19.5 mrad / quarter.1 C. The Terrestrial Environment

1. Milk A total of 48 analyses for iodine-131 in milk were performed during the reporting period. All samples contained less than 0.5 pCi/l of iodine-131.

Strontium-89 was below the LLD level of 1.9 pCi/l in all samples.

Strontium-90 activity was detected in all samples and ranged from 0.6 to 5.4 pCi/1. The annual raean value for strontium-90 was slightly higher at the control locations (2.3 pCi/1) than at the s_s/ indicator locations (1.3 pCi/1). The location with the highest mean (2.9 pCi/1) was control location T-20A. The mean values were similar to those measured in 1977 and 1978.

The activities of Bs -140 and cesium-137 were below the LLD for all samples collected.

Results for potassium-40 were nearly identical at control and indicator locations (1370-1410 pCi/1). Indicator location T-20A had the highest mean (1510 pCi/1).

1 This estimate is based on data on pp. 71 and 108 of the report Natural Background Radiation in the United States (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements, 1975). The terrestrial absorbed dose (uncorrected for structural and body shielding) ranges from 35 to 75 mrad /y and averages 46 mrad /y for Middle America. Cosmic radiation and cosmogenic radionuclides contribute

[}

v 32 mrad /y for an average of 78 mrad /y or 19.5 mrad / quarter.

12

MAZLSYON ErNIRONMENTAL SCIENCES a Since the chemistries of calcium and strontium, and  ;

l potassium and cesium are similar, organisms tend to deposit cesium-137 in muscle and soft tissue and strontium-89 and -90 in bones. In l

order to detect potential environmental accumulation of these radionuclides, the ratios of the strontium-90 activity to the weight of calcium and of the cesium-137 activity to weight of stable potassium were monitored in milk. The measured concentrations of calcium and stable potassium were in agreement with previously determined values of 1.1610.08 g/l and 1.5010.21 g/1, respectively (National Center for Radiological Health, 1968). No statistically significant variations in the ratios were observed.

2. Groundwater (Well Water)

,) Gross beta activities in suspended solids were below the LLD of 0.5 pCi/l in all control samples and averaged 1.0 pCi/l in indicator samples. Gross beta activities in dissolved solids averaged 4.1 pCi/l at the indicator locations and 3.8 pCi/l at the control location. The location with the highest annual mean was the indicator location T-7 and averaged 4.1 pCi/1. The levels of gross beta activities were similar to those observed in 1978.

Only one of eleven samples contained more than the LLD of 290 pCi/l of tritium. An activity of 1040 pCi/l was detected at indicator location T-7.

Strontium-89 and strontium-90 activities were below the LLD's of 3.3 pCi/l and 3.6 3_i/1 in all samples.

[ \

i t

%/

13

HA2LETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES x

0 All samples were below the LLD of 5.7 pCi/1 for cesium-137 activity.

The activities detected in well water were not significant when compared with the LLD and were not attributable to the station operation, except tritium level (1040 pCi/1) in well water from T-7. The elevated level in sample collected 22 October 1979 could be attributable to the Station operation.

3. Edible Meat In edible meat samples (chicken, racoon, muskrat, goose, and snapping turtle) the mean potassium-40 activity was 1.4 PCi/g vet weight for the indicator locations and 1.7 pCi/g wet weight for the control location. The difference was not statistically g ) 4Acnificant. All cesium-137 activities were below the LLD (0.016 pCi/g wet weight).

4. Fruits and Vegetables Strontium-89 activity was detected in only one of twelve samples and was barely above the LLD level of 0.006 pCi/g wet weight (0.01 pCi/g wet weight) .

Strontium-90 activities averaged 0.012 pCi/g wet weight at the indicator locations and 0.004 pCi/g wet weight at the control location. The radiostrontium activity detected was attribut-able to fallout from previous nuclear tests.

The only gamma-emitting isotope detected was naturally-occurring potassium-40. The mean activities were 2.1 pCi/g wet

(3 weight for indicator locations and 2.5 pCi/g wet weight for the

%,Y control locations. The activity detected was similar to that 14

MA2LETON CNVIRONMENTAL SCCNCE3

[a b detected in 1977 and 1978.

below their respective LLD's.

All other gamma-emitting isotopes were

5. Green Leafy vegetables Green leafy vegetables (cabbage and lettuce) collected during harvest season were analyzed for iodine-131. All results were below the LLD of 0.015 pCi/g wet weight. All gamma-emitting isotopes, except potassium-40, were below their respective LLD's.

Potassium-40 activity averaged 2.1 pCi/g wet weight and 2.0 pCi/g wet weight for indicator and control locations, respectively.

6. Animal-Wildlife Feed In grass, smartweed, and silage the predominant gamma-emitting isotope was potassium-40. The annual mean for g-% control location T-34 was slightly higher (5.8 pCi/g wet weight)

-/ than the mean value for indicator locations (4.1 pCi/g wet weight).

All other gamma-emitting isotopes were below their respective LLD's,

7. Soil Soil samples were collected in August of 1979 and analyzed for gamma-emitting isotopes. The predominant activity was potassium-40 which had a mean of 20.9 pCi/g dry weight at indicator

locations and of 22.2 pCi/g dry weight at control locations. Cecium-137 was detected in seven of eleven samples. The mean activity at thc indicator location was 0.24 pCi/g dry weight and 0.92 pCi/g dry weight at the control locations. The highest cesium-137 activity, 1.61 pCi/g, was detected at the control location T-23, 14.3 miles SE of station. The level of activities were similar to those observed

' V(O J in 1978. All other gamma-emitting isotopes were undetectable.

15

HAZLETON ENVIRONMENTAL. SC8ENCES s

D.

The Aquatic Environment

1. Water Samples - Treated In treated water samples the gross beta activity in suspended solids was below the LLD of 0.6 pCi/1 at all locations.

Gross beta activity in dissolved solids averaged 2.5 pCi/l at indicator locations and 2.6 pCi/1 at control locations. The values are similar to those measured in 1975, 1976, 1977, and 1978. Annual mean tritium activities were similar at indicator and control locations (330 and 270 pCi/1, respectively).

Strontium-89 activity was below the LLD level of 2.1 pCi/l in all samples. Strontium-90 activity (1.3 pCi/1) was detected in one sample collected at T-28, unit 1 treated water j supply, onsite, and was at the LLD level of 1.3 pCi/1.

2. Water Samples - Untreated In untreated water samples the mean gross beta activity in suspended solids was 3.5 pCi/l at indicator locations and 2.2 pCi/l at control locations. In dissolved solids the mean activity was 3.5 pCi/l at indicator and 3.3 pCi/l at control locations.

For total residue the mean activities were 4.8 pCi/l at indicator locatior.s and 4.1 pCi/1 at control locations. None of these results show statistically significant differences between indicator and control locations.

The mean tritium activity for indicator and control locations were identical (310 pCi/1). These results were in agreement l {)}

v- with those obtained for treated water, and were very similar to those observed in 1978.

16

HAZLaf7DN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES

/

t Strontium-89 was below the LLD of 2.3 pCi/l for all samples, while strontium-90 was above the LLD of 1.3 pCi/l in one of eight samples. The strontium-90 activity of 1.7 pCi/l was detected in one quarterly composite samples from indicator locations. The measured values were similar to those obtained in 1977 and 1978.

Cesium-137 activity was below the LLD of 5.7 pCi/l for all locations.

3. Fish The mean gross beta activity in fish muscle was l

l nearly identical far indicator and control locations (2.8 and 2.7 pCi/g wet weight, respectively).

Potassium-40 and cesium-137 were the only gamma-

[V ')

emitting isotopes detected. The mean potassium-40 activity was 2.6 pC1/g wet weight for the indicator location and 2.0 pCi/g wet weight for the control location. The mean cesium-137 activity was 0.041 pci/g wet weight for the indicator location and 0.037 pCi/g wet weight for the control location. The differences were not statis-tically significant. The levels of activities were similar to those observed in 1978.

4. Bottom Sediments The mean gross beta activity for bottom sediments was 23.8 pCi/g dry weight for indicator locations and 13.9 pCi/g dry weight for the control location. The location with the highest mean

,_ was indicator location T-29 ( 24.1 pCi/g dry weight) . Location T-30 I )

l ( ,/ had the highest mean potassium-40 activity (21.7 pCi/g dry weight) 17

. _ _ . __- .- - _- - . _- ._=- - . _ . . . . - - _- - - . . - - _

i

)

HazLaTON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES ,

1 l

which was the major contributor t.o the gross beta activity at all locations.

t j Strontium-89 activity was detected in one of six i

samples collected at indicator location T-29, Lake Erie, intake area i

j (0.15 pCi/g dry weight).

The mean strontium-90 activity was 0.03 pCi/g dry weight for indicator locations and below the LLD of 0.01 pCi/g dry weight for control location. The location with the highest mean was l indicator location T-30 (O'.03 pCi/g). Cesium-137 activity was below the LLD of 0.05 pCi/g for control location and 0.14 pCi/g for indicator locations. Almost identical levels and composition of the detected radionuclides was detected in 1978.

l t

l I

k l

lO l

18

HAZLETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES i

V. Methodology Figures and Tables 19

O O O HAZLETON

[_ ,

• • " ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES NORTH 8R00N, ILLIHots 60062

. \

h Sampling locallon 8

..-l% ~~

U I

h monoow [rir ..

I h

k i

emig

- * * - * * " " 4 vowgn y . --DISCHARGE . g i

O s*y p,o .

.. 1

' 2 y pyragt .., 1. 'A KE 2

(

• ' 5 E f' *,.

i I ourr.wA84ta n0A0 g *-~ ~/ g E R / E D

, 0.6 ml -

2

'e -

h DAVIS- BESSE sonnow n NUCl EAR POWER STATION t.o

• ' 3 a

j O

l L5ml j

k

& LJ NAVARRE MARSH

.i'.* l f

' vanny N

.:k h *

• 7 r-- "-- % . - . . ~ . ~ . .- .

. N r 8:,, P ""'". -

(. ..

S Si. :I ^ <

';. .k4J.:..u n: .* * * . . . . . * *

... . . o . .. . ' ,

-..3,.,

. . r ... . .;' . . , .4 ...- ,

TOUSSAINT RIVER '*** .

'* I

' *... I -

'. * , , t% h " * ~

~

,,,5

- .- > 2. i Figure 1. Sampling locations on the site periphery of the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power '

Station, Unit No. 1

O O .

O O, NN. N uo,ii. .... i4x.

w-

/h4 edol l ....2 1 r

uiui. ....i. ,, ,.

-U . ._

TO l = m . .j i, .> ,~,

sioi..

y f

K.

} mii,....i

.3 I, "*ll'Y' L i

N n $14s STE - '

i r

N (

e

.t a:. e p t i ,,,- ,,, ) p

. 2

.? - \e,,a ocu '* @ w ... k .. . .

< 5 g . ~= --

n,. w, ten. -

s g

= p- M ....

t.

Da .: ..

J' .

2 i!

.. ge s M.,,..., - ,s 24 '- ..

.- - 4 .,, w ,ky ..

Bowily Green 5 mL / -

p a

@ = -

' 20m! F oni b, l I u

• "' Norwalk N

< <~-

30mi IIAZLETON D ENVIRONMENTAT. SCIRNCES HORTHBROOK, ILLINDIS 60062 Fostoria Pigure 2. Sampling locationu (excepting those on the alte periphery), Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station, Unit No. 1.

i

HA2LETON ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCEC Sampling locations, Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station,

,\d) Table 1. Unit No. 1.

Type of Code Locationa T-1 I Site boundary, 0.6 miles NE of station, near intake canal.

T-2 I Site boundary, 0.9 miles E of station.

T-3 I Site boundary, 1.4 miles SE of station, near ,

Toussaint River and storm drain.

T-4 I Site boundary, 0.8 miles S of station, near Locust Point and Toussaint River.

T-5 I Main entrance to site, 0.25 miles W of station.

T-7 I Sand Beach, 0.9 miles NNW of station.

T-8 I Earl Moore Farm, 2.7 miles WSW of station.

T-9 C Oak Harbor, 6.8 miles SW of station.

T-ll C Port Clinton, 11.5 miles SE of station.

T-12 C Toledo, 23.5 miles WNW of station.

T-17 I Irv Fick's well onsite, 0.7 miles SW of station.

T-20b C Daup Farm, 5.4 miles SSE of station.

T-20Ac C Al Waugh Farm, 7.5 miles SE of station.

T-20B C Gaeth Farm, 5.5 miles WSW of station.

T-23 C Put-In-Bay Lighthouse, 14.3 miles ENE of station.

T-24 C Sandusky, 24.9 miles SE of station.

T-25 I Miller Farm, 3.7 miles S of station.

T-27 C Magee Marsh, 5.3 miles WNW of station.

T-28 I Unit 1 treated water supply, onsite.

T-29 I Lake Erie, intake area, 1.5 miles NE of station. ,

, s T-30 I Lake Erie, discharge area, 0.9 miles ENE of c station.

(w/')

l 22 l l l

'l HAZLETON ENVIRONMENTAL CCCNCC3 Q Table 1. (continued)

Type of Code Locationa T-31 I Onsite.

T-32 I Land, within 5 miles radius of station.

T-33 I Lake Erie, within 5 miles radius of site.

T-34 C Land, greater than 10 miles radius of site.

T-35 C Lake Erie, greater than 10 miles radius of site.

T-36 I Miller farm, 3.7 miles S of station (or the private garden or farm having the highest X/0).

T-37 C Fruit stand, 12.0 miles SW of station (or the farm 10 to 20 miles from the site in the least prevalent wind direction).

. aI-Indicator locations; C = Control locations.

b F arm went out of business in April 1979. Replaced by T-20A.

cGoat dried up in August 1979. Replaced by T-20B in December 1979.

I

~

h O

23

O O O Table 2. Type and frequency of collection.

Sampling Location Type Weekly Monthly Quarterly Semi-Annually Annually 1 I AP AI TLD TLD SO 2 I AP AI TLD TLD SO 3 I AP AI SWU TLD TLD SO 4 I AP AI TLD TLD SO 5 I TLD TLD 7 I AP AI TLD TLD WW SO 8 I AP AI TLD M" TLD VE AF SO

-9 C AP AI TLD TLD SO 11 12 C

C AP AP AI AI SWU SWU SWT SWT TLD TLD TLD TLD SO SO l

17 I WW Z C M" $

20"b 20A C M" E 20B C a 0 w M

• 23 C AP AI TLD TLD SO 24 C TLD M" TLD 25 I VE b

{

27 C AP AI TLD TLD WW BS SO Q 28 I SWU SWT r-29 I BS W 30 I BS 0 31 I WL SMW m 32 I ME O 33 d E I F WF ST 34 C ME VE AF 35 C F 36 I GLV 37 C GLV

" Semi-monthly during the grazing season, May through October.

c Two varieties from each location.

Cattlefeed collected during the 1st quarter, grass collected during 3rd quarter.

Two species from each location.

• Farm went out of business in April 1979. Replaced by T-20A.

Goat dried up in August 1979. Replaced by T-20B in December 1979.

HAELETON CNVIRONMENTAL CCCNCOO O Table 3. Sample codes used in Table 2.

Code Description AP Airborne Particulates AI Airborne Iodine l TLD (M) Thermoluminescent Dosimeter - Monthly TLD (Q) Thermoluminescent Dosimeter - Quarterly M Milk WW Well Water (Ground Water)

ME Domestic Meat VE Fruits and Vegetables GLVa Green Leafy Vegetables AF Animal Feed (silage, grain, grass)

~- SMW Smartweed SWT Surface Water - Treated (Tpp)

SWU Surface Water - Untreated F Fish BS Bottom Sediments SO Soil WL Wildlife (muskrat or raccoon)

ST Snapping Turtle WF Waterfowl (goose)

O 25 l

[ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . .

O O O Table 4. Sampling summary.

Collection Number Number of Number of Sample Type and of Samples Samples Type Frequencya Locations Collected Missed Remarks Air Environment Airborne particulates C/W 11 570 2 See text p. 8 Airborne iodine C/W 11 570 2 See text p. 8 TLD's C/M 13 156 0 C/O 13 52 O Terrestrial Environment Milk (May-Oct) G/SM 3 31 5 See text p. 8 (Nov-Apr) G/M 3 17 1 See text p. 8 Groundwater G/O 3 12 O E

Edible Meat

a. Domestic meat

b. Wildlife G/SA G/SA 2

1 4

2 0

O fg u

as (one species) O

c. Waterfowl G/A 1 1 O 2

d. Snapping Turtle G/A 1 1 O Fruits and Vegetables G/SA 3 12 O (twc varieties from each location) h>

Green leafy vegetables G/M 2 6 0 (during harvest season) n Animal-wildlife feed i

a. Cattlefeed G/A 2 2 O Collected 1st O Z

b. Grass G/A 2 2 O Collected 3rd O a

c. Smartweed G/A 1 1 O 3 Soil G/A 11 11 O Aquatic Environment Treated surface water G/WM 3 156b O Untreated surface water G/WM 3 146b 10 See text p. 8 G/HM 1 52b O Fish (two species) G/SA 2 8 0 Bottom sediments G/SA 3 6 0 ,

aType of collection is coded as follows: C/ = continuous; G/ = grab. Frequency is coded as follows: /HM = hourly grab composited monthly; /WM = weekly grab com-posited monthly; /W = weekly; /SM = semi-monthly; /M = monthly; /0 = quarterly,

/SA = semi-annually; /A = annually.

bSamples are sent to laboratory weekly.

I

Environmental Radiological Monitoring Program Summary f )

Tabt!' 50-346 Nine of faci!!ty Dwis-Seene Nuclear Powe r Station \_ ~ / D:)cket No.

tocation of f ac'lity Ottswa, Ohio R3 porting perib3 Jrnuary - December 1979 (County, state)

Indicator Imcation with Nighest Control j ) Number of Sample Type %xS Locations Annual Mean Locations N *.,er of Mean[F) Mean(F) mean(F) Non-routine j Type Bange Resultse Analysema LLab Bangec gecationd Range

{ Uni t s)

Airborne GH 570f 0.001 0.038 (310/311) T-1 Site boundary 0.043 (52/52) 0.038 (259/259) O Particulates (0.007-0.113) 0.6 mi HE (0.021-0.083) (0.012-0.113)

(pri/m3) T-23 Put in-Bay 0.043 (52/52) 14.3 at ENE (0.022-0.089)

Sr-89 8 0.00012 0.00017 (3/4) NA9 0.00021 (1/4) 0 I

Sr-90 0 0.00008 0.00049 (3/4) NA 0.00041 (4/4) 0 j (0.00037-0.00063) (0.00009-0.00072)

CS 8 Z

8e-7 0.003 0.075 (3/4) NA 0.037 (4/4) 0 g (0.011-0.124) (0.011-0.104) g K-40 0.006 0.32 (1/4) NA (LLD 0 $

- m 0

0 Nb-95 0.001 (LLD NA (LLD 2

M tr-95 0.001 (LLD NA (LLD 0 $

.J B pu-303 0.001 (LLD NA (LLD 0 Ru-IO6 0.003 (LLD NA (LLD 0 Cs-134 0.0003 <LLD NA < Lta 0 g n

Cs-137 0.0003 0.0008 (3/4) NA 0.0011 (3/4) O E (0.0006-0.0012) (0.0009-0.0013) Z Ce-141 0.001 <LLD NA (LLD 0 Ce-144 0.002 0.0039 (2/4) NA 0.0045 (2/4) 0 (0.0033-0.0045) (0.0040-0.0050)

Airborne I-131 570h 0.02 <LLD - - <LLD 0 l

lodine t (pCL/m3)

TLD Gamma 156 2 12.6 (84/84) T-8 Earl Moore 16.1 (12/12) 14.1 (72/72) 0 Monthly (area) (7.5-16.6) Farm (15.4-16.8) (8.4-17.6) quarters 2.7 mi WSW k

4

T4bl ' (continusd)

Nine of facility

'N Davip-Beset Nuclear Power Stallon

] \

Indicator tocation with Highest Control Sample Type and Incations Annual Mean Locations Number of Type Number of Mean(P) Mean(P) Mean(F) Non-routine (Units) Analyses 8 Lt.tA RangeC t.ocationd Range Range Results*

TLD Gamma 52 2 14.1 (28/28) T-8 Earl Noore Fars 18.8 (4/4) 15.1 (24/24) 0 Quarterly (7.7-19.8) 2.7 mi WSW (17.3-19.8) (9.3-19.8)

(mres/ quarter)

Milk (pci/I) I-138 48 0.5 <LLD - -

(LLD 0 Sr-89 48 1.9 I (LLD - -

<LLD 0 '

I, Sr-90 48 1.3 (18/18) 7-30 Al Waugh Farm 2.9 (12/12) 2.3 (30/30) 0 (0.6-2.1) 7.5 mi SE (1.0-5.4) (1.0-5.4)

GS 48 K-40 70 1370 (18/l8) T-33 Al Waugh Farm 1510 (12/12) 1410 (30/30) 0 g (1190-1480) 7.5 mi SE (860-1890) (860-8890) l, E l

Cs-137 6.0 (LLD q (LLD 0 1 2

1 Ba-140 5.7 1 (LLD - -

<LLD 0

==

(9/1) Ca 48 0.01 1.04 (18/18) T--38 Al Waugh Fars 1.12 (12/12) 1.04 (30/30) 0 O (0.83-1.38) 7.5 mi SE (0.99-1.29) (0.88-1.29) Z N (g/1) K (stable) 48 0.04 1.58 (18/18) T-38 Al Waugh Farm 1.69 (12/12) 1.62 (30/30) 0 00 l (1.39-1.70) 7.5 mi SE (0.98-2.15) (0.98-2.15) L { E i Z (pci/9) Sr-90/Ca 48 1.32 (18/18) T-38 Al Waugh Fars 2.57 (12/12) -

2.20 (30/30) ) 0 "4 (0.71-l.81) 7.5 mi SE (0.78-5.09)  ! (0.78-5.09) , M 1

l

! V (pci/9) Cs-137/K 48 5.4 <LLD - -

, (LLD 0 [ g

-Well Water CB (SS) 12 0.5 1.0 (2/12) T-17 Irv Fick's Well 1.0 (2/4)

?

1 (LLD i 0 O

(pci/1) 1 (0.7-1.3) 0.7 mi SW (0.7-1.3) I l M

, t . 2 Gu (DSi 12 3.8 f 4.1 (1/8) l T-7 Sand Beach 4.1 (1/4) 3.8 (1/4) l 0 0

) 0.9 mi NNW - - i R

1 -

9

}

' W GB (TR) 12 4.1 4 4.1 (1/8) 7-7 Sand Beach 4.1 (1/4)  ! (LLD J 0 f -

0.9 mi NNW -

1 H-3 12 290 +

1040 (1/8) T-7 Sard Beach 1040 (1/8) *

(LLD 0 I t

, 0.9 mi NNW -

Sr-89 8 3.3 <LLD -

f -

<LLD 5 0 j i i (  ; l Sr-90 8 3.6 <LLD - - *

<LLD 0 GS 8 1 1

i Cs-137 5.7 (LLD - - I (LLD l 0 i

[ (

r

\. \

\

% b Table 5. (continued)

Name of facility Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station 4

Indicator location with Highest Control Annual Mean  ! tocations Numt;er of Sample Type and locations Mean(F) Mean(F) Non-routine Type Number of Mean(F)* Resultse (Units) Ananysema gggb RangeC Locationd Range Range Edible Meat GS 8 (pC1/g wet) 0 E-40 0.1 1.4 (6/6) T-32 Lieske Fars 1.5 (3/31 1.7 (2/2)

(1.1-1.8) 3.0 ml w (1.2-1.8) (1 5-1.9)

- (LLD 0 Cs-137 0.086 (LLD -

0.010 (1/4) (LLD 0 Fruits and Sr-89 12 0.006 0.010 (1/8) T-25 Miller Farm I vegitables - 3.7 mi S -

4 (pC1/g wet) 0 Sr-90 12 0.002 0.012 (5/8) T-25 Miller Farm 0.014 (3/41 0.004 (4/4)

(0.002-0.0373 3.7 mi S (0.002-0.037) (0.003-0.005) 0 GS 12 Z K-40 0.1 2.1 (8/8) T-8 Moore Fars 2.6 (4/4) 2.5 (4/4) 0 g (1.3-4.5) 2.7 at wsw (1.4-4.5) (1.6-4.8) y to W Nb-95 0.020 <LLD - - <LLD 0 b a

, 3r-95 0.051 (LLD - -

<LLD 0 Q l

<LLD 0 Z

Ru-106 0.20 <LLD - -

i Cs-137 0.020 (LLD - - <LLD 0 E 0.073 <LLD - <LLD 0 f Ce-141 -

! - (LLD 0 Ce-144 0.13 (LLD -

I '

(LLD 0 E Green Leafy 1-131 6 0.015 <LLD l - -

I Vagstables  ; h (pC1/g wet) GS 6  % N

' 2 K-40 0.1 2.1 (3/3) l T-36 Miller Fars 2.1 (3/3) 2.0 (3/33 0 g (1.4-3.1) 1 3.7 mi S (1.4-3.1) (1.3-3.1) g Nb-95 0.014 (LLD - - (LLD 0 l

0.023 <LLD - - (LLD 0 Er-95

< t.LD 0 Cs- 1.'7 0.016 <LLD - -

i

t O p table 5.(' (continued)

Name of facility Davia-Besse Nuclear Power Station %

( t Indicator tocation with Highest Control Locations Annual Mean locations Number of Sample type and Non-routine Type Number of Mean(F) Mean(F) Mean(F)

LLDb RangeC Incationd Rang e Ra ng e Resultse (Unita) Ananysesa 1

<LLD (LLD 0 Green Leaty Ce-144 0.023 - -

Vegetables 0

( pC t /g we t ) Ce-144 0.13 <LLD - - <LLD (cont'd)

Animal- CS 5 Wildlife Feed y ,

0.29 <LLD - - (LLD 0 (pC1/q wet) Be-7 I K-40 0.1 4.1 (3/3) T-34 Land 5.8 (2/2) 5.8 (2/2) 0 (3.1-5.5) 25 mi SE (5.1-6.4) (5.1-6.4)

< $,LD <LLD 0 Mb-95 0.026 - -

Er-95 0.030 <LLD - - <Lla e 2 E

j Ru-103 0.031 (LLD - - (LLD 0 2 (LLD 0 C

pu-106 0.19 <LLD - -

3 Cs-137 0.025 <LLD - - <LLD 0 Q 4

l - (LLD 0 2

i Ce-141 0.044 (LLD -

I (4)

O Ce-144 0.12 <LLD - - <LLD 0

- (LLD 0 i Treated Surface G8 (SS) 36 0.6 (LLD -

Water j (pci/l) CD (DS) 36 0.4 2.5 (12/12) T-11 Port Clinton 2.9 (12/12) 2.6 (24/24) 0 (2.2-3.0) tap water (2.2-3.7) (1.1-3.7) g 9.5 mi SE g GB (TR) 36 0.4 2.5 (12/12) T-Il Port Clinton 2.9 (12/12) 2.6 (24/24) 0 E l

1 (2.2-3.0) tap water (2.2-3.7) (1.7-3.7) Z 9.5 mi SE O

' 3 I

11 - 3 12 180 330 (4/4)  ! T-28 Unit I treated 330 (4/4) 210 (7/8) 0 g (290-450) , water supply, (290-450) (180-420) 4 onsite 8 2. I (LLD - - (LLD 0 Sr-89 T-28 Unit I treated 1.3 (1/4) <LLD O fi Sr-90 8 1. 3 1. 3 ( 1/4 ) ,

f water supply, onsite -

{

! G 8 Cs-137 5.7 <LLD - - (LLD 0  ;

4 w

1 l

i g * ~ w re - - ,-

f O

I

(-  %

k

'% \,s i

Table 5. (continued) t Mare of facility Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station Indicator Location with Highest Control locations Annual Mean 14 cations Number of Sample Type and Type Number of Mean(r) ) Meantr) MeantF) Non-routine Analysesa Ltob RangeC I Locationd Ra nge Range Results*

(Units) ,

3.8 (7/10) 2.2 (6/24) 0 Untreated Surface G8 (SS) 46 0.9 3.5 (8/22) l T-3 Lake Erie, Water (1.4-7.1) site boundary, (l.4-7.1) (1.0-5.6) i (pci/1) l 1.4 mi SE of I , Toussaint R. and

', storm drain f

G8 (DS) 46 0.5 3.5 (22/22) T-3 Lake crie, 3.9 (10/10) 3.3 (24/24) 0 I

(2.6-5.8) site boundasy, (3.0-5.8) (2.6-5.4) l.4 mi SE of Toussaint R. and stors drain l G8 (TR) 46 0.5 4.8 (22/22) T-3 Lake Erie, 6.6 (10/10) 4.1 (24/24) 0 0

(2.6-12.6) site boundary, (3.8-12.6) (2.5-9.9) 1.4 mi SE of 2 Toussalet R. and M l

storm drain Z u 350 (3/4) 380 (6/8) 0 $

310 (6/8)

P U-3 16 230 7-28 Unit i (230-380) treated water (290-380) (240-370) 1 3 supply onsite 0 l l 0 I 8 2.3 (LLD - - (LLD e Sr-89 Sr-90 8 1.3 1.7 (1/4) NA k (LLD ,

0 3

\

Z CS 8

$  ?

(LLD -

(LLD t 0 Cs-137 5.7 -

j i

i g T-33 Lake Erie

^

2.8 (4/4) O E rish Ga 8 0.02 2.8 (4/4) .

I '

2.7 (4/4) ,

O i (pC1/g wet) (2.2-3.1) t.5 mi NE (2.2-3.1) (2.1-3.4)

' i a j = - . , z I 0 0

K-40 0.1 2.6 (4/4)  ! T-33 Lake Erie

• 2.6 (4/4) 2.0 (4/4) s i (1.9-3.3)  ! 1.5 mi NE (1.9-3.3) f (I.5-3.3) {

Cs-137 0.025 0.041 (1/4) T-33 Lake Erie  : 0.041 (1/4) '

O.037 (1/4) 0 1.5 mi NE I - -

! ';

• l Bottom C8 6 1.4 ' T-29 Lake Erie, 24.1 (2/2) 13.9 (2/2) ,

O Sediments I {23.8 (4/4)

(17.1-29.9) intake area, (21.0-27.1) (12.7-15.0)

(pct /g dry) i 1.5 mi NE T-29 Lake Erie, 0.15 (t/2) (LLD 0 Sr-89 0.029 0.15 (1/2)

- intake area, - .

i j  ! I 1.5 mi NE i t l i

i i

/ rr sm

{.

I t

l i

\-

/ \ \j Table 5. (continued)

Name of facility Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station f Indicator tocation with Highest Control Sample Type and locations Annual Mean Locations Number of Type Number of Mean(F) Mean(F) Mean(F) Non-routine (Units) Analysema LLob BangeC tocationd Range Range Resultse i Sr-90 0.01 0.03 (3/4) T-30 Lake Erie, 0.03 (2/2) (LLD 0 lBotton Sediments (0.02-0.04) discharge area, (0.02-0.04)

(pC1/g dry) 0.9 mi ENE (cont.)

CS 6 I E-40 0.1 20.3 (4/4) i, T-30 Lake Erie, 21.7 (2/2) 15.7 (2/2) 0 i. I (13.6-25.3)  ! discharge area (18.0-25.3) (15.6-15.7) I 0.9 mi ENE i i

Cs-137 0.05 0.14 (3/4) T-30 Lake Erie, 0.18 (2/2) < Lim 0 ,

(0.07-0.26) discharge area (0.10-0.26) 0.9 mi ENE Soit (pC1/g dry)

GS II l }OZW Be-7 2.0 (LLD - - (LLD * '

2 E-40 0.1 20.9 (6/6) T-8 Earl Moore Fara 31.0 (1/3) 22.2 (5/5) e b (13.1-31.0) 2.7 mi Nsw -

(11.1-28.4) 3

\

O y Er-95 0.42 (LLD - - <LLD j 0 Z PJ l 9 Mb-95 O.I8 <LLD - - (LLD 0 h E

Ru-303 0.62 (LLD - -

(LLD 0 L

Ru-306 0.56 (LLD - -

(Lla 0 l Cs-837 0.074 0.24 (3/6) T-23 Put-In-Bay 1.6 (1/3) 0.92 (4/5) 0 - g (0.09-0.52) Lighthouse -

(0.60-1.61) 14.3 al ENE  ! h

• R Ce-I41 2.5 <LLD - - <LLD 0 Z

, i n Co-I44 0.62 <LLD - i -

(LLD 0 g E

aGB = gross beta, SS = suspended solids, DS = dissolved solids, TA = total residue.

bLLD = nominal lower limit of detection based on 3 signa counting error for background sample.

CMean based upon detectable measurements only. Fraction of detectable measurements at specified locations is indicated in parentheses.(F).

di ocations are specified by station code (Table 1) and distance (miles) and direction relative to reactor site.

eNon-routine results are those which exceed ten times the control station value.

fone result has been excluded in the determination of the means and rangen of gross beta in air particulates. Result was unreliable due to pump malfunction.

90uarterly composites of all samples from indicator locations and control locations were gasma scanned separately. Thus, the loca-tion with the highest annual mean cannot be identified.

hSeven results have been excluded in the determination of the means and ranges of airborne lodine-131. These results have been excluded due to apparent pump malfunction or low volume.

IOne high LLD value of 4.6 resulting from low chemical recovery has been excluded from determination of LLD.

}Three results have been excluded in the determination of the LLD due to delay in counting.

kQuarterly composites of indicator locations were cosbined for analysis. Thus, the location with the highest annual mean cannot be identified.

Hart mTON ENVIRONMENTAL ECl:NC'20 O VI. References Cited Arnold, J. R. and H. A. Al-Salih. 1955. Beryllium-7 Produced by Cosmic Rays. Science 121: 451-453.

Gold, S., H. W. Barkhau, B. Shlein, and B. Kahn. 1964. Measurement of Naturally Occurring Radionuclides in Air, in the Natural Radiation Environment, University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illincis, 369-382.

Hazleton Environmental Sciences, 1979. Operational Environmental Radiological Monitoring for the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station, Oak Harbor, Ohio, Annual Report, January-December 1978.

. 1980. Operational Environmental Radiological Moni-toring for the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station, Oak Harbor, Ohio, Annual Report, January-December 1979.

NALCO Environmental Sciences. 1978. Preoperational and Operational Radiological Monitoring for the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station, Oak Harbor, Ohio, Annual Report. January-December 1977.

s- National Center for Radiological Health. 1968. Section 1. Milk and Food. Radiological Health Data and Reports. Vol. 9, November 12, 730-746.

U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1978. Environmental Radiation Data, Report 12 (April 1978) and Report 14 (October 1978). Eastern Environmental Radiation Facility, Montgomery, Alabama.

Wilson, D. W., G. M. Ward, and J. E. Johnson. 1969. In: Environ-mental Contamination by Radioactive Materials, International Atomic Energy Agency, p. 125. i l

(_ -

33

)

se o8 5E 8*

P aa G2

a

)

a I.

i i

1 i

i i

i i

i J

XVIII i

i SECTION 4.1 OPERATIONAL NOISE SuavEILLANCE v

i l

l 0

.,_ __-,_-...-._ ,- _.,. ,,,n, _ . , , . . _ . -

1 i

i i

1 j 4.1 OPERATIONAL NOISE SURVEILLANCE l

Operational Noise Surveillance was not required i

for 1979,

)

)

i l

f l

D

\

r N

AA.m AAba4 A& ---s4,--Mam m m. mmmmmms m..A0e aA&M m-mwammmuusm m mvswx..nm--w wammma m.mw-, ----- --

I i 4 l

} [

i , i I

l i

I i

l 4

1 XIX SECTION 4.2 l

g  !

W FISH IMPINGEMENT STUDY j

l l

l l

l l

N

l 6

f i

l l

l

(

4.2 FISH IMPINGEMENT STUDY l

The fish impingement study is reported in l

Section 3.1.2.a.6.

i l

l l

l l

l l

)

?

w

_am , uA-,.a- . m-.-a__ -. .>--4-M- - - - - - - - -- - -- a _ as eaaan da._.m 4.w- - s2. 2 ._,.m, a. .,a aua>.w-u. _ __ w -- --- -- - -- -. -- -- - -- -- . -,.

l T

I l

[

i i

XX SECTION 4.3 CHLORINE TOXICITY STUDY I i

i i

a

\

l

. . . ~ - . - - - . .. .. - _-- - - - .- -.. _. . -_.- _ .- ._ - . _ _ _ .

l l

l l

l l 4.3 CHLORINE T0XICITY STUDY I

i

The chlorine toxicity study was not required

! for the year 1979.

I l

l l i

l l@

i d

s i

i i

l i

i a

i I

O i

J

}

3>

0 0

3 o

C U

U l

1

8 h

l l

i l

l i

XXI i i

Additional Studies Terrestrial Monitoring Plant Communities Soil Environments Atmospheric Environments i

Bird Populations Common to the Sister Islands t

Cooling Towers as Obstacles in Bird Migration l

l l

l I

A E nvironmental Studies Center Bowling Green State Univenity Bowl'na creg.ohg4g ANNUAL REPORT TERRESTRIAL MONITORING PROGRAM JANUARY 1979 Preface During 1979, when the nuclear station has been both operational and shut down, terrestrial monitorir.g activities have continued.

This is the eighth year in which some data have been collected, and this long time sequence becomes increasingly valuable for describ-ing nonnal variation in the plant comunities and the physical envir-onment.

(~] The Ottawa Wildlife Refuge continues to function well as a i  !

\- reference site. Comparisons of soil data confirm comparability with the Davis-Besse study areas.

The slowly changing plant communities are affected both by available moisture and light penetration of the canopy. Optimum moisture promotes growth and survival of seedlings; extremes result in mortality. Increased light promotes light-tolerant species; but in time mesic, shade-tolerant species are likely to predominate in a stable comunity.

While total precipitation in 1979 was not exceptional, its distribution across the year was even and provided an exceptionally i

l /O

\

l t \v]

l

favorable growing season. Soil moisture levels remained high, and survival of seedlings also was high.

The heavier soils of the Cooling Tower Woods retain moisture

/

much longer than the coarser soils of the peninsula (beach) com-munities. Even so, within year variations in soil temperatures between these sites are less than inter-year differences.

Some changes in soil chemistry are cyclic, in part dependent upon the moisture regimen. However, a general pattern of calcium loss through leaching and its replacement in the cation exchange capacity by potassium and magnesium ions is evident in these soils.

At this time, none of the terrestrial parameters being monitored at the Davis-Besse site appears to be impacted significantly by the station's operation.

William B. Jackson Director and Professor of Biology Editor i

f

J TABLE OF CONTENTS

, N .

Page l Preface............................................................ I ListofTab1es..................................................... iii L i s t o f F i g u res . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV A. Plant Communities.............................................. A- 1 Cooling Tower Woods............................................ A- 2 Hackberry-Box Elder & Hackberry II Communi ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A- 3 O t h e r C o mmu n i t i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A- 5 Ottawa Na tional Wil dl i fe Refuge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A- 5 i General Trends................................................. A- 6 Conclusions.................................................... A- 7 B. Soil Environments.............................................. B- 1 Soil Chemical Analyses......................................... B- 1 Peninsula Area............................................ B- 2 i Cooling Tower Woods....................................... B- 5

! Ge n e ra l T re n d s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B- 8 Soil Temperatures.............................................. B-10 Peninsula Area............................................ B-ll Cooling Tower Woods....................................... B-14 Ottawa Control Area....................................... B-16 Soil Moisture.................................................. B-19 Conclusions.................................................... B-23 1

C. A tmos ph e ri c En v i ronmen t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D- 1 I n t rod u c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D- 1 Instruments and Measurements................................... D- 2 P rese n ta ti on o f Da ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D- 3 I n terpre ta ti on o f Da ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D- 4 Conclusion..................................................... D- 6 l

l s

. , , - . - _.- -__ -.#_ , ~ , - . . . . _ ,

m LIST OF TABLES No. Caption Page A-1 Phytosociological data for Cooling Tower Woods derived A- 8 from fall and spring (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies,1974-76, fall 1977 and spring and fall 1978-79.

A-2 Phytosociological data for Cooling Tower Woods derived A- 9 from fall and spring (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies,1974-76, fall 1977 and spring and fall 1978-79.

A-3 Phytosociological data for Hackberry Box-Elder Community A-10 (N=38) derived from fall and spring (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies, 1974-76, fall 1977 and fall and spring 1978-79.

A-4 Phytosociological data for Hackberry II (N=22) derived A-11 from fall and spring (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies,1974-76, fall 1977 and spring and fall 1978-79.

A-5 Phytosociological data for Hackberry I Comunity (N=7) A-12 derived from fall and spring (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies, 1974-76, fall 1977, and spring and fall 1978-79.

A-6 Phytosociological data for Kentucky Coffee Tree Comunity A-13 (N=6) derived from fall and spring (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies, 1974-76, fall 1977, and spring and fall 1978-79.

A-7 Seedling data for Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge Samp- A-14 ling Area. Ottawa Vegetation 1/2 x 2 m, spring and fall 1978 and 1979.

B-1 Summary of weekly average soil and air temperatures ( F), B-25 Peninsula, Tower Woods, and Ottawa sites, weeks of December 29, 1978 to December 28, 1979.

B-2 Weekly soil moisture variation and precipitation weeks B-26 of December 29, 1978 to December 28, 1979.

B-3 Precipitation totals (inches), growing seasons 1974-1979, B-27 1 for Cooling Tower Woods and Peninsula Sites.

B-4. Soil Chemical Analyses, spring, sumer, and fall 1979, B-28 and winter 1980, Beach, Tower Woods, and Ottawa sites.

B-5 Summary of Tower circulating water and Fulton soil, B-29 Tower Woods, Chemical Analyses.

B-6 Sodium values in ppm for 10, 20, and 50 cm depths, B-30 Fulton soil, Tower woods, fall 1975 to fall 1979.

O iii

n LIST OF FIGURES I

V) No. Caption Page A-1 Weekly soil moisture levels in Fulton soils of the A-15 Cooling Tower Woods at 10, 20, and 50 cm depts in the period of March 7,1979 to January 9,1980.

A-2 Weekly soil moisture levels in Toledo soils of the A-16 Cooling Tower Woods at 10, 20, and 50 cm depths in  :

the period of March 7, 1979 to January 9, 1980.

A-3 Weekly soil moisture levels in Hackberry Box-Elder A-17 Community at 10, 20, and 50 cm depths in the period of March 7,1979 to January 9,1980.

A-4 Weekly soil moisture levels in Hackberry II Community A-18 at 10, 20, and 50 cm depths in the period of March 7, 1979 to January 9, 1980.

A-5 Weekly soil moisture levels in Hackberry I Community A-19 at 10, 20, and 50 cm depths in the period of March 7, 1979 to January 9, 1980.

. A-6 Weekly soil moisture levels in site #2 soils of Ottawa A-20 (N Woods at 10, 20, and 50 cm depths in the period of Q March 7, 1979 to January 9, 1980.

A-7 Weekly soil moisture levels in site #1 soils of Ottawa A-21 Woods at 10, 20, and 50 cm depths in the period of March 7,15/9 to January 9,1980.

B-1 Peninsula Site (Beach)--- Temperature Ranges at 10, 20, B-31 and 50 cm depths and in Air, weeks of December 29, 1978 to December 21, 619.

B-2 Tower Woods Site---Temperature Ranges at 10, 20, and 50 B-32 cm depths and in Air, weeks of December 29, 1978 to December 21, 1979.

B-3 Ottawa Site---Temperature Ranges at 10, 20, and 50 cm B-33 depths and in Air, weeks of December 29, 1978 to Deceaber 21, 1979.

, B-4 B_each Area: Sumac Comunity, % organic matter- 10, 20, B-34 and 50 cm depths and % available moisture- 10, 20, and 50 cm depths. Summer 1974-Winter 1980.

[)

y jV l

LIST OF FIGURES CONTINUED C)

No. Caption Page B-5 Beach Area: Sumac Comunity - Cation Exchange B-35 Capacity-10, 20, and 50 cm depths. Sumer 1974-l Winter 1980.

B-6 Beach Area: Sumac Comunity, % Bases, 10 cm depth, B-36 Summer 1974-Winter 1980.

B-7 Beach Area: Sumac Comunity, % Bases, 20 cm depth, B-37 Summer 1974 - Winter 1980.

B-8 Beach Area: Sumac Comunity, % Bases, 50 cm depth, B-38 Summer 1974 - Winter 1980.

B-9 Tower Woods: Fulton Soil, Cation Exchange Capacity B-39 and % Organic Matter,10, 20, and 50 cm depths, Sumer 1974 - Winter 1980.

B-10 Tower Woods: Fulton Soil, % Bases,10 cm depth, B-40 Sumer 1974 - Winter 1980, p B-ll Tower Woods: Fulton Soil, % Bases, 20 cm depth, B-41 Sumer 1974 - Winter 1980.

I B-12 Tower Woods: Fulton Soil, % Bases, 50 cm depth, B-42 Sumer 1974 - Winter 1980.

B-13 Tower Woods: Fulton Soil, % Available Moisture, B-43 10, 20, and 50 cm depths, Summer 1974 - Winter 1980.

D-1 Climatological Sumary for January 1979 D-10 D-2 Climatological Summary for February 1979 D-ll D-3 Climatological Summary for March 1979 D-12 D-4 Climatological Summary for April 1979 D-13 D-5 Climatological Sumary for May 1979 D-14 D-6 Climatological Sumary for June 1979 D-15 D-7 Climatological Summary for July 1979 D-16 t

D

's Y

m LIST OF FIGURES CONTINUED i -

No. Caption Page D-8 Climatological Summary for August 1979 D-17 D-9 Climatological Summary for September 1979 D-18 D-10 Climatological Summary for October 1979 D-19 D-11 Climatological Summary for November 1979 D-20 D-12 Climatological Summary for December 1979 D-21 D-13 Maximum temperature differences from the meteorological D-22 tower base Station "T" by weekly averages for the four network stations during the study period January 4,1979 through December 27, 1979 D-14 Minimum temperature differences from the meteorological D-23 tower base Station "T" by weekly averages for the four network stations during the study period January 4, 1979 through December 27, 1979 D-15 Average temperature differences from the meteorological D-24 tower base station "T" by weekly averages for the four Q network stations during the study period January 4,1979 through December 27, 1979.

D-16 Temperature range differences from the meteorological D-25 tower base Station "T" by weekly averages for the four network stations during the study period January 4,1979 through December 27, 1979 -

D-17 Precipitation differences from the meteorological tower D-26 base Station "T" by weekly averages for the four network stations during the study period January 4,1979 through December 27, 1979 D-18 Average relative humidity differences from the meteoro- D-27 logical tower base Station "T" by weekly averages for the four network stations during the study period January 4,1979 through December 27, 1979 D-19 Dew point differences from the meteorological tower base D-28 Station "T" by weekly averages for the four network stations during the study period January 4, 1979 through December 27, 1979 vi a

ANNUAL REPORT m

DAVIS-BESSE TERRESTRIAL MONITORING JANUARY, 1980 A. Plant Communities Ernest S. Hamilton During the Spring and Fall of 1979 seedlings of woody species were sampled in all permanent plots at both the Davis-Besse and Ottawa sites.

See plates I and II for specific locations of plots.

All individuals of the genus Fraxinus now have been identified as to species; previous data have been recalculated, where possible, to incorporate these identifications.

In the past the ashes often have been referred to generically (Fraxinus sp.), because specific identification is difficult and requires o

(dl close examination of leaves, stems, buds, and fruits. While the red ash (F. pennsylvania) is known to be characteristic of these moist, lake-shore woods, its status in our plots was not certain. We have now identi-fied this species and a variant, the green ash (F. p_. var. subintegerrima).

Voucher specimens have been placed in the BGSU herbarium. The black ash (F_. nigra), which grows in excessively moist areas, is found in these woods but not in the sampling plots. In these identifications we have followed Fernald. (1950).

As in past reports, the vegetation and soil moisture data presented represent a continuation of those included in previous reports. All l methods of data calculation are identical to those previously described (June, 1974 Report). Emphasis is placed on fluctuations of numbers of individuals of various species, but importance values are also included.

O

( ,/ These importance values represent a combination of vegetational parameters

A-2 (dominance, frequency, density) and indicate relationships of species

[

to each other in the community.

In the January,1979 report comparisons of vegetation and moisture were made with the several previous years. This report will focus principally on the relationships that are evident during this sampling period as compared with the previous year.

Cooling Tower Woods:

Moisture conditions in the Fulton soil during the spring appeared to be conducive both for germination and initial survival of most species, with the period of soil saturation somewhat limited this year. (Fig. A-1).

< Although moisture varied during the growing season, there were no periods of extensive flooding or drought. Germination thus occurred during the entire growing season and the enhanced survival resulted in a substan-tial increase in numbers of individuals (success rate of 123%) by the fall of 1979 (Table A-1). The increase in numbers of such species as Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Celtis occidentalis and Acer negundo,11-lustrates a very favorable response to the prevailing moisture condi-tions during this growing season. A heavier seedling canopy resulted, which reduced light at the ground surface and undoubtedly limited the survival of the more shade intolerant species, such as Rhus radicans.

Moisture conditions in the Toledo soil were somewhat different, with a longer period of near saturation in the upper soil levels in the spring and a somewhat drier soil during the growing season (Fig.

A-2). Although moisture levels appeared to be generally within the n

, , _ . . . - - . _ . ., r,.

A-3 range of tolerance of most species, the limits of some were very close to being exceeded. This is particularly true of Celtis occi-dentalis, Rhus radicans, and Acer negundo. The success rates of these species have thus dropped somewhat, especially when compared with survival in the Fulton Soil (Table A-2).

These additional data further exemplify the critical nature of moisture conditions, not only during the initial spring germination period but also during the subsequent growing period. The character of the reproductive layer thus fluctuates, sometimes fairly dramati-cally, in response to changing moisture in the upper levels of the soil. It is quite possible that stable moisture conditions for a period of only a few years could affect survival of a species and result in major change in future canopy comp 3sition.

(V )

Hackberry-Box Elder & Hackberry II Communities:

The moisture profiles for the Hackberry II community are depicted in Fig. A-4 As in previous years, soil moisture appears to be rela-tively stable in the upper soil layers (10 & 20 cm levels) where seed-lings germinate and develop. The result is a total spring-fall species success rate of approximately 185%, with the majority of this success rate contributed by Celtis occidentalis and Parthenocissus quinquefolia (Table A-4). However, somewhat higher moisture levels during this growing season have reduced numbers somewhat from the previous growing season. Again, seedlings very definitely are responding to upper soil

! level moisture conditions. Should these moisture conditions remain i

(~h

A-4 m

relatively stable for a number of years, the future canopy obviously could be affected. A steady moisture input from the cooling tower thus might stabilize species fluctuations.

Moisture data for most of the growing season were not collected for the Hackberry-Box Elder community (Fig. A-3) because of instrument and personnel failures. Nevertheless, general vegetational trends are evident, and suppositions as to soil moisture can be made. It is interesting to note the dramatic increase in Acer negundo in the Spring of 1979 (Table A-5). Moisture conditions obviously provided an environ-ment in the early spring condurive to a very high germination and ini-tial seedling survival. Although the spring-fall success rate drops to almost 50%, the total '1 umber of seedlings surviving far surpasses any previous fall period. Previously we had speculated that given Cb adequate moisture conditions, light would become the prime limiting factor. It appears that the optimum soil moisture conditions, which were probably present this year, compensated for somewhat reduced light; and seadling success was higher than predicted.

The increase in numbers for Parthenocissus quinquefolia and Celtis occidentalis also give credence to the speculation that soil moisture was either at or near the optimum condition for species survival. In addition, Fraxinus pennsylvanica and,F_. pennsylvanica var. subintegerrima have entered the seedling layer for the first time. These are both moist-type species characteristic of more mature, wetter habitats. Their introduction also indicates near optimum soil moisture conditions.

A-5

) Other Communities:

Data from both the Hackberry I and Kentucky Coffee Tree communities have again been included. However, due to the small size of these study areas (7 and 6 quadrats, respectively), no conclusions have been made.

However, the data trends are consistent with patterns of the other communities, and no alterations in these areas have been observed.

Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge The soil moisture data for the two sites are illustrated in Figs. A-6, 7. Although soil moisture tends to fluctuate in the upper soil layers, in site 2 (Fulton Soil) it appears high enough throughout the growing season to support the somewhat wetter aborescent species in the seedling layer. Consequently both green ash (Fraxinus penn-sylvanica var. subintegerrima) and red ash (F. pennsylvanica) are important in this layer. The restricted number of seedlings of the swamp species (Quercus palustris, and R. bicolor) and the lack of Fraxinus nigra (Black Ash) and Acer negundo (Box Elder) confirms our

previous hypothesis that soil moisture conditions are moderating from previous high lake water levels that caused the elimination of many canopy individuals. The effect of high light levels at the forest l

l floor is still exemplified by the high numbers of Rhus radicans. The presence of the more mesic seedlings of Quercus rubra and Tilia americana also support the hypothesis of moderating soil moisture levels.

s

A-6

\

3 General Trends Once again, we need to emphasize the trends obtained from the accumulated data. The most striking and revealing aspect still is the dramatic fluctuation of the woody species seedlings from season to season and year to year. These large fluctuations appear to be wholly natural occurrences that are directly related to fluctuations in epaphic factors, particularly soil moisture. Saturated soil and standing water in the early spring influence soil oxygen and nutrient uptake.

Successful germination and initial seedling growth thus are controlled by soil moisture conditions. Additional germination in the late spring and early suniner and seedling survival throughout the growing season also are closely tied to soil moisture conditions. Optimum soil moisture promotes continued growth, while extremes result in seedling mortality.

Other factors, such as light, can be superimposed on moisture.

Openings in the canopy create drier conditions on the forest floor that result in tremendous increases in light-tolerant species. Species elimination also can occur when light tolerances are surpassed, even though moisture conditions are adequate. Over time, however, a stabi-lization of soil moisture will decrease seedling fluctuation, stabi-lize canopy composition, and result in a restricted number of species for the potential canopy.

It should be noted that this extended sampling of the seedling layer over time is, to our knowledge, unique. No studies have followed seedling fluctuations in relation to soil moisture for such an interval.

V I

A-7

\

Conclusions:

We are dealing with several community types that are successional and at present are slowly changing. The end result should be the de-velopment of a stable, self-perpetuating climax community that is con-trolled by edaphic conditions, particularly moisture. Germination and subsequent growth and establishment of woody seedlings species seem to be controlled primarily by fluctuations in the soil moisture of the various communities. As these communities are successional, the possi-

bilities for invasion by many species is high, but ecesis varies from season to season and year to year. Saturation produces anaerobic conditions that preclude seedling survival, so that survival of all but a relatively few tolerant species is impossible and many species r~ ~

( thus are eliminated.

We have seen the importance of soil moisture levels to seedling survival but have observed that large fluctuations occur normally.

I Up to the present time we have not observed any influence from the I initial ooling tower operation that has altered or disrupted such l

patterns and related plant survival and succession trends.

O

- . . . ._ - .- - - =. - _. . - - . . - . -

t i

i TA8LE A-1. Phytosociological data for Cooling Tower Woods derived from fall and spriny (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies. 1974-76 fall 1977 and spring and fall 197P,-19.

l NUMBERS OF INDIV!00ALS l

j FULTON 50!L (N=71)

Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall i

SPECIES 74 75 75 76 76 77 78 78 79 79 l

i Parthenocissus quinquefolia 42 72 18 93 19 497 165 137 96 143

! Celtis occidentalis 45 87 40 15 43 50 100 87 125 189

! Rhus radicans 48 102 37 67 72 92 201 245 251 236 Acer negundo 33 531 125 154 104 539 434 304 472 522 Ribes americanum 23 24 12 28 35 123 43 32 1 33 Cratae9us sp. 14 26 10 5 17 7 74 70 11 33 l

Vitis sp. 7 27 2 5 1 21 42 8 9 28 j Cornus drummondi 7 10 1 2 4 28 18 6 34 Gleditsia triacanthos 1 15 1 2 21 11 5 23 4 Prunus virginiana 1 4 2 1 1 Ulmus rubra 1 1 5 6 Lonicera tatarica 10 4 10 1 I Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegerrina Gymnocladus dioica 3 4 1 1

! Rubus occidentalis 2 1 1

. Solanum dulcamara 1 Menispermum canadense 1 6 2 Rosa sp. 3 6 1

01mus americana Sallax sp. n Carya ovata 1 TOTAL 222 909 250 379 298 1350 1106 913 1012 1245 IMPORTANCE VALUES Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall SPECIES 74 75 75 76 76 77 78 78 79 79 l

! Parthenocissus quinquefolia 23.36 16.00 10.44 24.76 8.27 34.50 14.41 14.63 11.40 12.25 l Celtis occidentalis 17.52 11.51 19.61 6.13 17.49 5.95 11.71 12.80 16.45 16.70 i Rhus radicans 16.49 11.51 11.79 14.42 19.38 7.75 15.63 20.85 21.75 19.05 Acer negundo 13.42 40.33 40.61 37.31 32.18 35.25 31.44 28.14 37.15 32.30 Ribes americanum 11.21 3.93 6.88 9.75 12.50 9.20 5.12 4.80 0.65 3.25 Crataegus sp. 7.64 4.09 4.65 1.52 6.13 0.80 8.40 10.45 2.05 5.20 Vitis sp. 6.32 6.17 2.00 2.96 0.68 3.25 4.22 1.69 1.35 2.45 Cornus drummondi 2.67 1,46 0.95 1.09 3.03 4.83 3.50 1.35 4.25 Gleditsia triacanthos 0.47 3.33 0.65 0.75 3.25 2.59 1.45 4.35 0.95 i Prunus virginiana 0.47 0.60 0.52 0.30 0.30 Ulmus rubra 0.47 0.21 1.00 0.80 Lonicera tatarica 0.87 2.41 2.11 0.92 Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegerrina

l. Gymnocladus dioica 0.34 0.74 0.30 Rubus occidentalis 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.25 Solanum dulcamara 0.24 Menispermum canadense 0.30 1.10 0.60 Rosa sp. 0.30 0.60 Ulmus americana 0.30

, Smilax sp. 1.25 i Carya ovata. 0.25 TOTAL 100.04 100.01 99.99 100.05 101.33 99.95 99.75 99.95 101.35 98.90

!O Note: Totals do not always equal 100% because of rounding off individual values.

A- 3

, TABLE A-2. Phytosociological data for Cooling Tower Woods derived from fall and spring (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies. 1974-76, fall 1977 and spring and fall 1978-79.

NUNBERS OF INDIVIDUALS TOLED0 SOIL (N=35)

Fall Sprinq Fall Spring Fall Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall SPECIES 74 755 75 76 76 77 78 78 , 71_ _ /9

Parthenocissus quinquefolia 5 78 10 12 4 208 57 26 34 69 .

Celtis occidentalis 3 3 6 4 4 14 6 4 30 29 t

Rhus radicans 41 63 25 33 44 62 102 113 96 84 Acer nequndo 8 186 42 33 23 238 26 21 172 152

Ribes americanum 35 40 29 40 31 41 23 52 7 41 Crataegus sp. I 16 1 10 3 38 15 4 11 Vitis sp. 16 23 2 4 4 20 32 14 8 25 i Ccenus druninondi 9 14 2 1 2 3 Gleditsia triacanthos 1 31 3 13 6 12 1 Prunus virginiana 1 i Ulmus rubra 2 3 3 I Lonicera tatarica Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegerrina 1 Gymnocladus dioica Rubus occidentalis 16 Solanum dulcamara 12 10 Mentspermum canadense 4 Rosa sp.

Ulmus americana Smilax sp.

Carya ovata f TOTAL 121 455 115 137 115 586 309 262 384 422 IMPORTANCE VALUES i

Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall j SPECIES 74 75 75 76 78 77 78 78 79 79 j Parthenocissus quinquefolia 5.48 16.02 7.50 7.53 4.53 31.20 16.99 10.33 7.30 12.30 Celtis occidentalis 2.55 1.43 6.83 2.63 4.81 3.88 3.78 3.04 11.45 11.10

, Rhus radicans - 26.69 14.48 16.95 19.43 29.86 9.44 25.65 30.03 22.50 18.25 i

Acer negundo 9.49 27.56 25.66 20.74 18.51 36.40 11.23 10.93 36.80 31.15 Ribes americanum 25.93 12.59 35.93 27.87 30.15 9.37 7.26 19.95 1.25 10.85 Crataegus sp. 2.83 4.10 1.30 5.77 2.64 11.86 8.25 1.10 5.40 Vitis sp. 18.25 12.10 5.84 15.02 7.16 5.46 13.61 8.83 5.35 6.50 Cornus drunrnondt 5.25 2.67 2.33 0.97 0.85 1.40 Gleditsia triacanthos 1.09 8.26 4.21 7.03 4.97 6.20 0.65

Prunus virginiana 0.42 Ulmus rubra 2.44 2.15 1.40 Lonicera tatarica Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegerrina 1.02 Gymnocladus dioica Rubus occidentalis 5.00

, Solanum dulcamara 2.63 2.70 l Menispermum canadense 1.00

Rosa sp.

Ulmus americana Smilax sp.

Carya ovata TOTAL 100.00 99.63 100.01 100.01 99.99 99.96 100.04 100.00 99.95 100.00 t

l l

!f

(

! Note: Totals do not always equal 100% because of rounding off individual values.

A- 9

TABLE A-3. Phytosociological data for Hackberry Box-Elder Comunity (N=38) derived from fall and sprinq (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies, 1374-76, fall 1977 and fall and spring 1978-79.

[^'s I

(v) Sprino NUMBERS OF INDIV! DUALS Fall Spring Fall Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall Fall SPECIES 74 75 75 76 76 77 78 78 79 79 Prunus virginiana 18 34 25 13 25 57 23 24 49 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 17 40 31 51 98 106 124 55 106

%us radicans 1 1 1 3 2 6 11 10 6 29 Vitis sp. 3 4 2 3 2 4 4 1 2 Celtis occidentalis 18 31 22 14 33 113 214 201 160 1 71 Cornus drummondi 16 16 8 13 9 3 18 12 6 1 19 12 12 16 14 13 Ribes americanum 9 19 5

.!cer negundo 5 122 4 90 18 63 38 22 257 17H 4 4 5 7 4 5 3 Gymnocladus dioica 0 1 2

Crataequs sp. 3 4 6 10 Rubus occidentalls 1 Smilax sp. 6 18 Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegerrina Fraxinus pennsylvanica 43 2

Solanum dulcamara 6

Rosa sp.

87 276 41 204 145 333 525 426 526 574 f7"7p

~:2 IMPORTANCE VALUES Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall fall Spring Fall Sprinq Fall SPECIES 74 75 75 76 76 77 .18 7.8___. .__ _11.. . 12 18.34 13.06 7.42 7.35 8.03 7.25 10.50 Prunus virginiana 17.61 12.89 17.36 28.96 23.13 18.55 23.46 12.45 12.85 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 22.30 20.19 1.42 0.66 2.73 1.91 1.53 3.76 1.90 3.84 1.95 5.85 Rhus radicans 3.40 2.10 2.68 0.69 2.10 1.83 0.55 0.50 Vitis sp. 6.50 7.35 19.60 33.37 34.80 37.86 29.30 27.55 Celtis occidentalis 22.95 13.44 52.01 5.41 21.47 6.41 8.42 3.32 4.65 4.55 2.40 0.45 Cornus drumondi 15.19 6.39 9.85 8.57 8.53 3.37 3.25 3.88 3.05 Ribes americanum 8.67 10.21 32.24 13.02 21.97 19.00 9.73 41.00 22.65 Acer negundo 5.35 33.80 3.68 1.88 4.19 2.35 1.90 1.38 1.30 1.00 Gymnocladus dioica 3.83 1.84 1.10 Crataegus sp.

0.69 1.65 2.50 2.75 Rubus occidentalis 2.90

! Snilax sp.

6.00 Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegerrina 6.25 Fraxinus pennsylvanica 0.90

[

i

% dulcamara d 2.35 L. s sp.

100.00 98.00 99.99 100.07 95.15 99.96 100.05 99.90 I TOTALS 99.99 100.01 Mte: Totals do not always equal 100% because of rounding off individual values.

A-10 3

TABLE A-4 Phytosociological data for Hackbtrry II (N=22) d2 rived from fall and spring (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies. 1974-76, fall 1977 and spring and fall 1978-79.

NUMBERS OF IN0lV! OVALS Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall Fall Spring Fall Sprinq Fall SPECIES 74 75 75 76 76 77 78 78 79 79

\ 6 8 i N esnus virginiana 2 7 7 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 10 20 37 52 104 46 122 24 75 Rhus radicans 8 12 10 18 8 22 13 9 4 20 56 95 126 59 94 Celtis occidentalis 18 25 20 44 34 Cornus drummondt 30 64 17 27 46 38 39 40 22 19 1

Vitis sp. 8 12 4 8 2 10 6 2 6 l

I Rubus occidentalis 7 14 4 9 8 19 22 22 13 38 16 20

! Ribes americanum 17 Lonicera tatarica 1 2 1 4 1 Smilax sp. 1 2 1 2 l

Rosa sp. 4 2

).

Mentspermum canadense 5 2 2 l

1 Acer negundo 1 Gymnocladus dioica 2

?

Gleditsia triacanthos I

.I rnum lentago 1 TOTAL 101 158 63 1 54 168 253 224 351 137 251 i _

i .

IMPORTANCE VALUES l Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall SPECIES 74 75 75 76 76 77 78 78 79 79 _

Prunus virginiana 2.31' 4.50 3.85 6.00 5.00 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 11.92 18.30 25.16 24.57 31.97 19.15 29.50 16.95 24.05 l

l Rhus radicans 6.84 6.59 10.68 8.26 4.70 9.53 5.85 3.56 3.15 6.55 i

Celtis occidentalis 14.93 11.94 27.51 22.23 22.11 23.48 38.95 32.34 39.75 35.85 Cornus druanondi 25.55 27.57 26.11 22.10 22.65 16.83 19.50 14.79 16.30 10.60 Vitis sp. 8.39 16.15 16.01 8.46 12.28 4.05 4.25 2.50 2.05 Rubus occidentalis 8.39 9.18 7.24

.Ribes americanum 17.02 6.40 12.46 12.13 10.80 12.53 5.85 9.96 I?.60 8.25 Lonicera tatarica 1,61 3.36 1.65 2.89 1.63 Smilax sp. 1.25 1.79 1.30 2.10 Rosa sp. 1.90 1.25 1spermum canadense 2.24 2.50 1.25

,.1 ne9 undo 0.91 Gymnocladus dioica 1.04 Gisditsia triacanthos 2.10' Viburnum lentago 1.25 TOTAL 96.96 99.49 100.01 99.99 100.00 100.02 101.20 99.98 100.05 100.30 Nota Totals do not always equal 100% because of rounding off individual values.

/ \

TABLE A-5 Phytosociological data for Hackberrry i Community (N=7) derived from fall and spring (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies, 1974-76, fall 1977, and spring and fall 1978-79.

NUMBERS OF IN0!VIDUALS Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall Fall Spring Fall Sprinei fall

_ SPECIES 74 75 75 76 76 77 78 78 _ _ _ 79 _ _ 19 Prunus virginiana 11 13 24 14 26 43 21 40 9 Pa.-thenocissus quinquefolia 5 2  ? 9 10 15 29 28 8 5 ghus radicans 2 l Vitis sp. 4 1 6 2 9 4 3 1 Staphylea trifolia 10 12 10 8 1 3 11 9 6 5 Celtis occidentalis 2 2 4 7 1 46 11 30 13 Cornus drumondi 11 10 2 6 4 2 1 2 Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegerrina 1 r.leditsia triacanthos 1 1 9 3 I TOTALS 43 30 26 53 40 56 146 74 89 35 rh JMPORTANCE VALUES Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall fall Spring Fall Spring fall SPECIES 74 75 75 76 76 77 78

_78 _ _ 19_ _ 79 Prunus virginiana 24.97 41.63 40.10 24.87 38.50 28.75 25.95 40.60 27.60 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 16.92 11.18 12.40 22.30 29.51 27.50 19.95 30.67 9.60 10.90 Rhus radicans 7.61 Vitis sp. 18.02 8.24 9.91 9.32 4.13 3.35 4.97 3.30 Staphylea trifolia 19.41 31.33 5.61 15.78 5.16 9.25 7.75 11.98 8.75 14.45 Celtis occidentalis 4.60 13.42 6.38 17.11 12.38 29.75 23.13 29.85 35.50 Cornus drummondi 16.08 33.05 5.52 14.03 4.13 5.53 4.31 3.30 6.60 Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegerrina 29.91 j rijeditsia triacanthos 5.61 4.13 5.01 4.40 5.05 TOTALS 100.00 99.99 100.00 99.99 100.00 100.02 100.09 101.01 99.80 100.10 l fG; Totals do not always equal 100% because of rounding off individual values.

\ I

'O l

A-12

l l TABLE A-6. Phytosociological data for Kentucky Coffee Tree Consnunity (N=6) derived from fall and spring (1/2 x 2 m) quadrat studies. 1974-76, fall 1977, and spring and fall 1978-79.

NUMBERS OF INDIVIDUALS Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall Fall Spring fall Spring Fall 74 75 75 76 76 77 78 78 79 79 SPECIES 2 2 2 4 l Prunus virginiana 2 1 1 4 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 6 9 9 3 12 18 42 12 35 3 3 14 1 4 11

Rhus radicans 2 3 1 1 1

2 5 j Staphylea trifolia 6 3 4 11 2 5 6 9 8 4 Celtis occidentalis 1 3 l 2 8 Rubus occidentalis 1 2 2 3 5 j

i Populus deltoides 2 l Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegerrina 1 1 1 3 2 10 Ribes americanum j Gymocladus dioica 1 1 1 1 Vitis sp. 2 2 1 Smilax sp. 31 10 3 1 Gleditsia triacanthos Acer negundo 2 4 1 Crataegus sp.

3 Rosa sp.

j TOTAL 18 24 8 17 8 23 62 96 40 86

~

l j IMPORTANCE VALUES Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall fall Spring Fall Spring Fall 74 75 75 76 76 77 78 78 79 79 i SPECIES Prunus virginiana 11.75 4.77 17.82 25.90 4.25 5.79 8.00 6.65 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 40.93 32.26 45.77 29.11 47.52 27.10 33.80 32.50 29.05

Rhus radicans 10.01 8.76 14.35 18.63 13.71 13.67 14.45 2.91 7.65 15.10 Staphylea trifolia 20.16 11.91 33.73 12.00 5.25 7.25 Celtis occidentalis 7.23 8.14 32.04 25.16 17.40 16.60 20.85 6.65 Rubus occidentalis 9.87 15.21 34.10 13.67 7.20 3.41 18.10 Populus deltoides 8.93 l Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegerrina 6.01 13.71

! Ribes americanum 11.43 8.60 3.41 10.20 Gymnocladus dioica '). 70 3.95 2.75 l

j Vitis sp. 4.25 3.41 2.75 Smilax sp. 23.30 8.05 Gleditsia triacanthos 3.95 2.75 j Acer negundo 3.41 Crataegus sp. 7.65 2.75 l

!- .osa sp. 6.10 OTAL 99.95 95.99 100 00 101.00 100.00 100.02 99.20 99.99 100.00 100.05 Note: Totals do not always equal 100% because of rounding off individual values.

l l

L aD

4 L

i f

TABLE A- 7. Seedling data for Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge Sampling Area.

j Ottawa Vegetation 1/2 x 2 m, spring and fall 1978 and 1979.

i NUfeERS OF INDIVIDUALS IMPORTANCE VALUES 4

Spring Fall Spring Fall Spring Fall Spring fall i

SPECIES 78 78 79 79 78 78 79 19, 1 Rhus radicans 2356 2686 1734 1584 46.10 51.35 43.10 37.30 Vitis sp. 175 130 126 244 9.95 9.01 8.56 10.10

Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. subintegurrina 113 160 106 168 7.07 9.25 5.89 6.02 4 Cornus drummondi 211 112 172 189 10.30 6.76 9.04 8.06 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 115 45 162 145 3.95 2.75 5.12 5.11 Ribes americanum 83 77 96 79 4.30 3.95 4.88 3.71 Crataegus sp. 24 53 8 26 2.06 3.06 0.63 2.03 l

Cornus obliqua 9 0.79 Cornus amomum 40 40 16 41 1.95 2.67 0.79 2.46 a

I Lindera bentoin 13 17 5 31 0.79 0.97 0.26 1.22 Quercus rubra 13 3 8 11 1.54 0.37 0.79 Ulmus rubra 11 10 9 4 1.32 1.10 0.99 0.24 Viburnum lentago 13 39 49 31 0.34 2.99 3.52 1.67 l

Rubus sp. 44 20 10 2.78 1.23 0.52 l

i Tilia americana 11 10 19 16 0.97 0.68 1.63 1.24 cer saccharinum 8 6 11 0.52 0.54 0.71

' s

$uercus alba 2 0.23 VCarya cordifomis 11 4 1.02 0.42 Acer rubrum 13 2 0.99 0.20 i Corylus americana 2 3 0.13 0.23 i Quercus bicolor 6 18 2 6 0.13 1.93 0.20 0.62 Xanthoxylum americanum 3 5 0.16 0.19 Ostrya virginiana 2 4 0.23 0.23 Prunus virginiana 2 2 3 0.22 0.20 0.15 1

I Chryn nuntn  % 23 2 n,?R a,lo n 11

. Mentspermum canadense 18 1 45 86 1.10 0.13 2.14 2.95 l

j Acer negundo 9 .46 Solanum dulcamara 4 3 6 0.29 0.26 0.59

[

Gymnocladus dioica 5 0.21 1 Smilax glauca 9 7 15 20 0.39 0.73 0.76 0.86 Populus deltoides 1 1 0.13 0.20 Rosa sp. 34 42 2.11 2.12 Carpinus caroliana 4 7 0.46 0.47 f

Fraxinus pennsylvanica 65 199 4.32 10.60 Quercus palustris 9 0.66 Carya lacintosa 5 2 0.26 0.21 Cornus stolonifera 1 0.20 3322. 3445 2734. -2964 100.00 100.03 103.11 99.15 Q OTALS i

Nste: Totals do not always equal 100% because of rounding off individual values.

A-14

l i

i l

4 Figure A-1. Weekly soil moisture levels in Fulton soils of the Cooling Tower Woods at 10, 20 and 50 cm depths in the period of March 7,1979 to ,

January 9.1980. 2 (a ~

/

-n .

-: na

-N i

.5

-;t

,-E j

l - U l .o O

-2 ~

.a

.c m

-E

- 6 3

. 03 e

s O

• N ,

,8 8

1 c

g

.n x E

\ _ e

\ a j .,<

E E . E

o o _

o o o 'N o W \ N .

ge

.s 2 0 0 0 0 bh kk $k $ k k hhbh k uolleintes luaaJad A- B

3ec o >4. )t d E

• 3 O.*- o E<tE 3 y t&

) o

$ m 2.-

@E= oEe Oa# m**aO mP $a t,0a3 n

~ E E ~ a ,e g. a O- E85-r N. GN* .O O

c) *. EmO.

- n a

- ,9 J

% ,6 2 .

, c e

,2 D 1

. 8

,2

, v o

,4 1

N 1

,3

- i 7

1 t.

c

,3 O

,9 1 .

t

- p e

aS r8 O

2 r

r5 1 r g u

1 A

- ,8 1

y

. lu

,4 J

0

- ,2 e

n

- u

,6 J

,0 3

,6

_ 1 y

a

- M

- ,2

,8 1

.. r.

p

,4 A

m m ,

m c c 1 c

,2

. 0 0 . 01 O

- ~ 5 2 ,

r a

M

,7

_ - - - - ~ - - - - -

- - - - ~

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

_ 0 0 0 0 O' M 4 2 0 8 6 4 2

_ 8 6 4 2 0 1 1 c ~ gw3 e@ ceo5a

t i

1 1

l t

r

i. re A 3. Weekly soil moisture levels in Hackberry Box-Elder Community at 10, 20. and 50 cm depths in l

i the period of March 7.1979 to January 9.1980. d

=@ E I

i W N .  ;

l

- g '

I N o

\

.=

N .

- 8

! .g z 4

• iq

• o

~,-

ti

-n o J

l *% _ -" -

p .

l __ ' t

-O m l -

l.

{ "N 1

s

- ai i 3

., 4

~$

- 2-1 3

-9 l

i S a o .o a a z E .

O o o -

g i I

O O -"3 O W 2 z z i "O M j

r*

1

-N 1

'N i

-,4 E E N -

E u u ] "

O ~E O \s e

i N .

fS

_s 2 b b b b b d 6 6 6 6 6, 6 a

6 g e e a ,

a o e e i

uoneintes lueased i

r ,,-. - - - , ~ , - - , _ . . . . _ - _ . , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .

A 4. Weekly soil moisture levels in Hackberry ll Community at 10, 20. and 50 cm depths in the period of March 7,1979 to January 9,1980.

I / -

-a .

-t

.N o

-N

~

• z f

N

~

U

.n O m

_g

~

_m

- _m 3

O

{

m l

/ .e

-8 i -Q

( -  ?

l .n E

-E i

E E ~

u b o j o A "

e o O' m N l -

.s I

, n hhhkb h$gg6 uo!)eJnies lua3Jed Le1%

I.

1 i

.i

.re A 5. Weekly soil moisture levels in Hackberty l Community at 10,20. and 50 cm depths in the l

i' period of March 7.1979 to January 9.1980.

C e

e 4

.N ,

1

/ -

\ -c o  ;

l

~

.m I

/ ~

a .

O i 3z

\ -

I

["

t:

- a u

.n o I e

- a

{ , e tn

?!

-C .

m l 3

! -8

. r3 1

t- w "

t I F so I" C.

l

,e 4 L

l o

en L,

Le L

La E

-9 i

-w "

E E

, o b O -G h N .  ;

- Oe

_s E I F T y y - - . . .

g' o o o o o .

o o 6 &

8 8 8 a a',. _ Ae_ __a,_ n l

1 -

• a  % o uo!\eantes tuassag A-JLt - - --

1 l

ire A-6. Weekly soil moisture levels in site #2 soils of Ottawa Woods at 10, 20, and 50 cm depths in the period of March 7,1979 to January 9.1980.

l l

c '

4 e

.N .

~

_N o m .

1

! ~

N . '

-3 z J

_O i _

! -t: .

i o

I j OO

? .:a i

e i -m m i ~

! e n

1 .c

?

j i -4 i

m j _ r

' -, A o

n ,

8

. .o -

O O

-~ E i

g

-,4 '

E E - E u o u o o -M

.: o,-

D N e

.s 2 b b d d d 6 6 5 6 5 6 g = h hba e E

E

. ~ o . . 6, n uoneJnles nuaoJad A-20

.____4 i

re A-7. Weekly soil moisture levels in site //1 soils of Ottawa Woods at 10. 20. and 50 cm depths in I the period of March 7.1979 to January 9,1980.

N

.g m N .

j Y,

.n a m

'N I

i Q* m N 's

~:

g I

5 i

f  :

! U a

.n o t-i ~

fe .

j / ((Al,e a i h

[@< T 1

i

.m" L, '3 t

L i

n" .

t b

-e '

l .nO

.N r

t . g E E E o '

u i. o O I O YN . -O m \ N F g

tr 3 hkhhg6 gg gjg6 gggjk6 uo!)eJnles luaaJed

- -.-._ _ --- w

4 O

5 ANNUAL REPORT DAVIS-BESSE TERRESTRIAL MONITORING JANUARY 1980 B. Soil Environments Arthur Limbird Department of Geography The monitoring of the soil environments follows the procedures described in previous reports. Soil temperatures have been monitored on a weekly or continuous basis at the three peninsula sites, the two Cooling Tower Woods sites, and the two Ottawa Wildlife Refuge control sites. Soil moisture values were monitored on a weekly basis at the same sites. Soil samples were secured from each of the sites in spring, summer, fall, and winter during this reporting period and chemically

) analyzed as in previous reports. Soil temperature data are reported for the whole of 1979, while soil moistum data are reported for the period from the week of March 14, 1979 to January 6,1980. Some mois-ture data are missing during this period, as discussed below and in Table B-2, because of the need to replace moisture blocks in one site.

Soil Chemical Analyses Soil samples were collected for the spring, summer, fall, and winter from each of the five monitoring locations on the Davis-Besse property and from the two sites at the Ottawa control area at the 10, 20, and 50 cm depths. All samples were analyzed as in previous years, and results are f sumarized in Table B-4. Data are graphically presented in Figures B-4 1

- B-12.

g\

(V t

B-2 V Peninsula Area: The soils of all three sample sites show the recent nature of the beach deposit environment. The cation exchange complex is saturated with bases, as indicated by base saturation levels near 100 percent at all three depths, at all three sites, and in each season P of the year. Cation exchange capacity (CEC) is low in the sumac :o m ni-ty, as in previous years, because of the dependence of the CEC on the organic matter content of these sandy soils. The level of the CEC changed very little from season to season in the sumac community. In contrast, the CEC changed quite dramatically in the Hackberry II community in response to seasonal changes in the amounts of organic matter in the soil. The most noticeable change came between summer and fall, as the previous litter-humus had been dispersed and the new litter fall had not yet been incorporated

[0 into the soil profile. A smaller, but similar, change occurred in the

's Hackberry-Box Elder community. The overall CEC levels for 1979 support the previous evidence of a more mature profile in the Hackberry 11 communi-ty.

Organic matter in the soils of the peninsula area in 1979 generally had patterns similar to previous years with concentrations near the sur-face. The depth of concentration increases from the sumac community to the Hackberry-Box Elder community to the Hackberry II community, along with increases in the total amounts of organic matter. The latter values tend to decrease through the year, especially from fall to winter, the most dramatic change occurring in the Hackberry II community from spring to summer. This is attributed to an incorporation of organic matter into the soil profile in the spring (and its concentration near the surface) o

B-3 O

'.s)

\ and its dispersal through the year. ')rganic raatter levels coincide with CEC values in the Peninsula soils, and organic matter is the major contributor to these CEC values, The pH values remained in the neutral to slightly alkaline range for the peninsula soils, as in previous years. The tendency for the pH levels to increase in the fall and winter seasons, especially in the Hackberry-Box Elder and Hackberry II communities, was attributed to the litter fall and the accompanying release of bases into the soil profile.

The levels of sulfates (ppm) remained very low in the Peninsula area in 1979. However, in comparison to 1978, the levels are increasing in each of the three sites and at each depth sampled. (During1979,there was an increase in sulfates from the summer to the fall, but the changes did not occur in any particular pattern.) The largest changes were at the V 10 cm depth in the Sumac and Hackberry Elder community; but such increases did not influence soil pH or base saturation, as they have in other loca-tions. The changes in sulfate levels appear cyclical; the levels declined from 1977 to 1978 and increased again to 1979. Moisture in the form of natural precipitation likely is responsible for these changes.

One other factor which may contribute to the high CEC values in the Hackberry II community is nitrates (NO3 -). Nitrate levels were very high in summer (173 ppm) but were greatly reduced by fall (13 ppm). The ni-trates are highly soluble and would be readily lost to percolating water and in surface runoff W 4 trge soil reaches field capwity. The concen-tration of nitratn u;r toe surface, associated with the organic matter and the accompany ng fungi and bacteria, would provice a temporary source m

v i

B-4 V

of cation exchange and contribute to the change in CEC seasonally,

as in 1979.

The decline in the level of ppm calcium continued throughout 1979, lowering the 6-year average to 2120 ppm at the 10 cm depth, to 1600 ppm at the 20 cm depth, and to 1070 ppm at the 50 cm depth. The decreased values, noticeably below the peak year of 1976, occurred at all three depths in the Peninsula area and in all three soil sites. It appears j that the Hackberry II consnunity is affected most.

J The pattern of changes for magnesium was not the same as that for calcium in 1979. Magnesium values remained about the same as in 1978 i

but were below the high values of 1976. The current values lowered the l overall 6-year averages to 205 ppm at 10 cm,145 ppm at 20 cm, and 75 ppm at 50 cm. Potassium values increased from 1978 to 1979, the increase supporting the previous evidence that potassium is substituting for the other bases in the soil exchange complex. However, in 1979, it appears that the substitution is potassium for calcium. (In 1978 potassium sub-stituted for magnesium.) The potassium values were above the 6-year j average in summer and fall 1979; overall the averages were maintained j at 38 ppm for the 10 cm depth, 26 ppm for 20 cm, and 18 ppm for 50 cm.

It now appears that the decre.ases in calcium and magnesium, discussed l in the last annual report, represent a part of a longer-term cycle and 1

not a steady decline in these values.

Both potassium and magnesium, normally present in soils but less reactive than calcium and thus less involved in tt>2 soil exchange complex, increase in importance as the calcium is lost (probably through leaching). The changes in the ppm

B-5 C) values for various ions are not accompanied by changes in the percent base saturation.

Cooling Tower Woods: Both the Fulton and the Toledo soils are more mature with a better defined clay-humus complex than those of the penin-sula area. In both of the soils in the Woods, the CEC is due to the form of the organic matter, the pattern of litter fall, and the clay structure in the subsoil. The CEC declined somewhat from the sunner to the fall in 1979, when previous organic litter had been assimilated and new litter was unavailable to contribute to the exchange. Otherwise, the CEC values were maintained near the levels of previous years.

Important decreases in the percent base saturation in the Tower Woods soils during 1979, the Fulton soil having the lowest values of the 6-year study in spring 1979 at the 10 and 20 cm depths. The values increased to summer and fall and then declined again in winter. The increase in percent base saturation corresponded to the time period when organic matter was decomposing and being incorporated into the soil and to decreased organic matter levels at the 10 and 20 cm depth.

The Toledo soil maintained a high percent base saturation at the 10 cm depth into winter 1980, due to the additions of bases in runon water from adjoining upgrade areas and to the high moisture availability, which kept a large supply of bases in solution near the soil surface.

The lower percent base saturation values deeper in the Toledo soil re-suited from percolation water transferring the soluble bases downward through the profile. The general increase in percent base saturation from summer to fall, especially at the 50 cm depth in both soils and

)

v i

B-6 f

\j at the 20 cm depth in the Toledo soil, also can be explained by the seasonal variations in bases in solution associated with seasonal changes in organic matter forms.

A decline in pH values in 1979 from the values of 1978 was closely related to the general decline in the percent base saturation. Values of pH were lower at all three depths in the Fulton soil in all seasons of 1979 compared to 1978, except at the 50 cm depth in fall and winter.

Very low pH values occurring in the Toledo soil at the 50 cm depth in spring and summer were directly related to the lower percent base satura-tion levels at the same time. These changes seem to be closely related to the seemingly steady decrease in the calcium levels since 1976.

Organic matter is well distributed through the upper part of the O profiles of the Fulton and Toledo soils in well-defined A horizons. A k ) general decrease of percent organic matter levels occurs through the year from spring to fall and then increases in winter, as some of the new litter fall is incorporated into the soil profile. These changes in organic matter levels during the year contribute directly to the changes in the CEC.

The levels of sulfates in the Tower Woods continued to be generally low in 1979, as in 1978. The cycle of higher sulfate values in the fall than in the sumer continued in 1979 as well. The greatest increases occurred at the 20 and 50 cm depths in the Toledo soil, where fall levels were considered high, and at the 50 cm depth in the Fulton soil, where the level was considered average. The high levels at depth appear not to be related to surface factors but rather to the formation of sulfates by bacterial and fungal activities in the root zone and to the reduction v

i

8-7 s,/ conditions at these depths as a result of abundant moisture and water table position.

The pattern of seasonal changes in ppm of calcium, magnesium, and potassium continued in 1979, as over the previous years of the 6-year study period. There has been an overall decline in the ppm calcium values since 1977. The values in 1979 were below the 6-year average, reducing the averages to 3940 ppm at the 10 cm depth, 3580 at 20 cm, and 3280 at 50 cm depth (Table B-5). In 1979 there was an increase in the ppm of calcium from spring to summer and then a decline to fall, as in 1978.

In contrast to the general decrease in the calcium values since 1977, the ppm magnesium values were above the 6-year averages in 1979 and thus increased the averages to 558 ppm for the 10 cm depth, 558 for 20 cm, and 669 for 50 cm depth. The ppm magnesium values, well above average at all three depths in the spring of 1979, decreased to the summer, and then increased to fall and winter. In general, magnesium is replacing calcium in the cation exchange complex and seems to be offsetting the losses of calcium and maintaining or increasing percent base saturation levels from the sumer to the fall / winter period. In contrast, the increased percent base saturation values from spring to summer are a result of increased calcium levels, l

The chemical analyses of the cooling tower circulation water were compared with soil analyses for the Fulton soil of the Cooling Tower Woods for 1979 and average values for the 6-year reporting period (Table B-5). Once again, as in 1978, the circulation water had no l apparent effect on the levels of calcium and magnesium in the Fulton v

8-8 A

soil of the Cooling Tower Woods. Values for calcium were lower than the 6-year average, but magnesium values were above the average.

Sodium values decreased sharply from summer to fall at the 10 and 20 cm depths in 1979, a contrast to the change which occurred in 1978.

The value of ppm sodium remained constant at the 6-year average at the 50 cm depth (Table B-6). The higher values at the 10 and 20 cm depths in summer 1979 related to the carryover of the very high ppm sodium value for the 10 cm depth in fall 1978. It does not appear at this time that the sodium, which may fall-out from the cooling tower plume, is producing any cumulative effect in the soil. Dryness did not cause a concentration near the surface, because, in general,1979 was a re-latively moist year in the Cooling Tower Woods. The high value at the 10 cm depth in fall 1978 and the high summer value at the 20 cm depth i b in 1979 were balanced by later values below the 6-year average. At this time, there appear to be no trends in the ppm sodium in the soil.

General Trends: The general trends for six years in the analyses of the soils in the study sites, summarized in graph form for the sumac community of the peninsula area and for the Fulton soil of the Cooling Tower Woods (Figures B-4 to 8-13), reflect natural seasonal changes or ongoing changes which can be expected in the two areas. Most of the apparent trends were discussed in detail in the previous annual report (see pp. 21-23, part 8, January 1979 Report). Thus, only a brief dis-cussion of the trends is included here.

Organic matter in the sumac community remains low and concentrated f}

v near the surface. The general trend is for an increase in organic

B-9 I matter content in the upper part of the soil from summer to fall.

( ,/

The cation exchange capacity is directly related to the organic matter content and also remains low. The major exception to both the organic matter and CEC values occurred in the fall of 1976 when values were above average (Figures B-4 and B-5). Base saturation remains near 100%

at all three depths. There is seasonal variation in the contributions of calcium and magnesium to the percent base saturation, but no apparent i trend in long-term substitution of one of these bases for the other is evident (Figures B-6, 7, and 8).

Moisture continues to be an important variable in the peninsula area (Figure B-4). As in previous years, the most critical factor has been the lack of a completely dry period when near "0" moisture was p available. The effect of the moisture on the plant community composition

\v) has been well documented (see Section A of annual rep rts).

The amount of organic matter in the Fulton soil of the Cooling Tower Woods is greater than the sumac community of the peninsula. Or-ganic matter levels have remained constant at the 50 cm depth, but seasonal changes have occurred at the 10 and 20 cm depths. The most noticeable changes have been from summer to fall: 1974, 1975, and 1978 decreasec and 1976,1977, and 1979 increases. The changes in organic matter have been, at least in part, accompanied by changes in CEC, reflecting the role of organic matter in the exchange complex of the l Fulton soil.

The percent base saturation decline in the Fulton soil is the most important change to occur over the 6-year study period. The most dramatic change has occurred in the last two years at the 10 and 20 cm O}

g L-

B-10 b)

(,/ depths. Closely associated with this decline has been the increased substitution of magnesium for calcium in the exchange complex (Figures B-10,11, and 12) and has affected all three sampling depths. The decreased percent base saturation also has been associated with de-clining average pH values in the Fulton soil in the more recent years

of the study.

Moisture continues to be a critical factor in the Cooling Tower Woods. The nature of the clay-rich soils makes very dry and very wet periods inevitable, since variations in the moisture available occur from season to season and from year to year. Even strong contrasts can occur from depth to depth, as the soil dries or wets much more slowly than the sandy soils of the peninsula. However, 1979 did not appear to

[] be a particularly typical year in the Cooling Tower Woods, as moisture V availability was not in doubt, as in previous years (see discussion of Soil Moisture, below, and Figure B-13).

Soil Temperatures Weekly air and soil temperature averages were used as in previous reports to summarize the daily temperature changes and to discuss seasonal changes which have occurred at the monitoring sites. The changes at 10, 20, and 50 cm depths are assessed for each of three monitoring sites--the sumac community of the peninsula, the Fulton soil 1

area in the Tower Woods, and the Fulton soil area in the Ottawa Refuge. l Continuous soil temperature records for the weeks of December 29, 1978 l to December 28, 1979 represent a continuation of the data presented in w the previous report.

I

B-ll h Soil temperatures responded to air temperature changes, with the buffering effect of the soil increasing with increasing depth in the soil (Table B-1). The ranges in weekly soil temperatures generally de-creased with depth, except for specific time periods discussed for each site (Figures 8-1, B-2, and B-3).

Peninsula Area: Soil temperatures in the sumac community of the penin-sula area at the 10 cm depth were warmer at the start of the data period in 1979 than for the same period in 1978. Temperatures remained just be-low the freezing mark until the week of February 9, when the lowest tem-peratures of the winter of 1979 were recorded. Temperatures increased from the middle of February, reaching above freezing levels by the middle of March, two weeks earlier than in 1978. The changes in tempera-f'}

tures in the spring of 1979 were much more gradual than in 1978. The higher winter temperatures and the more gradual changes through the spring have been attributed to the insulating effect of the snow cover and the continual spring precipitation keeping the soil moist. The temperature exceeded the 40 level during the week of April 13, one week later than in 1978. The 40 level appears to be a critical level for the germination of many tree seeds in northwestern Ohio.

i 1 The temperatures continued to parallel those of 1978 through the rest of the spring and early summer. However, the high temperatures I were reached in early August 1979, compared to mid-September 1978.

Temperatures in fall 1979 decreased more rapidly than in the previous year, reaching levels below 50 in early October rather than mid-October.

Temperatures decreased to below 40 by the week of November 9, 1979, m

l

u - . c.

/

compared to the week of December 1,1978. The more rapid cooling in 1979 compared to 1978 may be the result of a combination of cooler air temperatures in early November 1979 than in 1978 and somewhat higher soil moisture levels in fall 1979.

Temperatures decreased to below freezing by the end of November, unlike the late fall 1978 when the soil at the 10 cm depth did not freeze.

The range of soil temperatures at the 10 cm depth also indicates the effects of the insulating effect of the winter and early spring snow cover in 1979 and the colder late fall temperatures than in the previous year (FigureB-1). The period of peak temperature ranges at 10 cm was shifted three to four weeks later in spring 1979 than in 1978 and was suppressed by about two degrees. In the later fall, temperature ranges increased once again at a time period when ranges are usually low.

k The average temperature at the 20 cm depth in the sumac community remained somewhat above that of the 10 cm depth in the spring due to the increased insulating of the snow cover and the decreased response to air temperature changes once the snow cover melted. Temperatures reached the lowest levels during the week of February 9, as at the 10 cm depth, but warmed to above freezing in the last week of February, three weeks before the 10 cm depth. The temperatures reached the 40 level in mid-April and continued to warm at about the same rate as at the 10 cm depth, but remaining about two to four degrees below the temperatures at the shallower depth. The peak temperature levels at the 20 cm depth occurred during the first week in August 1979, compared to early September 1978.

As at the 10 cm depth, the temperatures were warmer in 1979 than N

V) in 1978. The temperature at 20 cm cooled at a more rapid rate in 1979

+ -- , ,,.,-.c.. , -

- . , . , , , . . . w,, ., -

B-13 than in 1978, decreasing to below 40 by early November, compared

\

[/

Q to early December, and freezing in early December, compared to no freezing by the end of 1978. The range of temperatures at the 20 cm depth showed a decided peak in the spring warm-up period, which was not as delayed as the 10 cm depth compared to the pre-vious year. Temperature ranges at the 20 cm depth were higher than at the 10 cm depth in late summer and into the fall, unlike previous years.

The average soil temperatures at the 50 cm depth in the sumac community generally responded less to air temperature changes than at the 10 and 20 cm depth. Unlike 1978, the soil did not freeze during the winter of 1979 at the 50 cm depth, reaching the lowest level during the week of February 9. The temperatures increased to above the 40 level by mid- April, compared to early April in 1/8.

. Through the spring and summer the temperatures increased at nearly the same rate as at the shallower depths, reaching the peak in the week of August 19, compared to the week of September 8 in 1978. The soil at the 50 cm depth cooled more slowly than at the 10 and 20 cm depths, decru sing to below 40 two weeks later than the shallower depths. While the temperatures did not reach below freezing levels in late fall 1979, temperatures were about two to three degrees cooler than in 1978.

The range of temperatures at the 50 cm depth did not respond to the spring warm-up period, a situation similar to the previous years. However, overall temperature ranges at 50 cm in 1979 were somewhat higher than in previous years; the higher ranges were b

U

i 14 attributed to more uniform moisture levels at the same time that O

y! air temperatures changed more often.

Cooling Tower Woods: The average air temperatures in the Tower Woods generally were somewhat cooler than the peninsula area through the spring period as in 1978. These lower air temperatures in part account for the slower warming of the soils of the Tower Woods in spring. The ranges of air temperatures in 1979 were somewhat diff-erent than in 1978. First, ranges were lower in February and March in 1979 than in 1978; second, peak ranges occurred in June 1979 compared to April 1978; and third, temperature ranges werc depressed  !

in fall 1979. These differences can partially be explained by the snow cover in the late winter 1979, which moderated temperature p changes, and by more unifonnly distributed precipitation in 1979 than in 1978.

The average soil temperatures at 10 cm reached the lowest levels in early January in the Tower Woods, compared to February in the Peninsula area. The soil remained frozen until the week of March 23.

The temperatures were not as cold in the winter of 1979 as in the winter of 1978, due to the insulative snow cover and thawing one week earlier than in 1978. The temperatures reached the 40 level durir.g the week of April 20, 1979, one week 'ater than in the Pen-insula area. The temperatures at the 10 em depth of the Tower Woods continued to increase at about the same rate as in the Peninsula area, reaching a peak in the week of kts;ust :s in the Peninsula area. However, temperatures in the Towe' U. Ws remained about two O

v to three dgrees below the Peninsula area curing the warming period.

l r

B-15 The soil cooled somewhat more slowly in the Tower Woods than d in the Peninsula area during fall 1979, reaching a level below 40 during the week of November 23, compared to the week of November 9.

The cooling was one week later than the Tower Woods in the previous year. The soil froze at the 10 cm depth during the week of December 14, two weeks later than the Peninsula area in 1979 and the Tower  ;

Woods in 1978. The maximum range of soil temperatures at 10 cm occurred later than in 1977 and 1978, mid-April to mid-May com-pared to early March to early April (1978) and mid-March to early May (1977). However, the ranges in 1979 exhibited the same spring double peak in 1979 as in 1978. During the summer and fall 1979, temperature ranges at 10 cm were generally lower than in 1978.

The average soil temperatures at 20 cm varied in a pattern similar to the 10 cm depth, except during the winter 1979. The soil at the 20 cm depth did not freeze until the week of February 9, when the low level was reached. The temperatures during winter 1979 aver-aged about 8 to 10 degrees higher than the winter of 1978. The temp-erature reached 40* during the week of April 20, the same as at the 10 cm depth in the Tower Woods and one week later than the Peninsula area. The temperature remained cooler than at the 10 cm depth from the week of April 20 to the end of ;ust. The peak temperature, reached during the week of August 10, was 4.5 degrees cooler than at the 10 cm depth in 1978. The temperature at 20 cm decreased to below 40 during the week of November 9, one week before 1978, but did not reach the freezing point until the week of December 28, com-pared to the first week of December 1918. The ranges of temperatures m

.m. _.

8-16 at the 20 cm depth had four separate peaks in the spring of 1979, d compared to single peaks in 1977 and 1978. The initial peak in 1979 occurred earlier than the peaks in 1977 and 1978.

The soil temperatures at the 50 cm depth did not reach as low as the freezing point in the winter of 1979, unlike the winter of 1978. Temperatures generally remained warmer than at the same depth in the Peninsula area but responded more slowly to the spring warm-up period. A 40 temperature was not reached until the last week in April, two weeks later than on the Peninsula but one week earlier than 1978 in the Tower Woods. The peak temperatures were in the first week of August, compared to the last week of August in 1978.

Temperatures cooled from the peak more slowly at the 50 cm depth than at the shallower depths, decreasing to below 40 in the first

] week of December. As in 1978, the soil did not freeze at the 50 cm

) depth by the end of the reporting year. The range of temperatures at 50 cm in the Tower Woods was similar to 1978 with no pronounced seasonal peaks.

In 1979 the temperatures in the Tower Woods were warmer during the winter than in 1978 due to the more prolonged insulating snow l

cover. Warming occurred earlier in spring than in 1978, but maxi-l mum temperatures were higher in 1979 only at the 10 cm depth.

1 Moisture, which was relatively more available during the growing season than in 1978 (see below), seems to have had little effect in suppressing temperatures in 1979.

Ottawa Control Area: The average air temperatures at Ottawa were

]

generally more similar to the Tower Woods than to the Peninsula )

s

B-17 area, although temperatures were more similar among all three sites in 1979 than in 1978. Air and soil temperatures were accurately recorded throughout the period because of recalibration of the re-cording thermograph in spring 1978 and continual monitoring dur-ing 1979.

The soil temperature at 10 cm at the Ottawa site was similar to the same depth in the Tower Woods during winter 1979, except tha.t the soil thawed at this depth during the first week of March at Ottawa and in the last week of March in the Tower Woods. The temperature reached the 40 level in the week of April 20, as in the Tower Woods. Temperatures warmed at about the same rate at Ottawa as in the Tower Woods to the peak in the week of August 3, as in the Tower Woods. However, the peak temperature was 1.5 degrees higher at Ottawa, as in 1978.

[V] Temperatures decreased from the peak at about the same rate as the Tower Woods, dropping below 40 in the last week of November and freezing for the first time in the week of December 14, as in the Tower Woods. The range of temperatures at 10 cm at Ottawa was lower during the spring of 1979 than in 1978. Lower ranges also occurred in late June and mid-August than in the previous year.

However, much greater ranges occurred in November 1979 than in 1978, probably due to bare ground and lack of leaf cover on the trees. '

! The soil temperature at 20 cm at the Ottawa site did not reach as low as the freezing point during the winter of 1979 because of the snow cover. The soil at this depth warmed at a slower but more regJlar rate than at the 10 cm depth, reaching the 40 level by the (h week of April 20, the same as the 20 cm depth in the Tower Woods.

b)

B-18 The highest temperature level, reached in the first week of August, (s# was warmer than the comparable depth in the Tower Woods but not as warm as the same depth in 1978.

The temperature cooled more slowl'y at Ottawa than in the Tower Woods, declining below 40' three weeks later than the Tower Woods soil. However, once cooled, the Ottawa site froze two weeks earlier than the Tower Woods. The range of temperatures at the 20 cm depth was more similar to 1977 than to 1978, because the range was some-what erratic as in 1977. A peak range in late April was greater than at the 10 cm depth; there was a lack of a peak in later May, as had occurred in 1978; there was a greater peak again in early September and a secondary peak in October; and the range increased to the end of the reporting period, unlike 1978.

The average soil temperature at the 50 cm depth in the Ottawa site did not reach the low levels of the shallower depths and thus did not require as much time to warm in the spring to the 40 level, even though the soil warmed more slowly at this greater depth. The soil remained cooler at the 50 cm depth than at the 10 and 20 cm depths from late April until mid-September, when cooling was slower than at the shallower depths. The maximum temperature was reached three weeks later than at the shallower depths and was more than three degrees cooler than in 1978. The temperature did not decrease to below 40* until the week of December 7, later than any other depth or site. The soil had not frozen at the 50 cm depth by the end of the reporting period. The range of temperatures at the 50 cm depth was more like 1977 than 1978, showing a large range in

(~N t

v) late April and an increased range again in mid-September to mid-October.

B-19 As discussed in the 1978 annual report, soil temperatures are I

m

) similar enough between the Ottawa site and the Tower Woods to jus-(/

tify continued utilization of the Ottawa site as a control area and for comparisons of soil and vegetation changes and seasonal cycles.

Soil Moisture Soil moisture was recorded on a weekly. basis at the five moni-toring locations at the Davis-Besse property and at the two control locations from the week of March 9 to the end of the reporting per-iod of 1979. Soil moisture levels were more similar to the " wetter" year of 1977 than to the " moderate" years of 1975, 1976, and 1978 or the " drier" year of 1974. In order to compare the three study areas in terms of patterns of moisture availability, the sumac com-munity of the peninsula, the Fulton soil area of the Tower Woods, N_J and the Fulton soil area of the Ottawa site were summarized in detail (Table B-2).

At the beginning of the data period, the sumac community showed the results of the high fall moisture levels in 1978 (see January 1979, Annual Report) and the substantial precipitation during the winter of 1979. Little or no spring recharge was needed in 1979, and thus the soil at the peninsula site was sufficiently moist to affect seed germination in the spring (see Section A). Rather evenly spaced precipitation during the summer maintained the moisture levels at all three depths at levels near field capacity. The only excep-tion occurred during June at the 50 cm depth with some draw down of the water table and capillary use of water. The consequence was a n

v L

B-20 relatively minor period of reduced moisture availability, not enough, U however, to be harmful to seedlings or to mature plants. Other than this one brief period at the 50 cm depth, the soil at the Peninsula site did not dry out at all during the growing season, and high mois-i ture availability levels continued on through the fall to the end of the reporting period.

The soil moisture levels were maintained during the year in 1979 due to the precipitation being more uniformly distributed over the year than in previous-years with no pronounced dry period. Thus, despite a total precipitation level similar to 1978, the growing sea-

! son can be considered a " wet" one (Table B-3). In contrast, in 1978 short periods of dryness occurred at the 10 cm depth in July and late August, at the 20 cm depth in late July, and at the 50 cm depth from mid-July to early September.

l Overall, the moisture levels in the Peninsula area were some-what lower than in 1977 but also higher than in 1978. The precipi-tation in 1979 was similar to that of 1978 and less than half that of 1977 during the growing season. In 1979, precipitation was well dispersed over the germination, growth, and reproduction stages of the plants. If any year can be considered an optimum for plant growth in the Peninsula area, it would be 1979 (see Section A).

At the beginning of the data period, the Fulton soil area of I

the Tower Woods showed the results of the recharge at the end of the fall of 1978 (see January 1979, Annual Report) and the melting of the winter 1979 snow cover. Moisture levels were similar to the Peninsula area in spring, reaching near field capacity by the latter part of April. High moisture levels were present during the germination

B-21

~ stage for most of the plant types important in the Tower Woods and d continued during the early seedling growth stage (see Section A).

Due to the even pattern of precipidtion, except for heavy rainfall in late June and early July, the Fulton soil did not dry out as soon or as thoroughly as in previous years. At the 10 cm depth, brief periods of reduced moisture availability occurred in mid-June, late July, and mid-August during the cycle of plant growth and reproduc-tion. However, it seems that these decreases in moisture were not sufficient to harm even young seedlings.

The soil at the 10 cm depth dried more thoroughly in late Sept-ember, with recharge beginning in early November and continuing to the end of the reporting period. The dry period in the fall came after growth of mature plants was completed. At the 20 cm depth, O brief decreases in soil moisture occurred at similar times as at the 10 cm depth. However, the drier period, beginning in late September, continued to mid-November before recharge began. Again the summer decreases in moisture were of minor consequence. At the 50 cm depth moisture remained sufficient for plant growth until a draw-down on the water table began in mid-August and was not alle-viated until mid-November. However, some water was available even during this dry period, except for two weeks in September and two l weeks at the end of October and beginning of November.

In contrast, the Tower Woods soil began to dry out in mid-July 1978, recharged briefly in early August, dried out completely by mid-August, recharged partially in early September, and became com-pletely dry from the end of September to early November. As in the t

O i i G'

B-22 g Peninsula area, maintenance of a better level of moisture avail-ability in the Tower Woods in 1979 than in 1978 resulted from a more even distribution of precipitation over the growing seaso i.

Overall, moisture levels in the Tower Woods were higher than in other study years, especially higher than the " dry" year of 1974, and the " moderate" years of 1975, 1976, and 1978. In contrast to the Peninsula area, 1979 in the Tower Woods was even wetter than the " wet" year of 1977.

The available moisture in the Fulton soil at the Ottawa con-trol site was similar to that of the Tower Woods. The Ottawa soil dried out somewhat sooner than the Tower Woods soil, late August compared to mid-September. Recharge began at about the same time in both soils; and the Ottawa soil, like the Tower Woods soil, was approaching field capacity at the end of the reporting period. Un-like the soil in the Tower Woods, drying was much more intense at the 10 and 50 cm depths than at the 20 cm depth in the Ottawa soil.

This drying pattern can be attributed to the evapsration of moisture from the soil surface and the draw down of the water table at the same time, while the moisture between is retained in the clay-rich subsoil. In contrast to 1978, the soil at the Ottawa site did not dry as soon in 1979 nor as thoroughly at the 20 cm depth; drying was delayed from mid-July in 1978 to late August in 1979 because of the more uniform pattern of precipitation in 1979.

r

, (

\

i I

i

B-23 i

N Conclusions Several general statements can be made about the data collected and summarized in the monitoring of the soil environment at Davis- l i

Besse. There are greater fluctuations in moisture in the finer tex-tured soils of the Cooling Tower Woods than in the sands of the Pen-insula area. Seasonal variability is much more pronounced in the Tower Woods, where spring ponding of water can be expected to be offset by summer or early fall dryness; and moisture differences from year to year are more pronounced in the Tower Woods, especially when comparing precipitation and soil moisture levels.

Despite differences in moisture levels, overall temperature values have been similar between the Tower Woods and the Peninsula area. The timing of soil wan..ing in spring and cooling in fall can be expected to vary more from year to year than from site to site in any one year. The length of time that the soil remains frozen and the depth of freezing varies from year to year, depending on air temperatures and snow cover. For example, good snow cover re-sulted in relatively wann soil temperatures during the winter of 1978-1979.

Soil chemical analyses show that seasonal cycles can be expect-ed in parts per million of nutrient bases, base saturation, cation exchange capacity, organic matter, and pH in all sites, but espe-cially in the Peninsula area. However, an ongoing trend is occur-ring in the Tower Woods, where the pH has decreased over the years l

of monitoring. Accompanying the decrease in pH in the Fulton soil l

l is an overall decrease in percent base saturation and calcium. In O

V

-.- .- . . _ _ . . -- - - - = . . - . - ... _ .. . .... - -. ._. _. . - . -- - - _ . - . - -.

B-24 4

l contrast, magnesium has increased in the same period, partially i

replacing calcium in the cation exchange complex.

i i None of these fluctuations or trends in the soil environment i

i is considered to be the result of cooling tower operations.

k j

]

l l

1 i

t l

1 ,

1 1

i

-,-w,--,,mw,v--. -o--- v. _ _.-n---,..n..

. - - - - . _,,_--,n- - - _

/ \

t  ;

\ /

Q ,/

TABLE B-1. Summary of weekly average soil and air temperatures (*F), Peninsula. Tower Woods, and Uttawa site..

weeks of December 29, 1978 to December 28. 1979.

Peninsula Tower Woods Ottawa Vee.k of _ _ _1,0 20 50 _ Air 10 20 50 Air 10 20 50 Air Dec. 29. 1978 32.1 35.6 37.4 21.1 32.9 34.6 35.7 21.7 30.9 33.6 34.7 21.9 Jan. 5, 1979 31.0 32.1 36.0 8.3 27.7 34.0 35.3 7.6 28.3 33.3 34.0 8.4 Jan. 12 30.3 31.6 35.3 12.7 27.7 35.7 36.3 15.4 27.4 32.7 34.0 15.8 Jan. 19 30.6 32.9 34.7 19.0 28.4 35.3 36.3 21.4 29.7 32.9 35.3 20.4 Jan. 26 31.6 32.7 35.3 17.0 29.0 33.6 36.4 20.9 30.7 33.4 36.1 20.6 Feb. 2 30.6 33.0 35.0 3.3 99.9 32.6 36.4 6.1 31.0 34.9 37.0 6.3 Feb. 9 27.1 28.6 34.1 5.6 29.4 31.4 36.6 8.3 28.3 34.6 36.9 6.6 Feb. 16 29.2 30.2 34.4 17.7 28.6 33.1 35.9 16.1 29.I 32.7 35.2 15.3 Feb. 23 31.6 33.4 35.0 25.7 28.4 33.9 35.9 27.7 30.4 33.3 34.7 28.0 Mar. 2 31.9 34.1 36.7 36.1 30.1 33.4 36.1 35.7 32.0 34.6 35.4 35.4 Mar. 9 31.6 33.1 34.4 28.1 29.7 35.6 36.0 26.0 33.4 34.1 36.6 26.3 Mar. 16 35.6 37.3 34.9 38.7 31.0 32.9 36.1 36.0 35.4 35.0 37.1 37.3 Mar. 23 34.9 36.6 34.6 37.7 33.4 36.6 35.9 36.4 35.0 34.1 34.7 36.9 Mar. 30 38.3 36.1 35.0 40.9 37.1 35.9 38.0 38.0 36.1 34.7 37.9 37.4 Apr. 6 36.7 35.4 35.0 36.3 34.1 36.9 37.0 37.3 35.6 35.0 37.7 35.7 Apr. 13 41.4 40.1 40.3 45.7 37.4 39.7 36.0 46.0 39.1 38.4 40.7 43.0 Apr. 20 43.1 41.7 44.7 52.4 43.4 40.4 39.4 52.9 42.7 40.0 41.3 53.1 Apr. 27 46.1 43.9 45.4 47.3 44.6 40.1 42.7 47.6 45.0 44.1 39.6 46.4 May 4 48.7 47.6 45.0 65.0 45.4 44.1 44.1 65.1 46.6 44.6 43.2 64.4 May 11 53.1 51.4 48.3 58.9 48.7 45.3 47.7 58.3 48.0 48.4 47.9 58.3 May 18 55.6 52.3 52.6 59.0 53.4 48.0 47.6 58.7 52., 48.7 47.7 56.3 May 25 56.0 52.7 53.1 54.4 53.0 52.7 47.4 54.4 52.1 53.7 48.4 54.3 i

f% ;ne 1 60.3 57.5 57.7 68.3 56.6 55.7 49.4 67.4 56.4 55.3 47.7 66.9

( :ne 8 63.6 60.6 61.0 68.3 60.1 57.9 50.4 68.4 61.6 57.9 51.0 63.0 N J une 15 62.4 60,1 60.3 69.7 59.0 59.9 52.6 67.6 58.9 57.7 50.3 68.7 June 22 64.7 61.7 61.4 65.3 60.4 58.3 56.3 66.7 61.9 59.2 55.1 64.9 June 29 63.3 62.3 63.0 62.1 61.7 57.1 57.0 61.1 61.4 58.7 55.4 61.4 July 6 62.9 62.6 62.6 71.4 62.7 58.0 58.0 69.6 63.4 58.8 56.0 70.3 July 13 63.0 62.6 62.9 70.1 61.6 57.7 58.0 71.7 61.3 58.6 55.3 70.4 July 20 65.0 63.9 63.4 72.1 62.1 58.6 59.7 72.9 61.9 58.0 55.0 70.1 July 27 66.4 64.4 63.4 72.1 64.0 60.0 59.4 72.7 66.9 58.4 55.0 70.1 Aug. 3 67.4 64.7 64.1 73.3 65.6 60.7 60.9 74.9 67.1 62.4 58.7 72.1 Aug. 10 65.4 61.7 64.3 68.9 64.0 61.1 57.9 70.7 62.7 59.9 59.0 63.4 Aug. 17 65.3 59.6 61.4 68.9 62.4 58.1 55.1 68.7 61.9 57.0 59.0 66.1 Aug. 24 61.6 60.9 62.0 69.4 58.6 56.0 59.9 69.7 62.4 57.1 59.9 70.6 Aug. 31 59.1 59.4 60.1 71.0 57.9 59.3 58.6 71.7 58.0 57.1 56.7 69.4 Sept. 7 59.4 59.1 62.3 65.6 58.3 55.1 56.4 64.0 58.0 58.4 56.7 65.3 Sept.14 55.0 55.9 61.0 61.9 53.4 56.0 58.1 59.7 53.0 54.1 57.9 59.9 Sept.21 53.1 54.3 58.1 61.9 52.3 54.7 56.7 61.9 52.7 54.9 57.9 61.9 Sept.28 51.6 51.4 55.4 62.6 50.0 52.4 57.7 61.9 53.0 55.6 Sa.0 60.1 Oct. 5 47.6 49.1 53.8 46.6 48.4 53.0 53.6 47.3 49.4 52.6 56.4 44.1 Oct. 12 46.1 48.8 53.3 49.1 45.4 49.7 53.0 49.4 48.0 51.7 55.9 47.0 Oct. 19 47.3 46.4 49.4 56.1 48.7 45.6 53.8 56.4 44.9 49.1 54.0 56.1 Oct. 26 45.4 43.4 49.3 46.7 42.4 45.6 48.1 48.4 43.0 50.3 52.4 45.3 Nov. 2 41.7 42.4 46.4 40.0 41.3 45.6 44.9 40.9 42.4 49.4 46.7 38.9 ,

Nov. 9 39.1 39.6 43.1 37.1 40.3 39.0 45.1 37.0 39.3 43.0 46.0 34.9 Nov. 16 40.7 39.7 44.0 50.3 40.4 40.7 42.3 50.7 41.4 43.0 43.6 47.4 Nov. 23 33.7 34.7 39.1 38.6 36.6 37.7 41.7 38.9 37.9 40.7 41.4 33.3 Nov. 30 30.0 32.4 35.6 29.6 34.7 37.4 39.7 31.3 35.3 38.7 40.0 29.6 Dec. 7 30.4 31.6 35.6 34.6 33.3 34.1 35.9 35.4 35.6 36.7 38.7 36.1 30.3 32.4 36.6 26.9 30.3 32.1 36.1 27.3 31.7 31.7 34.6 25.0 D+c . 14 Dec. 21 32.6 31.3 35.9 37.3 31.4 33.3 36.6 38.4 32.7 31.3 37.7 38.4 Dec. 28 27.0 30.4 35.9 28.6 27.3 30.4 35.9 29.3 27.0 31.9 34.4 28.6 3

Q, !

l

! B-25 l

l l

i I

l l

l-O TABLE 8-2. Weekly soll moisture variation and precipitation weeks of December 29, 1978 to Decee cr 28, 1979.

P(N!N5UL A TOWER W0005 OTIAWA Pr'~cTETt e a tTon cm depth PrWipTtaTI'on cm depth precTpitation cm depth j

Wen of ("Iweek} 10 20 50 (* I week) 10 20 50 l" I weekL_10_20 50 l Dec. 29. 1978 1.05 - - - 1.00 - - - 0.80 - - ~

Jan. 5. 1979 0.17 - - - 0.13 - - - 0.09 - - -

l Jan.12 i

0.86 - - - 0.56 - - - 0.50 - - -

Jan. 19 0.29 - - - 0.12 - - - 0.24 - - -

! Jan. 26 0.15 - - - 0.07 - - - 0.20 - - f fFeb. 2 0.00 - - - 0.00 - - - 0.00 - - -

i reb. 9 0.12 - - - 0.15 - - - 0.10 - - -

l Feb. 16 0.03 - - - 0.25 - - - 0.28 - - -

Feb. 23 0.03 - - - 0.03 - - - 0.11 - - -

l Mar. 2 0.03 - - - 0.21 - - - 0.02 - - -

l Mar. 9 0.26 80 86 85 0.04 86 85 85 0.27 78 17 Bl r Mar. 16 0.02 85 90 87 0.01 89 88 87 rn 09 to 80 El l Mar. 23 0.87 83 89 89 0.92 89 87 89 1.11 82 79 f,4

[ Mar. 30 1.17 100 95 96 0.72 100 100 100 0.77 100 100 100 l Apr. 6 0.68 90 86 91 0.45 94 94 93 1.10 90 95 100 Apr. 13 1.90 90 85 09 1,71 91 90 96 1.15 .91 94 IDO Apr. 20 0.12 95 89 93 0.42 95 96 100' O.37 100 100 100 Apr. 27 0.22 97 98 95 0.55 ,98 98 100 0.82 100 103 100 May , 0.01 100 98 98 0.00 100 100 100 0.03 100 100 100 May 11 1.18 100 100 98 0.90 100 100 100 0.88 100 100 100 .

May 0.15 100 100 98 0.38 91 98 100 0 . 39 100 100 100 L Ma 1.95 100 100 100 0.52 96 96 100 2.08 10n 100 100 ,

Ju 0,02 100 100 100 0.53 94 94 100 0.12 100 190 100 Jur 0.23 100 100 64 0.04 54 60 87 0.37 96 H2 97 L June 15 0.99 100 100 26 0.2H 20 25 18 1.59 95 63 95 l June 22 0.02 98 100 38 3. H 3 66 82 86 0.00 82 54 15 9 June 29 1.17 100 100 60 0.00 52 77 86 2.25 ef. 54 U July 6 1.05 100 100 84 5.75 86 88 90 1.26 05 57 94 July 13 0.14 100 100 100 0.On 78 70 90 0.17 85 'A %

July 20 0.03 100 100 80 0.3h 52 47 76 0.45 29 29 65 July 27 0.96 100 100 100 0.35 20 25 to 4.67 44 P. 69 Au9, 3 0.43 100 100 100 0.55 19 14 18 0.59 5a 32 56 Au9 10 0.07 98 100 100 0.11 24 52 50 1.00 bloch repleted Au9. 17 0.73 100 100 97. 1. in 12 34 35 1.91 - + -

Aug. 24 0.14 100 100 100 2. V 95 71 32 0.92 25 47 31 t Au9. 31 0.08 100 100 100 0.W l')0 80 25 0.05 25 95 30 l Sept. ? 0.90 100 100 100 0.01 54 64 24 0.00 20 95 20 Sept.14 0.33 100 100 100 0.9: 38 25 20 1,43 0 80 0 Sept.21 0.01 100 95 100 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 0 90 0 Sept.28 1.39 100 100 90 1.8; O O O 0.78 0 46 0  !

Oct. 5 0.24 95 75 100 0.49 38 36 20 0.09 0 80 0 Oct. 12 0.05 95 100 95 0.15 25 20 0 0.29 0 86 0 Oct. 19 0.07 100 100 90 0.25 0 ' 20 20 0.32 0 85 0 >

Oct. 26 0.28 90 100 100 0.04 0 0 0 0.05 0 67 0 (

Nov. 2 0.32 95 90 100 0.56 0 0 0 0.10 0 0 0  !

Nov. 9 0.47 100 100 100 0.33 65 45 70 0.53 28 32 0 i Nov.' 16 0.85 95 100 100 0.00 70 0 0 0.00 48 80 0 Nov. 23 1.54 90 95 100 [

2.70 95 87 80 2.70 ^^- 85 67

• Nov. 30 . 0.15 90 86 80 0.01 80 80 50 0.01 13 . 80 F5 Dec. 7 0.19 85 80 80 0.16 78 78 66 0.10 77 83 85 I Dec. 14 0.00 85 78 85 0.00 80 75 71 0.00 A0 90 06 t 1.85 80 84 86 1.H9 80 84 84 2.25 80 83 b'ecil8 ec. 0.02 80 83 85 0.97 83 82 84 0.m o a4 m ,

O .i i

I i

.B-26 l

I TABLE B-3. Precipitation totals (inches), growing l seasons 1974-1979, for Cooling Tower Woods and Peninsula Sites.

4 Year TOWER WOODS PENINSULA 1974 5.34 9.36

! '1975 11.85 15.93 4

1976 9.36 15.37 1977 27.12 28.56  ;

i  !

1978 11.06 12.59 j

1979 15.23* 12.80

! i i

i I

1 l

l i

! t I

• recording error of 7.8 inches subtracted from calculated total. l i

f B-27 i

_. . . _ . . - _ ___ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ , . .

. _ . . _ . . _ . _ . . _ - _ _ . . . . . . . _ _ _ _ - . . . . _ . . _ . . . _ _ - _ _ ._. _ - . _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ ~ _

~5 * -

,  % s ,

N.,_) .

Table B-4. Soil Chemical Analyses, spring, summer, and fall 1979,

. and winter 1980, Beach, Tower Woods, and Ottawa sites.

Cation Exchange Capacity. % Base Saturation  % Organic Matter .pH Value Sulfates ppa 4

Site Depth Sp Su F W Sp Su F W Sp Su F W Sp Su F W Su F 4

Beach Area Sumac 10 cm 9 11 9 10 99.7 98.7 99.5 99.8 2.9 2.1 3.0 2.9 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.0 10 23 4 Community 20 cm 7 7 7 8 99.7 100.0 99.0 99.6 1.7 2.4 2.3 1.9 7.3 7.6 7.3 7.3 7 14 50 cm 4 6 5 5 99.8 100.0 98.1 99.7 1.0 0.8 0.4 0.3 7.5 7.3 7.8 7.8 10 13 s Hackberry- 10 cm 15 21 12 11 99.5 100.0 99.7 100.0 4.4 4.8 4.5 2.1 7.3 7.1 7.5 8.0 24 19 Box Elder 20 cm 13 13 10 8 100.0 100.0 99.5 100.0 3.8 2.7 1.6 0.8 7.3 7.3 7.6 8.1 15 14 50 cm 6 7 6 7 99.5 100.0 99.9 100.0 1.2 0.5 0.6 0.3 7.8 8.0 7.9 8.3 7 44 H2ckberry Il 10 cm 31 37 11 17 99.9 100.0 99.5 99.4 19.4 8.3 5.2 4.5 6.9 6.8' 7.1 7.4 13 42 20 cm 25 30 7 7 99.4 100.0 99.9 99.5 5.8 4.2 1.1 0.8 7.1 7.0 7.6 8.0 11 14 4

50 cm 13 8 5 4 100.0 100.0 99.1 99.5 1.0 0.8 0.3 0.2 7.8 8.0 7.9 8.2 5 11 Towtr Woods

, 10 cm 29 27 23 26 71.5 84.2 82.2 73.0 9.9 5.9 6.6 6.8 6.2 6.1 6.1 6.1 22 28 Fulton Soil 20 cm 32 26 19 26 73.2 83.8 86.8 81.4 6.0 5.0 2.3 2.6 5.9 6.0 6.2 6.2 24 26 50 cm 24 23 22 24 85.5 89.1 99.4 95.6 2.3 1.9 1.3 1.1 6.1 6.0 6.5 6.5 13 46 10 cm 30 27 20 30 95.9 99.7 99.6 83.5 11.7 8.6 4.3 6.6 7.0 7.0 6.5 6.4 23 33 i Toledo Soil 20 cm 22 22 26 30 84.3 85.9 93.0 80.5 5.3 2.6 1.3 4.0 6.2 6.0 6.3 6.4 18 67 I 50 cm 28 24 27 28 75.5 78.9 91.8 82.6 1.9 1.2 1.0 2.8 5.5 5.4 6.2 6.3 29 73 a

Ottawa Refuge i 10 cm 23 25 17 28 100.0 100.0 99.6 96.3 9.6 6.0 4.8 8.9 6.9 6.8 6.9 6.9 15 21 j Fulton Soil 20 cm 26 26 -- 28 90.9 87.8 ---

83.0 6.8 4.3 --

5.0 6.4 6.2 -- 6.5 19 --

l 50 cm 23 22 17 26 99.6 100.0 99.3 91.1 2.9 4.0 2.6 3.0 6.9 6.7 6.7 6.8 10 22 i

10 cm 28 28 20 29 99.8 100.0 99.6 87.3 9.5 8.0 5.6 7.4 7.2 6.9 6.5 6.6 25 26  :

Toledo Soil 20 cm 23 18 25 29 84.4 99.3 99.5 91.8 7.3 4.5 2.9 3.4 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.8 12 35 i

50 cm 24 25 24 26 100.0 98.9 99.4 99.7 3.7 3.9 1.5 2.5 7.2 7.1 7.0 7.0 34 62  ;

j os 4

4 l

J TABLE B-5. Summary of Tower circulating Water and i

Fulton Soil, Tower Woods, Chemical Analyses.

Calcium Magnesium Sodium 4

% of total carbonates ppm ppm ppm i

Circulating Water **

High Value 92.5% 118.0 23.8 30.5 i

Low Value 82.0 28.6 2.4 7.0 f

j j Average- 87.6 67.2 9.6 14.8 1

Fulton Soil Spring 10 cm 50.0 2920 665 --

l 1 20 cm 53.0 3405 685 --

50 cm 51.0 2415 940 --

Summer 10 cm 64.0 3500 580 67.0

) 64.0 3400 530 81.0

.' 20 cm 5

50 cm 59.0 2700 780 32.0 r ~.

Fall 10 cm 59.0 2700 570 23.0 20 cm 56.0 2100 660 24.0 4

50 cm 58.0 2500 1020 31.0 i

Winter 10 cm 49.0 2600 685 --

l 50.0 2550 880 --

} 20 cm

! 50 cm 56.0 2680 1070 --

t l 6-Year Average

• l 10 cm 79.5 3940 558 51.2 20 cm 79.1 3580 558 31.7 ll 50 cm 77.8 3280 669 31.0

• Average values for Ca and Mg are based on 14 values (seasonal); for Na are based on 9 values (seasonal).

• • NUS personal communication.

1 1  !

i s >

B-29

I i

TABLE B-6. Sodium values in ppm for 10, 20, and 50 cm depths, Fulton Soil, Tower Woods, Fall 1975 to Fall 1979.

season /cm depth--- 10 20 50 l 24 31 i Fall 1979 23 i  !

I Summer 1979 67 81 32 Fall 1978 181 32 37  ;

l i

i

• Summer 1978 10 9 18 4

Fall 1977 13 16 21 i i

Summer 1977 53 26 31 l

l Fall 1976 45 38 44 l

Summer 1976 22 26 49 Fall 1975 47 34 16 i

? I r

9 B-30

~

,oR I

,s -

O

.- ss '

I

/e ,2o1

.- , s ' ,

(

. ir

.an u A - .

,s "

s *

.>g o-3 .

t

.mC 1s af ,

o s .

es .

gk .

. ne ae .

R w97 7 .

?* -

O e ,9

.60~

rr1 tA ui

, ,s

• a 1

• rn2 .

. ei p r - * .

md e -

enb Tam

- e m c s

- sc i tD h e 0 1 -

. >61a

' p .

adt eo \

\s e A m B m8 c .

( c7 e01 9 f_0

,2 t5 ,

i ,

Sd9 n2  %

% .>7 G

_ aa a#

_ l "

u .r e t ' .

s0b ,d '

n2 m

- i e ~

- n ,c '

e0 e - .

P1D / * .mo $

/,

• 1 . .

~

B e 7,,

r u  % ,,

g i

F p. . m$ "

s-O

.oR y

- - . . - . - . - - ~ -

3 4 0 6 2 S 4 1

2 2 2 1 F

c w.

ce

,  !  ;: , , i ,i: ti i , t , l c,,

}, . .

,oon {

q. ,

,Zo< 4 g ,

se

,On U 0

s,.. ,

5 r ,

d o .

nt . ,

a 09 21 8

7 A_ ~

3

,>cQ W~

09

~ . ,

1 2 ,

t r 6 ae ,

b

- sm ee ,

gc ,

- ne _ ,

aD r R

f i

A e,F x MN eo r ,

us -

s,i tk i

._ ae re ew p

iE2c MN er Ti s

\.

A i

'4

- 9 en7 i ti9 ~.

i Sd 1 ,s -

n , i .

d sa1 2

m c :_ .. i os 0 .

D

'oh r 1

~. . iEox ~C

'a t e rem pb ,s'. .

i ed e s ..

w c ep .

1 ome T cD c

. 0- a 2- s .

i 2 - .

id, _ W B

e s i

'y a r i u /

g i

F ,iy , i i

- ...s[, 4 i

,. a

=

.. i 3

i5vw

. i 8

O - - - . - - - _ -

.. 3 I

?n aC F 4 2

0 2

6 1

2 1

8 4 o mimN

O O O f

28-

- Figure B-3. Ottawa Site--Temperature Ranges at 10, 20, and 50 cm depths

, and in Air, weeks of December 29, 1978 to December 21, 1979.

24-J 20-i 1 -

16-f w _

Air w

i

'~

C i 8-1 l

1 4- s 10 cm l ,/ s s t ' \\ 1%  !

p: f % t%

,s

.- . s .- is

.- N i

/

s is 20 emi ?g f... % - -

u e. .

Y"'

5oem

• " * #' - . .?.1 ., _ , , '.:. g .~~ nr..l,. - '

1. Y ,%#

I*

,,,ii,,,,-,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

O iiiii iis e i i i i i i i . ., , i i g 3 >

e a 3 7 9 > O 2 o n W Q l o o a Q c n

• o o j g y x o X < n M y M "

4 u 6 g 4 I 4

4 I

1

\ ,l

-vt BO

.Y' $

i l" /

/

.--r '79

-t '70

- I. *

-s, '79 t

! "' / J

\

'g -Sp'79

. '[ -5p'/0

\.

i. .

lI '

V I:t t .' I l .' 'I

-t'78 s.- -

-r*7a I- s. .

l *. ,s s . . . .

-su'70  ? .-

-s.70 l'. / . - .

/ * .

./ -

}* .

. s/ -

- Te*VB

l. . l i:

a. ,

E -vna

) ~  ;

• ee i

}.; -y'// l'//

L,

.m5s".

so -

\- \-

y%.*8..4u ]

\' ~ %i17 ~\~ e* ~ ~ ~

-5 c'7 /

, c, S'i>4 , ,

,. y . a ... .

L w.QPm h,.2 E [*. .

be'I i o .< . .

,3 s , "

/

p

.s

(! b E<

F.

w ..- h" /

a .

o .

p

-W'/ /

. .e n

$N o w,1"'. 3. s

. "/,/ '.

, * /

gj  ;

I -

I ,' - r' 76 1 *^/t.

o n.

Y(~g g ',

\ b~Dg.....

\.

n o u-i

-s.' '76 -

-su t6 S SS  !

} -1I *.

..y t '

l' ,a' -5/16 (, . s,.' < c

\

\. s. . . . .

$ $?. s g.- } -W'76 -W '76 v c, o e-" \.

/*

\

r

- .1 /

- -S'(S *%

%. - F "/ '. )

( .  %. % *

• 1 s .

,. \

}

k 5 '7S ' - f.s.'15 i

11.e i

( .'

j 6'- - /j

' ,/

\- /

y.-sp'/S s- -5p*75

\. s.s.

it.w'/s */.. -W'75

\

g-I .

I .

, i,5 ' . i -).;

I. -  ; .

l

',' .. . .-\j' -

_s. 7a

r, i ~Sil'I { l t 1 r s I o 2. '~

,1 o ' c' o o ,, o a

o o

• ) :!it .' **

D oo O D Q fl i ;. ,oG o "S Ku a

< B-34 -

_ . . _ _ _ _ _ . _ m m _ . _ . . _ _ __ . _ . . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ - . _ _ . . . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . . . . _ . . _ _ _ ____

l f

vM;

)\\aI

-r '79 r 1.

i

-so79 I*

1

-Sp'79  !

I-

! ~

. I 1

l* - F '78  ;

f l. ,

l*

1

! . t l  ; < .Sv'78 aX '

l 8 ( G C) i f . r -*

4

• r$

.c le oo

.I .e x es

/ 8'  !,

j j \

• ' h $

) .," ,.

i ,I .

I

\

/ .

- f '77 lif,, '

'c,7

! / .

o s . -so'77 .Pr,p J /  : o i

. 'S Gi l E! C, CJ

/ e -

,E3 ."g' o ,

l f:

u E/

• t C.

is  ::

o o / o.

q) -

on s Mf i

r= t1

• +>f J e [3

,  :) O Cl t i

i

. tt) f 4 GA e

/

'g * - F '76 .. o c, %

x >

'm '

. r$ e-s Un -

.

• O s Oi 3

--S u '76 9 &,4Ma

{

\ .

.C U n d.

$1 t

1

\ . U r1 # 9 n p..c -

\

~

on u 4  ;

4

\

mua*>  ;

\ -

4 l \' 'Iu

! \* o I

! /, ' f '76 5*

1 I,' / ' 11 ,

i

'/

• l

-Su '75 E i l

l .

2

\ .

~

\ .  ;

g.

/ - W '73 l

/

[. .

j \.-  !

.j b .

N i hS.i

^

I ,f- _~ g g - S u '74

$ m o E b! O Q t B-35

{-.-.

• t ,gw I"" . y m.

• S 1*

i .Ag'*

N -

~ :r.TD-L NC

_ _ 6m=.NlD l

_ 1 a

- 1

- s e .

s0 a8 B9 $, .N %

1 r

- e t

yn ti e

Im: %%

iV n-u.._ 7 4

_9 o1 C

r

_ ce a-uu

. r. I SS e

s e

b

h at  % Io  % Is:

ep e f i

. N 7' re Ad E s

a !u m u

f 3

i e

h m cc a

e0 t

T o

o lc/

t C

a e

n g

a s

1 f

O im .N$

B1 M m u

. . ?s 6 s

- te B

e r

g u t i

F I

. 'N 'E N -

m: _N'#

l 4I

• NC h

_ 7 m .N4

_ n .

4 t

a r

m u

e - _

e om: .%s

_ , fu 0 0 0 0 ,V

- S 01 S 6 4 ~ =f4O

!i' - r

• ii l' f at  :: , rt:I:

i  ;! ;ll  ; )

.' ' i

,lrl!i.li  !  ;  !\ i ,I 4 <s ,.

4, s.

1., ,A

. ,4 ,A a..a,

- l,c.

s

. i.

i

,0 sS

- e9 s1

.m .

a

- B r e

%t .

n

,i iuc y'

t 'a i -

n.

u/ 1 n7

=9 c1 C

r ce t a=

==

_ uu SS

/c o O T .

0

'C / ,m .s

.-  : h e s .

7o m m

at e- m ep u iu re S i iu/

s s

. Ad  !

a !c e s t e n a hm o C c t e s Mc.

cc T a .r a M

- e0 B2 7

B e

. r u

g i

F

, .~ O imc i

- i<~

/ ,,,.

r.~ -

- ig, u O - _

o t

0 0 0 O cO S *<l!1I1 il1 s 6 4 2 1 1i ,.< :I' .i 4i!: i <<;<el!d. ,: ,i ,i;<! ,4 imaWNi!J

>! i ' .!.

I$ 4K-Im.NQ l A *. NO -

_ ^

' ; * %c I

l m .'N @

\mg N@ .

l I

,0 s8 e9 Im .NN s1 a

Br e

%t

,i n , lag .NN yW t

i -

n u4 i

I

=7 o1 9

C r

ce j am

_ mm uu SS  %  %  %

. e  %

s m m I m .NO

h e m u

_ at ep B u i.

iur re l a ic e a Ad n e t

o c e t ,

)

T C o o L A ,N0 cg h:2 P cc M a

_ . e0 B5 8

B

_ }

e r

u g

i F ' lm .N@

W l

A .NC (g

I

_ l<% .Nm

[m.NL n

- :e:

c. c i tca >*

B ru - l! - = - - - - - _ _

• /c ta 0 0 0 0 0 S 0 8 6 4 2 3 D 1 C'WC

) i jI <1J JIi!  ! i ,t } ,' ,l,Ii 4 e ' ji t ;i',j4'< ll<e i-

i

• W'80 g ,' {W'PD

s. i

\ = I '79 -'l * / 9

/'

/' . /*

,/ - r,n'yg / [ - f.o' / 9 I -

, f .

l ,

-5p'79 g ', L p ~/ 9

l \ . \ .

! \ i

\' -

\ '.

\ -

i \

- F '78 - F '78 mo \* I- .

gg~ N. . / .

y, \** I

• f, -Su '78 , ,

- S o'78

-o I M2

c. a

/* l gm /. -

j e .? /.  ;

Et /* -

2u ,2 \

/.- .

5a" / I .

! ga /* .- F '77 I . if/

~m -

i*

S. s.N*.

4.o ua

\

." h. *

. -Su'77 l- - Su'77 2R /

m /< l '.

O $$

/

/ '

/ .

. L ou .

b l o.

"3a g . -

E W -

u / .

o u .

3-g o o en o/g j < > .

G

.yH 3 q g', f - F '76 - F'?S uat auu As s ? . \

soa s -

\

8xy 5 '

- Su '76 '

.-Su'/G l

=. \ .

a.

. l .

e .

u \ -

, o .

l 3 w

I .

1 *

. c- t' '75 - F '75

\ '.  !

\

'. - S u '75 -

- Sn '?fi 39 %g D ^h' \" ,'

• MU b J Al[h a g.

\ ', _

l- \-

p j) -W '75

\-

f, -W ' ?3

/-

• i.

/ ,1

/* * - f'74 ( . -I'71 i

\ \ . .

i o N \- 3 \.

.O \ \ oo-Su'74 gg ,

\

y r* i l l l i 1 l t y S u.?%.

go-r o n

o N

o o Oyo " u> o

.V! B-39

-m M e 4_a-+A-. ep4--. Jr h-d -.4- M J.M_ 4aJ4A 4 44 e. _ - . - - - - h~h- A--A -. s -e _ -- .--4-e --2A-.- **--------+A h-+

{

-  ; -W '80 i - -

\ ,

I

-F'79 i *

-Su'79 i i I >

l f

- Sp' 79

~

i r'73

/'

f .-s. ra '

&J e Qe i

i fu

• tj

\

i El e;

O e-t f

41 e

m i

-F'77 cf

, t'l j "

1

_ . s .,' 7 7

.<r> .

.C :t O sp tA e-t I (* 4 OW I

&J &J

{

i '1.Si mx -

. .t N4 33, # -ga BR 88 -F '70 m a

• E h E o I.

• 3 3 yY m .! i i H

!d i \ii U

l

& 2 - ;u '70 l o $

• . 'n I i

2I e s')

.E2 s -

.e

- F '75 l

,4 j

\ <

t

-S2'75 I

, ,* 15 t

O Ans Jhum II f

71 a e' / 1 1 .s,.'74 ee i i i i i i i i i i i g2o ,3 o

e o

'o o

<t o

c' O

o,. B-40 '

- - - , - - -,----,, , - - -- ,.- . - . - . . - --, ,, --- ,, ,,. - - - e _, ,,-.m.- , ---_.,- . _ _ _ , , . . ~ . - - . . - - , . -

- . _ . . . . - . . - .. . = - . . _ _ . - . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ... . _ . _ . . . - . - _ - - _ _

i I . .

-W '80 i *

-F'79 1

4 Su'79

- 5p'79 I

r

-f'78 4

0 / - S u' '78

!}

N -

I i

l 3 i

• dd ( I

{

?*F '77 41 "1 i eu {

l

^

3 3. \ -Su '77

'j Ji

n. .e

,, 8 -

0A i

8 S; s ~

$i $ A o'

N. 0

!8 'lo

$ E L fi [al !j. 3 '

a" S  :;  ;  :: .F '76 e I a U

i 1

4 h

4 U

D U $

Q,,

+<  %

a - s u '7e it a

3 n

j I

/ -r '75

'Ns Ns \ o

-Su '75 l

~W '75 I

s a r e .?

. :; u ' N l} 7. __ _7_ _ _. _ ._ g .g . _ .7 _ ...q ___ . . .) 3 . ._. g.

,7e ; p > a o o o

v. B-41

[ i! elt- 6, l ' .t i;i i (l

, . . , . ,' i!! i L i '. b

(. s' -

i(.tO .o

^

~ -

N im ye l C _

' - ' .s .

1 - _

- s:

im NCD

- imc .y h

. t g p

e d

=

c a 0

5 s

e ,

x '%

s 7_-

a B

7 ,

ie:4m l0 i3 o9 -

S1 nr oe t t l n ui l F '. i

/ .

O !. 7 s e  ?. */. 4

9 m m sO s

1

'. s m u u iu 1

r s i:

s i

s s

r I e c n c v4 e

cu t

T o C g

e P

+

o if c .y i

' TS M 2 ,

1 E -

e r  ;

g u

i F

_. - ,,<O

,a .y 4 )

CO

,vv c C ~

)q' 2  ;<' y

=

- D=

R G bM' Nt c7_=cL" =nc CMf

, ,. _ ya

/

e :3 s

ac!

E ru

/. ct

• 0 0

0 0

- - \- 0

e= . y C

0 8 6 4 2

,

e, j

$ 1i3ali.); i. , :bN n

, .e.% -W '80 j .%%  %.

A *-

I,

,. , .p.79 t

s' g f*' , -Su'79 a

./e

-Sp'79 f -

i *

. ~. .

, ,. W '79.

t .

4  %

-l'78

' d s ' . . ' .

i 4

s t

o

...<4 2u 70 a "'">.

! EI) .J i e  :

}

J*--

i. 5. T."..*

• s.

_sp 7g l

! ..2..n. . t i

,a<,is ,

j pu e s, :. s y

-W *70

' n e *

. / -

"4 O . 4 N- i e

4

'cs.

%4

. r'.

/

-F'77 i.

< c,f L. * / .

e /

<. I /* .

j N * *

- %'77 l

w .

.4 W  %

El 'il . fj lj / E 5p'77 i '

.a ,?i .

. u)

O o n

/ 5 2 a

• ) < v-f'%

k.

'j l}

1. . , -W'77 1 "' o ./

/

! . . .n . ,/ .

! m ,) /

r.7g i .

'd, !,j .

."A- -: .T.~ ,

) .

• e a '

j

~.a Q. . .

2 .5. Ei u .

"M,4*... Su.76 i

..=..

3 ~

l oo - . . .

s < .-e i

m

. ....~

~5p'76

..e .

\ ~ ..,

i r

• k,.,,

. p s -

l-W '76

'~~,. . . ' .: ...

l  :,: . i

v. .

, . s * * . .s a'- ~, * .

.f$

1

......--.. . . . s - -, s ,

j **.*

.. ;. -% , '? >.= .r.=

. '75

, .i.;- - **

{ 5.p,75, s

' N*

.N [

. N '

S ' . P. . , . ., {} '}$)(fl')fkl i* O 4..g-,.

• a 16

~

W)hi\ ddo ,

! . *14

-n. . *~....- i *

.a yj , g .- g -- - - ,--

,'".. .. . . N} 'l

, , g

- S u' 74

41. oor* o o o o o os no <r n

.; * & o

. = . __ -. - . . , . .

1 ANNUAL REPORT l DAVIS-BESSE TERRESIRIAL MONITORING DECEMBER 1979 D. Atmospheric Environment i

Glen R. Frey Department of Geography

+

! Introduction I

The network of climatological stations monitoring the atmospheric I

environment near the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Plant has been in operation since April '1974. The format and procedures for the systematic observa-i I

tions were originally outlined in Section D, Semi-Annual Report, June 1974. This has been a year when the station operated continuously only during August. Thus extended sequences of climatic data during operations have not been obtained. However, the information obtained during the year can still be used to determine possible environmental impact.

There is no doubt that the vapor plume generated by the cooling tower can change the atmospheric conditions at a given instant. In close proximity to the tower, mist can add to the precipitation totals. When the vapor plume comes in contact with the ground, relative humidities and dew points are increased. A temperature decrease occurs when the plume

shades a station under strong sunshine. Similarly, the plume could blanket an area at night, causing temperatures to be warmer then expected. The frequency of these occurrences is not large with a tall cooling tower and variable wind patterns. Climatological fluctuations over a long period are the key to abmospheric environmental change.

[ \ It is expected that climatic conditions normally will vary consider-ably from year to year, season to season, and location to location.

D-2 Ilowever, each station has a unique climatic setting with variations that make it different from all others, no matter how similar the over-all climatic conditions. Our purpose is to identify *.he changes in these variation patterns for and between stations during cooling tower operctions.

This is the key to any possible environmentally laduced changes.

Instruments and Measurements Climatological stations are maintained at three primary locations on the Davis-Besse site. Station "T" is the base station at the microwave /

meteorological tower and is set up according to weather service standards, it is located in a fenced-in area on a grass aurface. Because of the great distance from any trees or other obstructions and very level terrain, advection processes are at a maximum. Station "A" is in the cooling tower woods and highly influenced by a continuous and complete forest canopy.

s s The fairly close proximity to open water and the generally open :sture of s- the woods all influence climatological measurements. Station "B" is located in the woods on the sandy soil of a former beach ridge. The station, in a clearing, does not have a forest canopy but instead is surrounded by dense growth that limits advection. The sandy soil, which 4

dries very rapidly, coupled with an almost complete lack of wind currents results in different climatic characteristics. Four supplemental locations on the Davis-Besse site are set up with non-recording rain gauges and read weekly to provide additional data on rainfall patterns. Station "0W" is the basic off-site reference station located in the Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge. This location was chosen because of its similar vegetation cover, proximity to Lake Erie, and upwind position (in terms of climatic normals). This station has a setting very similar to Station "A", on a

'T margin of swamp area in a woods with complete canopy cover. Because of d the greater extent and density of the woods it is less influenced by the i

D-3 wind. Station "BG", the inland reference station, at Bowling Green

/N State University is slightly influenced by proximity to buildings.

Instrumentation in the climate shelters records data continuously on paper strip charts which is summarized by day, week and month. Each period is analyzed slightly differently to stress inter-station fluctuations.

Recording evapometers were reinstalled the end of April and used until the end of October.

All hygrothermographs were brought in for a cleaning and calibration check. No data were lost because the back-up hygrothermograph war rotated between sites. For the remainder of the period, calibration of the hygro-thermographs was verified by using the Assman Psychrometer and by rotating the backup unit between sites. Evaporation instrumentation was calibrated primarily by rotating the backup evapometer between sites. Soil temper-atures were checked by portable soil thermometers.

(s_ -

Some problems were encountered in maintaining calibration. In particular the "0W" soil thermograph constantly reads low, requiring some data interpolation. Since the sensing elements and timing mechanism are exposed to the fluctuations of weather, they deteriorate, causing measure-ments to drif t resulting in a loss of accuracy. The greatest problem during this reporting period was in the evaporation component at Station "T". A combination of timing mechanism malfunction and extremely high evaporation rates, which led to depletion of the water reservoir, caused a break in the continuity of the records. An apparent error in the pre-cipitation data is the inclusion of 9.5 inches of rain in June and July at Station "A".

Presentation of Data 7-s The data reviewed in this report are based on the weekly periods t 3 (s,,/ January 4, 1979, through December 27, 1979 and the twelve months of 1979.

Detailed files are maintained and analyzed by day, week, and month.

_ = _ - _ . _ - _ . . ._ . _. .- - --. . . .

l 4

D-4 Data are presented in two basic parts for thfa report. Part I:

Pigures D-1 through D-12 are monthly summaries of normals and variations of the elements. Figures D-13 through D-19 represent weekly inter-station deviations with fluctuations being graphed about the valoes for the base Station "T".

Interpretation of Data ENTIRE PERIOD. The most distinguishing feature of 1979 was the precipitation departures for the weeks of July 5 and July 12. The extremely high positive

, readings of Station "BG" exceed by a factor of at least three times any normally expected fluctuation. The cause of the heavy precipitation was several thunderstorms that occurred during the first week at "BG". In the second week, three individual thunderstorms occurred in one af ternoon ,

causing severe flooding in Bowling Green. These convective occurrences cannot be in any way related to moisture input from the cooling tower.

[ This should serve as an example of very large fluctuations that occur naturally.

i j During August the station was in continuous operation. This month had j

I a relatively low interstation variability. Temperatures for the month

averaged below normal and were remarkably similar for a summer month, j

} which usually has a high degree of variability. Precipitation was the element that had the greatest fluctuation. Overall, August was well within the previously established limits of expected variation, and the vapor plume apparently had no effect.on the climate environm, it.

I The operational pattern of the station prevents a comparable analysis of fluctuations for the remainder of the year. However, in succeeding months, the climatic data are well within previously established limits p especially when considered in the light of the year's variable weather k

'A . pattern. Below normal temperatures of January and February were in sharp contrast to very warm readings in March and April. May and June

D-5 l

were warm, averaging above normal. Mid-sumer was cooler than expected,

, g while October and November were much milder than the long-term average. t Precipitation was above normal for the year but for January and February 1 was below average. July had significantly higher rainfall totals at "BG",

thus yielding a highly variable spatial pattern. Even including the climatological extremes, the patterns of fluctuation were similar to previous years. The complete set of graphs (Figures D-13 through D-19) illustrate the basic shift between winter and summer interstation variability.

The typical interstation fluctuation is small in winter and is considerable in the warmer part of the year. The months of January and May had relatively small fluctuations. March had an abrupt shift to a high degree

' of interstation differences, which continued through July. After this point, interstation fluci.uation gradually diminishes to the end of the year, reflecting, the cool late summer and very mild fall. This gradual change to the typical winter pattern is identical to previous years.

Maximum temperature departures from base Station "T" are typical of I'

shifts that occur from one season to another (Figure D-13). During the first two months of the year interstation fluctuations were small.

Throughout the summer portion, both "BG" and "B" were warmer than Station "T". The University site was the warmest because of the distance from water, with "B" slightly warmer because of sandy soils and greatly reduced advection. Stations "0W" and "A" were cooler because of the vegetation canopy. Conditions between stations had a greater degree of similarity in the fall than spring.

Minimum temperatures , in terms of departures from Station "T", are an excellent example of the changes that occurred throughout this f

\

reporting interval (Figure D-14). During January all ster'on fluctuations were similar to Station "T"; most averaged cooler, while Station "BG" was slightly warmer. During the sumer portion "BG" was cooler because

- - . _ _ - _ - -~_ . -. - _ - - _ . - . - - . _ - _ .. - - - - --. -

D-6 of its inland location, receiving no moderating influence from Lake Erie g

during the cold spell. Also, the general shift in position between coastal and inland stations was the same as in previous years. Ilowever f the variation between stations was smaller than in the pass

! Average temperature departures from Station "T" are a composite of i conditions described under maximum and minimum temperatures (Figure D-15).

Most of the year interstation fluctuations were relatively small, but

! there was a general shift of positions with respect to the base station.

4 During the first part of the year most stations had a high degree of variability, and in the latter half they exhibited relatively small .

! fluctuations.

l Temperature range had the same basic pattern throughout the course of i

j the year, as in previous years (Figure D-16). The greatest departures s were during the warmer periods. In the cooler months, the range of temper-I atures was very similar. Throughout the year "BG" and "B" i

had greater j ranges than "T", with "A" and "0W" smaller.

Precipitation had several distinct periods of high varino111ty.

During the summer this was due to convectional storms passing over some stations and not others (Figure D-17). The higher fluctuations in the summer normally occur because of high frequency of convective storms.

j llumidity is given both in the terms of relative humidity (Fiture D-18)

I and dew point (Figure D-19). Generally there was a high degree of week-to-week fluctuation. Many. factors affected the humidity, including evapora-l tion, proximity to water, wind currents, and vegetation growth. The degree of interstation variability is the same as the other elements

! throughout the period and is similar to previous years.

N JANUARY. It was one of the coldest months, averaging well below long-term normals. In addition to being colder, the month received lower than t

1

. .._. _--___ ,. .-. ---.. - - . ~

_ ~ _ _ - - . - - . _ , - _.. _ _ _ , . _ _ . . _ _ _ - . _.

D-7 average precipitation. All monthly temperature characteristics between (mv) stations were quite similar (Figure D-1). The greatest differences were in total precipitation and minimum temperature. The largest interstation variations were between "B" and "BG".

FEBRUARY. This month exhibited great variability in temperatures, with record lows in the first part and mild temperatures during the last.

Conditions began showing a higher degree of variability. Station "BG" was slightly warmer than the others (Figure D-2). The greatest discrepancies between stations were between "BG" and "B". In these instances, the greatest monthly interstation variability was total precipitation and average air temperature.

MARCH. Much warmer than normal is the best description of the weather in March. "BG" was slightly warmer because of its inland location (Figure 7

s s D-3). The greatest interstation differences were between "B" and "BG" based i \

I /

Ns f' on variations in average air temperatures. The relatively high interstation variability continued throughout the entire month.

APRIL. Mild and moist were the key distinguishing factors of the month.

Overall, there was large interatation fluctuations (Figure D-4). No one element was outstanding; however, minimum temperature and precipitation made "BG" and "B" dif ferent from other stations.

MAY. Conditions were simlier ta March and April (Figure D-5). High temperatures and variability were characteristic. Differences between l

stations were large compa cd to previous years. "A" "B" and "T" "B" had the greatest differences.

JUNE. Temperatures and precipitation were normal for the month (Figure D-6). Most elements had a low degree of variability. Precipitation had

/, ~j the highest amount, but overall this month was the start of more uniform

\ ) l conditions.

1

D-8 JULY. Precipitation was above normal. Bcwling Green recorded an cxcessive amount of rainfall, which was the most significant factor Icading to the differences. Temperatures throughout the region were similar and normal (Figure D-7).

AUGUST. Rainfall for the month was above normal and highly variable between stations. Temperature averaged well below normal and led to low variability between stations (Figure D-8). The greatest differences ,

occurred between Stations "BG" and "B". The specific element that led to this difference was total precipitation.

I l SEPTEMBER. Precipitation and temperatures for September were normal (Figure D-9). Variability was less than August with Stations "T" "0W" l having the most significant differences. The specific elements that ranked highest were evaporation and precipitation.

OCTOBER. The month was warm. Precipitation was normal at all stations (Figure D-10). The differences between locations were smaller than the preceding summer months. Createst differences were between Stations "11"

]

and "0W".

NOVEMBER. Above normal temperatures and precipitation were character-

' istic (Figure D-11). Differences between stations were very small. The i

most significant fluctuations were between Stations "0W" and "A".

Temperature and temperature range were the most important elements leading l

to that difference.

i DECEMBER. Temperatures and precipitation were normal (Figure D-12).

Most elements were more similar in their fluctuation patterns as they were in November. The interstation variability was very small - one of the smallest on record.

j Conclusion l

The vapor plume from a natural-draft cooling tower can influence specific meteorological elements of the surrounding atmospheric environment.

i i D-9 l

]

i f

l I However, with a tall tower and variable wind pattern, the frequency j of such occurrences is r 11; hence the impact on the overall i climatological settings should be minimal. Thus far all the atmospheric I i

l fluctuations that have been monitored are within the expected range and no abnormal climatic occurrance can be attributed to the power I 1

1 station operation.

i l

i

)

O l t

k p

l l

I i

1 4

l9 1

l i ,

I i

)

CLIMATOLOGICAL

SUMMARY

FOR JANUARY 1979 STATION T STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MAXIMUM 22.71 20.48 19.35 21.00 24.90 AIR TEMPERATURE 7.72 7.30 5.50 5.99 8.15 13.77 MINIMUM 11.87 11.74 7.29 9.77 AIR TEMPERATURE 10.29 8.78 9.42 8.51 10.24 AVERAGE 17.65 16.39 14.16 15.97 20.10 AIR TEMPERATURE 8.65 7.55 6.82 6.83 8.75 DAILY RANGE 10.52 8.68 12.13 11.35 11.16 j

. AIR TEMPERATURE 6.14 5.90 6.64 5.29 5.54 l

9 1. .37 1.63 2.20 PREC TION

AVERAGE DAILY 1 EVAPORATION i

AVERAGE 80.45 83.81 72.94 78.58 83.32

! RELATIVE HUMIDITY 8.41 7.46 10.83 8.38 11.88 l AVERAGE 13.06 12.61 7.19 11.19 16.52

DEW POINT 10.40 3.59 9.59 8.38 11.05 I

o o

I c '. ..L 7 E D-1 l

4____

O O O CLIMATOLOGICAL

SUMMARY

FOR FEBRUARY 1979 STATION T STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MAXIMUM 21.71 17.86 13.64 20.89 20.25 AIR TEMPERATURE 10.16 10.78 10.43 9.75 6.48 10.14 8.89 1.18 7.61 15.50 l MINIMUM 10.51 2.83 AIR TEMPERATURE 10.31 11.02 12.08 AVERAGE 16.04 13.57 7.82 14.54 25.50 AIR TEMPERATURE 9.07 10.99 11.01 10.75 10.30 DAILY RANGE 10.79 8.75 11.32 12.31 13.13 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.21 5.66 8.62 5.88 7.76 0.39 0.55 0.58 0.69 1.11 PREC TION AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION AVERAGE 82.04 87.75 70.71 80.25 87.64 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 7.05 5.67 10.88 6.82 6.54 AVERAGE 11.14 10.93 10.79 10.75 15.82 10.15 11.02 12.32 10.85 10.83

) -

DEW POINT

?

4 "

FIGURE 0-2

CLIMATOLOGICAL SU*CMRY FOR MARCH 1979 i '

j ,

1 STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG STATION T STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN 33.23 42.10 47.87 41.16 39.35 12.70 MAXIMUM 10.86 11.22 11.60 AIR TEMPERATURE 10.87 l

30.23 19.55 27.65 32.52 MINIMUM 29.23 10.12 8.31 8.36 8.98 8.59  !

AIR TEMPERATURE 34.16 6.10 34.55 39.68 AVERAGE 34.90 10.66 9.35 8 86 9.22 9.21 AIR TEMPERATURE 11.55 9.13 13.48 14.39 14.90 DAILY RANGE 6.59 6.87 6.12 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.25 6.17 1.8s 1.38 1.71 1.51 2.12 gascio!;i11cs AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION 85.23 69.42 77.97 81.77 AVERAGE 78.00 10.92 11.52 8.26 13.32 8.06 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 34.10 35.61 18.10 31.65 37.13 AVERAGE 16.79 16.36 16.60 9.29 8.39 DEW POINT _

a i

no I FIGURE D-3

i CLIMATOLOGICAL

SUMMARY

FOR APRIL 1979 1

i STATION T STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV 48.17 49.53 I 40.57 48.43 55.90 MAXIMUM 12.06 AIR TEMPERATURE 9.85 9.93 ' 9.30 10.17 MINIMUM 37.13 39.13 28.07 34.87 39.80 6.92 6.09 7.04 8.93 9.09 AIR TEMPERATURE AVERAGE 42.50 43.67 33.50 41.27 46.80 8.25 7.65 7.04 8.56 9.47 1 AIR TEMPERATURE DAILY RANGE 10.33 10.40 12.50 11.53 15.77 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.66 5.89 6.30 6.92 6.86 4.28 3.35 3.49 3.88 4.19 PREC TION AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION AVERAGE 68.83 78.43 64.27 83.97 83.30 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 10.18 9.71 8.85 8.14 12.29 AVERAGE 33.33 37.20 22.77 41.57 41.13 8.27 8.30 7.11 9.05 10.20 DEW POINT

?

FIGURE D-4 i

i l

l l

l CLIMATOLOGICAL

SUMMARY

FOR MAY 1979 STATION T STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG l MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV t 67.00 67.42 67.68 69.03 MAXIMUM 66.23 9.94 10.47 13.04 11.57 12.05 AIR TEMPERATUPE l MINIM'JM 49.87 52.42 49.68 49.39 49.65 AIR TEMPERATURE 7.06 7.89 7.92 7.61 8.02 l

AVERAGE 57.68 59.52 57.55 57.52 58.87 AIR TEMPERATURE 8.05 S.70 9.76 9.09 9.61 i

DAILY RANGE 16.35 14.58 17.10 18.2 9 18.74 AIR TEMPERATURE 6.27 4.60 7.04 8.41 6.63 ,

TOTAL 4.39 2.10 3.39 3.69 2.85 PRECIPITATION AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION ,

AVERAGE 72.26 73.00 81.26 78.81 72.13 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 13.69 11.71 12.38 12.14 15.40 AVERAGE 48.00 49.68 51.45 50.68 49.10 7.10 12 .47 9.30 s.63

[ DEW POINT i 6.77 ,

?

I l FIG'JRE D-5 I

! I

D U

CLIFAT0 LOGICAL SUPMARY FOR JUNE 1979 STATION T STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV ,

MAXIMUM 77.50 75.93 77.07 76.40 78.73 6.88 6.42 12.02 6.69 6.29 AIR TEMPERATURE MINIMUM 59.30 56.80 58.70 58.63 58.93 AIR TEMPERATURE 6.55 6.93 6.26 6.23 6.56 AVERAGE 67.43 67.07 67.47 66.73 68.20 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.60 5.20 5.36 5.24 5.88 DAILY RANGE 18.20 16.80 20.03 17.43 20.13 AIR TEMPERATURE 7.14 6.99 6.7. 6.81 5.78 TOTAL 3.36 4.68* 2.05 3.89 1.99 PRECIPITATION l AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION AVERAGE 75.67 71.47 76.37 70.23 65.17 RELATIVE HUMIDITY '15.06 12.61 17.78 15.37 13.00 l AVERAGE 59.30 56.67 59.20 56.57 55.10  !

DEW POINT 9.30 8.39 9.67 8.98 8.06 ,

4

• apparent recording error of

3.8 inches included in total.

?

5 FIGURE D-6 i

s .

CLIMATOLOGICAL

SUMMARY

FOR JULY 1979 STATION T STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MAXIMUM 78.35 77.90 81.42 76.94 76.26 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.69 5.62 6.46 5.67 10.60 MINIMUM 62.84 63.84 62.42 61.68 57.03 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.68 5.86 5.70 5.11 10.04 AVERAGE 70.03 70.10 70.13 68.90 66.23

AIR TEMPERATURE 5.04 5.14 4.86 4.93 10.06 DAILY RANGE 15.61 14.23 18.58 15.26 18.90 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.24 5.04 5.73 4.91 5.53 TOTAL

! PRECIPITATION 3.47 6.98* 2.52 2.56 10.83 i AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION AVERAGE 75.77 73.23 80.97 70.19 70.26 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 12.97 11.65 16.09 13.39 11.86 AVERAGE 61.81 60.94 62.58 58.03 59.84 DEW POINT 8.33 8.65 8.61 8.53 8.36

• apparent recording error of 4.0 inches included in total.

7 5

FIGURE D-7

O O O CLIMATOLOGICAL

SUMMARY

FOR AUGUST 1979 STATION T STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV 75.39 74.55 76.48 72.45 76.00 MAXIMUM 5.94 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.55 5.09 5.28 4.88 MINIMUM 61.97 64.81 60.97 60.74 60.84 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.78 3.61 5.61 5.25 5.37 AVERAGE 68.87 69.90 68.97 64.84 68.39 AIR TEMPERATURE 4.65 4.05 4.93 11.60 4.82 DAILY RANGE 13.35 9.74 15.52 17.77 14.84 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.44 3.70 4.58 5.91 5.12 TOTAL PRECIPITATION 3.44 5.26 2.01 4.85 5.58 AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION AVERAGE 80.52 85.84 83.45 84.32 77.68 13.26 10.65 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 10.94 7.31 9.59 AVERAGE 62.35 66.00 61.84 61.77 61.42 DEW POINT 7.11 5.75 7.48 6.34 6.70

?

G FICURE D-8

t O O CLIMATOLOGICAL

SUMMARY

FOR SEPTEMBER 1979 i STATION T STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV I

MAXIMUM 71.20 70.33 75.67 67.97 72.30 6.82 6.30 5.17 6.75 7.48 AIR TEMPERATURE MINIMUM 56.07 57.80 55.17 53.47 53.67 AIR TEMPERATURE 7.13 6.91 6.53 6.92 7.51 AVERAGE 63.27 64.27 65.03 60.30 63.10 AIR TEMPERATURE 6.21 5.80 4.71 6.53 5.96 DAILY RANGE 14.80 11.40 21.97 14.50 18.63 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.32 6.43 10.68 5.46 5.70 TOTAL 1.66 1.01 1.32 1.40 1.01 PRECIPITATION AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION AVERAGE 82.43 77.50 85.83 79.73 71.07 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 6.54 8.89 8.83 7.25 9.31 AVERAGE 58.07 58.17 60.53 53.63 53.27 DEW P0 INT 7.58 8.80 6.69 7.52 7.71 i

?

5 FIGURE D-9

3 O O O CLIMATOLOGICAL

SUMMARY

FOR OCTOBER 1979 STATION T STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEt MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV l

MAXIMUM 57.16 37.19 58.39 55.68 57.13 AIR TEMPERATURE 10.89 10.24 10.51 10.32 11.29 MINIMUM 44.26 45.58 43.35 43.35 42.10 AIR TEMPERATURE 9.61 9.19 8.95 9.05 8.93 AVERAGE 50.84 51.58 51.00 49.42 49.81 AIR TEMPERATURE 9.84 9.26 9.32 9.32 10.30 DAILY RANGE 12.90 11.61 14.81 12.65 14.90 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.96 5.97 6.62 6.04 5.98 1.58 2.75 1.75 1.51 1.57 PREC TION AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION AVERAGE 84.84 74.74 83.19 79.61 74.55 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 8.16 8.53 16.88 7.48 8.61 AVERAGE 46.42 44.61 45.45 43.35 41.84 DEW POINT 10.60 10.78 12.55 9.92 11.28

?

G FIGURE D-10 t

( -

O CLIMATOLOGICAL

SUMMARY

FOR NGVEMBER 1979 STATION T STATION A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV 46.03 46.70 47.30 45.30 45.63 MAXIMUM 9.47 9.28 9.37 9 17 AIR TEMPERATURE 9.54 MINIMUM 34.43 36.10 34.23 33.20 32.87 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.68 5.96 6.12 5.58 6.74 AVERAGE 40.67 41.47 41.10 39.63 39.23 AIR TEMPERATURE 7.57 7.54 7.47 6.90 7.65 DAILY RANGE 11.60 10.53 13.07 12.77 12.83 AIR TEMPERATURE 5.64 4.94 5.56 6.60 5.07 TOTAL 3.46 3.67 3.88 3.60 3.34 PRECIPITATION AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION AVERAGE 78.70 76.53 82.37 79.00 75.97 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 9.37 8.48 6.18 9.80 9.43 AVERAGE 34.47 34.47 35.93 33.93 32.70 DEW POINT 8.06 7.27 7.81 7.10 3,30

]

i I

FICURE D-11

CLIMATOLOGICAL

SUMMARY

FOR DECEMBER 1979 STATION T STATIO!1 A STATION B STATION OW STATION BG MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MEAN STD DEV MAXIMUM 36.74 37.74 37.35 36.97 36.81

AIR TEMPERATURE 7.87 8.39 8.05 8.41 9.05 MINIMUM 26.26 27.87 26.61 26.84 26.26 AIR TEMPERATURE 8.29 7.50 7.11 8.33 8.72 AVERAGE 31.68 32.87 31.97 32.06 31.45 AIR TEMPERATURE 7.42 7.36 7.03 7.85 8.33 DAILY RANGE 10.48 9.87 10.84 9.94 10.55 AIR TEMPERATURE 6.30 5.81 5.89 6.12 5.93 PREC TION 2.53 2.95 2.19 3.23 2.75 AVERAGE DAILY EVAPORATION AVERAGE 71.81 75.94 81.81 83.58 77.84 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 9.72 7.09 10.77 9.78 14.93 AVERAGE 25.10 26.61 27.48 27.77 25.19 DEW POINT 7.51 7.43 8.34 8.35 9.22 l  ?

e FIGURE o-12

\ v MAXIMUM TEMPERATURES - DEPARTURES FROM STATION T 15 -

I

• l t f[ i *

! 1 I

i  ! ,

, t j I',

i

{

3 i t <!

10 I }  ; I l

5 l l i 4 i i ,

I t t

b  !

_n A

p -s I

5 > h -l ,4  ! '

f t's -  !! .f p,* ,

,8, l-

• i

.4  !; ,  :, i .t. ,. - .,

---r.e z .\, .,.

).- 4 . .*

i5

,4 rs f , -! i : . ,- ,

g 5 . s, - i . T- -

%* l A , j . . ! .R . l ! ' "

..t

. ,1 n 's '. l ') * -+ 4 \ .,

0 *- i I \5 - ,, 4p -t.. '

9

'# 's,k'"i) 3

".6./ ! Nf F

\ ,u.+

3

/ -

. 'f g . ' . ' ,; ,: #.v ;. ; ., * - -

. .* , . g 8 77'k i

• \ .ip I ;\ f l4 l

} !' e 5

l,("i V '

x  ; le

. ; , s' V; A

.$s _

!.I s

5 k,  ! 'i.

\ I

'. .i ' ,.

s '. /

i-

,i

• s *,! .4 k .;:.

i

a. -s e 1

., '* I i

.i t,. ss 'y  ;!

5 i '.s._1l ',-!' :t 8 '

' 1! ii I  ; k

L  !!  !-

1 i

4.p! _ _ _

_'g "_4 T-

!.j:_

8 i.,1, A li q, .

1 i.  :

i4 . ,*. . ,/ ~ h.:

'g' ..,

,4 '!

], f g:i. . :i.i.

.. /

's

.l.

a

' '  ! l

' i i .:

h!!,! ,'4 ' 4'

g 4,

. e-** '

2

....- 'A Tower Woo'ds 10 ., lf

{

• -*-*-* B Beach Wodds

.__..__;_ __._c___

• " * - + - *

0W Ottawa W4ods

. _ ___. _ _ l _ __ _ _ l _1__'@5'_ .

l l , j

- 2 lBGUniversi(y 1 l l i .

i 4 - m m - m m m - m m m m m m m e m o s :r - s.:r - m m m me m m e m o e m o s -:r - m m - m m m m e m o s

--m -m -mm --n --mm -um --m -mm -mm --n -um -mm JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

Figure D-13 Maximum temperature differences from the meteorological tower base Station "T" by weekly averages for  ?

! the four network stations during the study period January 4, 1979 through December 27, 1979 5 1

i

.i

MINIMUM TEMPERATURES - DEPARTURES FROM STATION T 10

! I i t i i -

i

l e  ; -

{ -

/.j f -~

i i , . .

, e  : .: .

i.  ::

5  :

, , i

. :A.../ '.- i

/i -

-p

/ I/) I,

{

• .!  !  ? 4.d' k - / 'N I a. .*"*5 4In

.? .  ! .d

': .;. k l.I. . i. s. ..l '% l % ;'.,$ 4 .'h %

F" 0 --*

e' i.

T*

l l- J.

.A. 4

, ' .s- s . :- :

--ff

\.

I 1

s -l e *"*W- W p p. 1 7 # ,, =' ,

' '~

,}. il.s.-l y p._ \..^e,-l

~

=R !

v ,.L ,N l ,p y in !y  %,7j.,v. g., f. /

l ; t J :ej 1 , p.. .g4 -.  !

! .: h , -si  :  : ^ .i b l 5

\, uF

?

l\ 'l  :

p __._

's t

, ,.s, .

q. .r, .

V l '.g {, ,s ss l >' .

i., i ,' , a s

+.4 , '

10 (J

.  % i

' v' ' ' ,',

\

\ y'/  ;

l i

e .. . . A Tower Woods

__- ._ _ _ _ _ __;.... _ _. L _-___ ---_l-.._____ ' - * * * *

.B. Beach Woods _ _ _-__

, e++* ;0W Ottawa Woods l

- - - - ;BG University 4

15 - m mm m e m me mo e m o s- -mm-mmmmemos 1 e - co m - m m m - m m m m m m m e m o s.: - s.

! --n -m -mm --m --mm -mm --m -um -mm --m -mm -mm JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC o

Figure D-14 Minimum temperature differences from the meteorological tower base Station "T" by weekly averages for 4 the four network stations during the study period January 4, 1979 through December 27, 1979 w

_ .._. _..m. _ . . _ _ _ _ _ ._. ._

m M

-. O c -

m o

m O u O

,c O 4

<-  %.~'

-. LII ss h'

W ~l8 , s. .:.e , -$- I "b 25 I  !?: 9 I ...-

s .c *q.::g,.

m g

-~. ~ ~~- p.W ~ ~ ~-~

-% 0 m

Om ..

ca I5 ~...**< :r.:r.:-::t' ...i pp ~~~ 8 en,q~ ~ ~:.~. -:r.:

ao oa I

!f

55'~rn,,,~,,,.

i I 8*,

m

%8 a i a.-~

(

15

'h

!, -. E ..- . b

" "C 22 ~~ ,

,F

• ~~ $ <

r+ 29 *~ 9 m l o

na ty 5 'y ()\::'*...., .,., . g Ql2

..>. m Q l

0k me mI9 y . ***

.m.'-........ . .

gr* # ' . . . ..

y m

m a .a, 25 k  %

...****=..,**..b.;- , ]

1 2 .

,e J

-~

I i -. og yl0 ~~.

'4 m l

3 g b ...

, c -< =

m -

H i

2& 4."'* c--

O 31 . , . , ,h

)* 'o y

• " g 7 "7 O\E CO C O C a14 ~ - - _ - ~ - - . ~ _ . _ _

k xs e

m 21

-g... 4.f ,

I "O "O 28 m

-. o, 7

$  ? 3 OO h~

t._

.*- l M q

l9 f- l

• =,

--, .j~~-----

1 f q M

{. 26 _. .,

i

~ ' ^ * ^ ~ -

.-..~(~.._

g ,

• N m

cn g e, 2 1

'< r+

b C3 g..~.-...<..........eg

~~*~ ~ ~ ..****I...~

s

?'

' t. - n O

E o6 1

~..... ..

\ ..

• o" 4' o

~

s 23 Y 2 (g

w o. 30 p w6 -- - - -. _w.* *.10-+ e

. . . --- H D

.R- 1h a mI3 ty

."g: w'a H 7 m, ~'2 0 9 r OW 27

' 'I

,.I 9-p. f's > 's..,g't h c n.

C -

e, , 4 wy y  %

7O a O 4 " 4 i . ',

O

E 5 f

d,' 4g

--s h 7 cyp ~~~]-. -- w**4 ,c.-~~~'

--~___ _ - -

OC  ;

3 - 25 CO as q i e' l T Cr a l y ,. .*? *?

ex 3 n

• e+ p f 7 , o8

< < (b q g

@ K yn t *-

NG NG l$ , W 's< 4.. *'

'

• t d., p *y V.- 22 -. c O ,,

re o s w

~x 29 MO $. ~

-*,9,%.,.._ .

f.

Nb O6 Q. 9) m m1 *.

O 7 ml3 n .

c e 20  !, **

a m 27 i

t

• [f -

a'"

l #2-0

N

• TEMPERATURE RANGE - DEPARTURES FROM STATION T I i ki .

i  ;

10 >-e  !

l

, -~ .,

.y - ,-

t l ., 6

,.8 { 8I by I

-i ,t . .:V . .

,I. /J .

a o ,

1 .w_ '

• ,- 4 e . _, . .; ,a,  ;

5

~

• ~ '

e' 'i e i.

i _. *.

3

'. . s . ,,I ',

i

. .,ii _ .'.'

e.n. ' ' ,. ' . ' s' 's  ;

' i

.i 45  ?.,, .i g*y

... [ I

- j - ,i, b..\-' - i, ,  :.u .,' l ' '. ^ ,' ,.

..Q,g..'...y Yl .l. . .

- ~g . -

l  ; i '.

s *** .

, / '. !

4 ,' l 4 4 j- A A ,

i \* ,..

L E. . /A

> /-

F* O kj i b i

k

.'*1*i

.. . * *l

,f.' . \ #- * '

% . Y'  ;.  : n 1:  %

. j y .'..

5, ) } '.'l l Yi (>k. l:::

. I.  :. r,:

• . s. l\ i

\ l  ;  ;

4

\.Y! ' . ' , .5

.  :  : '..4 ;;

i::

I *' *..

.4  : 1.

y \ \

6 -18 s f.:

• ii t -

I.

3 5

.i).

v

'I ii {

i I  !

.i; i 18

.s:

/.!

LI t

I i

{ 4- -

pg; ij , ,

Tower Woo {ds

... ... A v . *-

i i

.-...,.8 Beach Woqds i 10

. . . . . OWI Ottawa We'ods ,

t

'BG Universit!y j t

l I i { '

i 1 4 --n

- e m - m m-mm - m m-mm m m m m --n m e m o --mm rs a - rse - m m m m e n m e m o e m o 8 4 -m m - m m m m e m o es

-um --m -um -mm --n -mm -mn JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC o

Figure D-16 Temperature range differences from the meteorological tower base Station "T" by weekly averages for i tu the four network stations during the study period January 4, 1979 through December 27, 1979 ui

I N N o F t i e g 2 1 O i 2 u

r O

e -

a r

,i, p D .

p - J p !

a r

e 1

7 A m-N 7 '

n ,,;,.

t f P mm ,.

~

r or - _

e ue l c r c i Fm j  !!j , l o np r ei Em B

,b d t t mm ,

iw a n ot gr i M g x . .

4 e ko n Am r s rt d o ai rt Rm mm {l!li pd g

s f i f P ,g nm o oe nr A P m

.f

- /

b P

fse $g .

R n Rm  ;

E 3 dc 8r s ue m 8.f i I e!w 1

g l

C I

i ne ,

2- P inf I ng r m f1 l

T o A ft m Mo A

oh r et Jse h

Ys mr:-

qb T I

O ut i:I

,i N n um m- 3. i

j. ~

t ede -

2 y t e

J U r-s

.H! 1

,hi D 8p o a er N

E

f. l, j

g j..:y. e .

E P

r o m- i nil Y A O

doo mm R 4

0aa dg Jc n

i J N m

4r  ;

.e

.? T U

R E

i n at u

l Um L

Y >

S fy w r o me

'i F

o e m b .3 .

R r4r . - . O J,

b A m l! .,

M u1 l

a Ue G y

.',s-S y7e9s . ij .

T 9 mm . l A

1 S 7 .: . - . i 4 T

2 t t mo ha e l . i i;!!. \

., $ l\ ; l;,lj I fr t

,9 O o oi Sm ,b\ i N -

r g uo E S h n Pmo 2

• * 'k ien 8u T _

t a D T" T

ms

• 5 ;,

te " r

" s i

c ' p o

n eb my O-C Tm

• - 1!ti '

{!!i.f i !

&l 1

b Aew r e nm BOB A GW n e .

o2k - UOB T.

nt eo _

t7l .

r,y Nm i t aw vace

~ .

e1 a Om V ewhr

. A- .

m9v uN r

s .a WW.

l __

o7e - -

v9r e

t hoppI Woo 'l:,

-}

1 a mm d g y od d e e ds s f s s r Dm E A _

_ o f m o Cmo . -

r f- .

O_

_ a mN . . - -

n t a h l

y e s

i s

. i

• 4o

v

\

4 J

AVERAGE RELATIVE HUMIDITY - DEPARTURES FROM STATION T l

l l l

.\- i

.n I 20 -

! 's b ist, r _ .

p 8 .\., t -

i.

. . s '. \ j '. 1- . .  : I I.

s '.

a;

/'/A_\ '8' '

. _f f il a 8  !! s er

[g gf :.tg.

y., ,3 g , e, j .:a

.a. - ,

,. g g . . s, . }

,, .,s ,

l ', ? . '-, 14 -

10 -- *  :

? *. .A d. t I * ;I --A - + --

-'h.'.

l ' ..'.

'"\ .- ,', '

,,- ,o* ' 9 --

. ,A -- \ - -- . . =.-.l- .l

. .u^ .

? -> l l- **Y)g.-  !\ l d,.If IIh.i ! ' +.,' 's n'

-/

^! *l!~ \ !\ %, *% '

i

• .e .  ! .l. ^^5

'

• 8 '

= ta

. ' '- . -. *;d t

1.,.#' . -i  ! *..

, ,q e ii a e e

• . -S. t . a t 8 . .g i,

\ 878o A i A j i '. / ', E. '

• I arIT ' X 4 i :8 I 1,

[y'/. 11 a

I o i

\. .l r .s

. I .1 . e/

'E '//\l ' l N s, i

,l a-*

. A

.g, Y..s,

. l t g: ',,

...... l .

=l ,

'. h

. 4':4^4/ j.i,. sg

.'-. . _3 . r 4/

,/ . s

\  ; if If vi 6 ii -- .l i

i ..Y i . ' "-* 4

• .'. ; \f :j i -

.- ,E'.i j'.!

^

'., ,/*P.. ,;\,' j .n

't ^ ;g\ '...i .; *  ?

'f*

... i .o l .

! I

'. ed

j. J1 T  ! s1 4. N. Np # i.

s 0 , , ,l , ,

g.s y., i 3 ,

.' yl -

-f y

• . , ' 'i . ,' {; !

'g I J 1: j;; ! i.

i' is 'k.a.

ii is

ii!

g l

l > I 'y 1 20

• "*-+-* Al Y3 Tower Woods , jj!  !

j

• • • -*"* B: Beach Woodjs. t q.j ._ _ _

Ok Ottawa Woods ,

ii l  ! .

2 2 - I' Rh Univers itv!  !

4 -m --mm -m m m-m- m m m-mm o mm me--m m o ma --mm - sa- m mm me m me m o e m e s4 - e m-m m m m e me s

-um --m -mm -mm --s -mm -m u JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC o

Figure 0-18 Average relative humidity differences from the meteorological tower base Station "T" by weekly averages r'o for the four network statiens during the study period January 4, 1979 through December 27, 1979 i

a l

1

s DEW POINT - DEPARTURES FROM STATION T 15

.c.:

I 's

.i.n-k x

!! i L__

;,  !.t .

56 .

. p

{ f j~i ,'I, I ~21 l

l '.

10 .g  :- b i t-' t '

l-

.i - $.

^ ':t .

~!l!'1

-: 1:

; ~.

-t

!! I ' 4,j ' '~

~ j; . l ,f 4 g ' l l,

-l~'. !l e ~ yM..'

ri II .

• 8 71 I '

.. ., r i 5

55 5 E ^~ *

A 1 i .i -. I*4a .c'

t. ,% l' ' .'i--

24 -

,o' n, ,t'j p

.s  !,. ,i h .;i .n:.- . .# d, . : t.

.; - - : -e-*. .!- Q t-i *

! I

• ' . p\

1 . ,I. \ ..A  : .s L * . I: i\ 's - !b - -l

.4  !  !  ! l 14 $ . '. j .' '

, ! .i + - *'.e.. '  ! I

-g,,/.* st */!:

= ps e- i  :: : ,; ,.,,. .

s ,

,h.9g : .*e .<

e' j.

i j

F* O ',4 A r.i-  !-e "-

i I

~ 3- 1  : . . A.-*s ' . ' '

e'. i

- h,\. ,y1f.1  !\ \  : '.-f,h'Q.

b f I..;

~N

{'h.t.z'$.')Ib'y'P'

.I

!l i';i i  ;  !  !! 'v"

i .*l .4 i

.,i e A 'i \

.  ! i s i i  ;

2 :.  !

t.u

. / '. I  ; -

,J, ti

.i;;,d ;i.!. I */l 5 5 a:g  ! t j .,_, , n L l , ,t g y Y '.  !!,1.!  !! I

.V:! :i.! . .. :i. .!

i Yi..! i I ;s.

a)*1 isl i

- l li.  !~  ; W

','t t ! '9:qih !.j * . \

. g 'e

.' 11! -

I

t s

. .i t

10  !  ! ' i I'i !

i a, e....-*

t A Tower Woods I.fg,i !! L.5 e N-l" _ i _ _ .. .d;_j I m - *- *

'B_ Heach_Wodds_ .

., g ' '; i l?j l

. . . . . ,0W Ottawa Woods

j  ; . --- BG Univers i ty

.) ,

' 5,

!i; l!

j i

15 4 -m--m m-m mm-m-m m mm - mm m m m --me m o--mm s 4 - se-mm - m m --n m m e m me -mm mo e no s 4- mm-mmmmemos

-mm --m -mm -mm JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC Figure D-19 Dew point differences from the meteorological tower base Station "T" by weekly averages for the four  ?

network stations during the study period January 4,1979 through December 27, 1979 9!

1 i

BIRD POPULATIONS COMMON to the SISTER ISLANDS TIIE ROLE OF NAVARRE MARSil for TIIE TOLEDO EDISON COMPANY l

Prepared by:

l I

Robert L. Meeks, II Robert D. Ilofim,ui l

l l

l l

l

l l

l l

l

~' * ; .

f ' ' :. ' [ k_

r , ,

-4 4 g4

- .'s ag.y ,.

. , . - .. y , ,. ,

- Y _.

y.

.- g {$ .

'* ~

-l-R'

'l 'L ?

'" k . ..?,

{'*- 'f f , .Q g +*

g .

'  ? '

~-[' m .e 4,

+ _ y

,s  % -__

., . y +

_c _ q 6 5

'r ' '

% . O. , .

' ,. - i  :

• ^

,*'o'O 'd - _ -

1. 6 1 L " ? s: -

. ; y.: A 7: 1 _

[

4' d

',Mg GREAT BLUE HERON

. .. . . . . . . . . , .. ......;... .c . . . , . . .. . .

> .g

+. .

a

^

8 4

{. -'

, , g - '4 -

".. , ."- e,- ' ' ' ' ' -

~

a..  ? A .

! l- -'

.o ,_

I'f[- '

. f ' '

'~

fs: , 4 t* "

m ,

M

y . .,

, ' ' n. + r .

,;.. , i. ' -

~,

s, g .

.n

. - .- yg . . ..i+.

-.. ..gn% ; i- ,

h..,.....%, f- */ -,

, ' . .:, h, . " ...

..+ -

.' ..(

,. 5 $.V. y, -.':- .;O.ig r.4 pt,_ i

-; . . - . ;. p.. . t , ."=,. .

A ' -

. > ._

• g ,,

-. 5... . " #' a , , , ,, . .

,,,........lp..!

GREAT EGRET i

i

l i

e

=

4 e

i 6

j g TABLE OF CONTENTS Page l

! ... is List of Tables .................................................

i List of Figures .................................................. . iii 1

i Summary .................................................... .......

i Introduction ....................................................... 3

, Location ........................ .................................. 3 a

1 Justification ...................................................... 7 1

! Obj ectives ........................ ...... . ....... ....... .... 7 Methods ................................... .......... ...... ...... 8 t.

General Descriptions ................... .. ............... .. . .. 13 l

i Geology and Early History ....... .... ........................ 13

! i

Flora ................................ ............ .......... 14 t

Avian Fauna ............ ...................................... 14 Hesults ........................................................ . . 17 l

I

Island Surveys ............... ............................. .. 17 I

J Flight Direction ............................................. 21

[

41

! Mainland Surveys .............................................. 23 c.

1 37

. Vegetation at Navarre Marsh ................................ ..

I f Discussion ................................ ............... ........ 39 4

J Specific Management Recommendations ....... ........................ 47 i Conclusions ............................... ........................ 49 i

i References ......................................................... 51 Appendix - Scientific Names of Flora and Fauna Mentioned in Text ... 54 [

)

I k

-i- 4

l i LIST OF TABLES D &

Table 1. Southwestern Lake Erie Islands: size, location, and number of colonial bird nests noted in 1979 ........ .. . 19 Table 2. Herons and Egrets Observed in the Southwestern Coastal Marshes ................. ......... ...... ..... 25

)

1 i

i i

)

l l

l i

-ii-

I 1

LIST OF FIGURES a

Page Figure 1. Map of Western Basin of Lake Erie . ..... .......... 6 Figure 2. Dates Surveys were Accomplished . ... ...... ...... 10 Figure 3. Map of Navarre Marsh with Auto Route and Survey Stops Depicted ....................... .......... ... 11 l

l l

l l

t l

-iii-

i 1

I r

t'

SUMMARY

The - Lake Erie islands were surveyed in June, 1979, to determine the species and numbers of colonial birds that. used these islands as a nesting site.

Great blue herons, great egrets, black-crowned night herons, cattle egrets, and herring gulls nested upon West Sister Island. East Sister Island had nesting great blue herons, black-crowned night herons, great egrets, and herring gulls. Big Chicken Island contained double-crested cormorants and

, herring gulls. Facility No. 3 supported common terns, ring-billed gulls, and herring gulls.

i The species, numbers, and behavior of the above colonial nesting birds were observed in the coastal marshes between November 1, 1978, and October 31, D(,/ 1979. Particular attention was paid toward the spatial orientation of these birds in relation to changing environmental conditions. The responses of these species to human activities in and around the mainland marshes were carefully recorded.

Cattle egrets, common terns, and double-crested cormorants were rare visitors 1

to the vegetated environment of the mainland marshes. Common terns almost always restricted their flight to the Lake Erie shoreline. Cattle egrets foraged in dry meadows. Double-crested cormorants usually inhabited the open lake and fed therein. There is no reason to expect any negative impacts to any of these three species due to current practices within, or proposed acti-vities near Navarre Marsh.

\ s._ .

1 i

l D 1 Ring-billed and herring gulls are very wide-ranging scavengers that are of ten benefited by the activities of 20th Century mankind, and appear to be 4

increasing in population. There are no reasons to anticipate any adverse impacts to these gulls resulting from the human activities under consideration near the Navarre Mar *n environs.

i.

4 The West Sister Island great blue heron, black-crowned night heron, and great 1

egret nesting colonies used the mainland marshes as a feeding site to obtain

! fish, crayfish, and aquatic insects. Navarre Marsh is excellent habitat for these wetland organisms. Navarre Marsh should remain as equally beneficial habitat for feeding herons and egrets with the currently proposed plan of

future management. The population dynamics, behavior, and feeding charac-j teristics of great blue herons, black-crowned night herons, and great egrets l ( do not indicate that a high level of contiguous human activity has a negative j impact upon the birds. Large structures in the immediate vicinity did not act as a deterrent to feeding birds. As long as Navarre Marsh is maintained as

wetland habitat, the upland construction of Davis-Besse Units 2 and 3 should not adversely affect the feeding activities of the birds common the Lake Erie islands.

.1 i

I 1

i i

\

h O

( BIRD POPULATIONS COMMON TO Tile SISTER ISLANDS

\

THE ROLE OF NAVARRE MARSil i

INTRODUCTION This study was designed to docunent the movements, behavior, and population f size of the birds nesting on the islands in the western basin of Lake Erie.

j The birds nesting upon West Sister Island that used the Navarre Marsh as a common feeding ground were of particular interest and received the most obser-I vation. The location of the Navarre Marsh is unique because its boundary is contiguous to Unit I of the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station and is in the immediate proximity of proposed Units 2 and 3. West Sister Island has long supported large colonies of nesting herons and egrets, and was designated a National Wilderness Area on January 3, 1975, pursuant to Public Law 93-632.

Other mainland marshes and Lake Erie islands were also included in the study G as the birds involved are extremely mobile and quite opportunistic in their f oraging habits. No investigation could be limited in scope to single nesting and feeding locales without running the risk of incorrect conclusions.

LOCATION Navarre Marsh is located in Carroll Township, Ottawa County, Ohio, on the southwestern shore of Lake Erie approximately 21 miles east of Toledo. It occupies about 600 acres of low-lying land that has long existed as wetland habitat. The marsh occupies a portion of the Davis-Besse site property which is jointly owned by the Toledo Edison Company and the Cleveland Electric Illuminating Company, and has been leased to the Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of Interior, whose personnel manage it as a Division of the

'd Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge Complex.

t

The other mainland marshes included in this study are: Crane Creek Waterfowl

! Experiment Station, Cedar Point National Wildlife Refuge, and two Divisions of the Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge - the Ottawa Division and the Darby Divi-

. sion. 'or the purposes of this report, these areas will be referred to here-i after as: Crane Creek, Cedar Point, Ottawa, and Darby, respectively. Crane Creek, also known as the Magee Marsh, is a 2,600 acre waterfowl marsh managed by the Ohio Division of Wildlife, Department of Natural Resources. It is located in Carroll and Benton Townships of Ottawa County, and Jerusalem Town-ship of Lucas County about 17 miles east of Toledo. The Cedar Point Marsh

> 1ies 10 miles east of Toledo in Oregon Township, Lucas County. This area contains 2,270 acres of wetland. Ottawa is a 5,000 acre area containing both

~

marsh and terrestrial habitat. Its location is 16 miles east of Toledo in Benton and Jerusalem Townships. Twenty-six miles southeast of Toledo lies the

\ 540 acre Darby marsh in Erie Township, Ottawa County.

/

l Three of the approximately 20 islands in the 1,700 square mile western basin of Lake Erie contain avifauna relevant to this st'udy. All except the three eastern most islands, Pelee, Middle, Kelley's, were included. The statement, "approximately 20 islands", is made because Chick and Little Chicken Islands were under water during the summer of 1979. The islands containing the m.ijor bird colonies are: West Sister Island (U.S.), East Sister Island (Canada), and Big Chicken Island (Canada). With respect to the mainland marshes, West Sister Island is 12 miles northeast of Cedar Point, 8 miles north-northeast of I

Ottawa and Crane Creek,10 miles north of Navarre, and 15 miles north-northwest

of Darby. Therefore, these marshes bracket the island along 20 miles of C

l i

I

- coastline. West Sister Island has been a National Wildlife Refuge since 1938.

East Sister Island lies 18 miles northeast of Navarre and 12 miles south of j the Ontario shoreline. Big Chicken Island is 3 miles southeast of East Sister I

1 l Island and about 17 miles from Navarre.

l Figure I shows the western end of Lake Erie, its islands, and the coastal r l wetlands that are described above. ,

1 l

?

l l

, 1 l

l I i

i l

O ,

t i

i i

i V

s

,,,_1,.

\

(  %

.~

_ma- Q /. 6 .-

"\ raov nar ,

.s \. :e

\ _.

~

A u_

=: ~

y, j\ -

o j i-

\

l f

\

\  %

/ (N g% i

~ .~ - ._

%.~* 7,=:' ~~-

./

LAKE N. I'*J~e

's

f.  ! ERIE j  !

/y' ,

- ~~ /

,/ ,

s s.

...e Ng--*""* *::::

g

,,,,,.. G . .. [ @

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, -a**= -N d Ce

\' N, /

w ;j *

'8'884 8 *- N

_/

, ****'**a8 ONYAR10 /

a*--***** N., i.~ . '"'O i --

p ,-

g

%(;as.

en m s. enee

.s sen.

.(

• m llite,,:m ..,gp,.,;,<;..  %. "a'~'

~~ s,

.. ~ ' Jr Q

c - ~. -

J .-

~ ...m > ,,, o . . . -

/

, . V..-- -

s. ,

s..

~'s

'#, t o

c,.**/

.- O

,. e n), ._- _a_ ,,,,,,,,, g

_y gy ' /

, ./

g '

• )

s q a* *! '"'"*

_ f

• n- . /

, ,- 7 v  : ~ __

w qqf[RST&f( M SGNWAYS MA85H t t '.' '? nestes FIGURE I.

U.S. HIGH*AT5 C 3IIII e e so s's to as so

'"'"'IE**

1.AP CF ef sttau SA54m 0F L Ang tatt staff CG PR0b l8ec t AL .% 5 f atAM5 MIGHWAVS

= == e ssA f l0*AL wit 0t iF E REFUCf (4. W A . ) ~~ b e

o m l

.-- . _ __ ._ - . .. . - - . . = -

I q JUSTIFICATION l Great blue herons (see Appendix for all scientific names), great egrets, black-crowned night herons, and herring gulls are well documented colonial nesters on West Sister Island. These same species nest upon East Sister Island, and both herring gulls and double-crested cormorants nest upon Big Chicken Island. Herring gulls are also known to nest on several of the other islands. In 1977 a colony of cattle egrets was located nesting upon West i

l Sister Island (Parris, 1979). It is possible that other unrecorded species

' may inhabit this or one of the other islands. These herons and egrets rely i

j upon the coastal wetlands as a source of food. Gulls and cormorants obtain most of their food from the open lake, but neither species is entirely restricted to Lake Erie.

O t .

One-half of Ohio's marshlands have been altered to other uses since 1950.

Wetlands are difficult to categorize, but in approximate numbers the " prime" marshes have diminished from 30,000 acres to 15,000 acres during the past 30 years. This rapid reduction in available wetland habitat has increased the importance of the remaining areas. It has become impera t.ive that human activities within and about such areas be compatible with the organisms that are found in these wetlands.

OBJECTIVES

This study was to determine the relative role of the mainland Ohio marshes, in l general, and Navarre in particular, to the needs of the colonial nesting birds located on the Lake Erie islands. Current man-induced environmental changes have been analyzed and the probable impacts of proposed future activities are assessed.

v l

. _ _ _ . _ . - ~ . _ . _ _ ___ _ _

.p) lV METHODS The Lake Erie islands were surveye'd in June, 1979, to determine the species and numbers of colonial nesting birds that were present. The month of June was selected because it represented the best time to observe a majority of the unfledged young. As each island was approached in a boat, the environs were

! viewed with binoculars and any avian activity was recorded. Most islands were traversed on foot to locate species, nests, or individuals that might other-wise have been inadvertently overlooked. Some islands were small enough for their lack of use by nesting birds to be determined directly from the boat.

Whenever possible, actual counts were made of the birds present, both young and adult. Extreme care was always taken to minimize direct disturbance to the birds if active nesting was evident. This meant that approximate numbers often had to suffice, especially when the terrain (steep cliff edges) or

) vegetation (dense woody growth) rendered direct observation impractical, if not literally impossible.

The Navarre Marsh was surveyed in the early morning, 6:00 - 9:00 a.m., on 22 4 days between liovember 1, 1978, and October 31, 1979, to determine its spatial and temporal use by colonial nesting birds common to the Lake Eric islands.

The dates were selected to yield maximum information during the nesting brood-rearing period (Figure 2). Weather conditiot.s sometimes influenced the exact survey date, since past experience indicated that most herons and egrets do not exhibit typical behavior when the wind is much above 20 mph. The total area was observed during each survey as completely as possible. Care was taken to avoid undue disturbance to the birds which could result in discre-p pancies due to double counts of some individuals. This was accomplished by i

(.- driving along a 3 mile auto route on the boundary dike (Figure 3).

l

T 5 Twelve pre-selected stops along this route allowed us to see practically all G of the wetland habitat. Each colonial nester was identified and its location

! recorded along with pertinent behavioral notes and envi ronmental conditions.

General observations of other wetland birds encountered were also recorded.

One mile auto rout.es (approximate) were est.ablished in the other four mainland marshes. These areas were surveyed in the morning on 14 dates that encom-passed a 12 month period (Figure 2). The informat. ion recorded was the same as described above for Navarre. In these surveys only a representative portion of each area was viewed rather than the entire marsh system. The intent was to obtain relative population and behavorial data for comparison purposes.

This would allow better documentation of and explanation for shifts in bird populations or alterations in their behavior that might be related to various human activities and/or management procedures within the marsh region. Due to

\v/

varying conditions at each marsh, the size of each area observed was not equal. The estimated areas were: 500 acres for Cedar Point, 200 acres for Ottawa, 450 acres for Crane Creek, and 200 acres for Darby. In order to have comparative figures from all the marshes, the data from each marsh was multi-plied by a factor to equate an area of 600 acres. This technique resulted in no changes made for Navarre; Cedar Point data was mult.iplied by 1.2; Ot.tawa by a

i 3.0; Crane Creek I,y 1.3; and Darby by 3.0. Therefore all results are pre-sented as densi t.y figures , or the number of a species of a colonial nesting bird that was observed per 600 acres of marsh. The information could also have been presented as birds per acre, but the resulting decimals would have been very difficult to relate to the "ccal" world; e.g., one bird seen at Navarre would equal 0.0017 birds per acre.

o i

l 1 s

I l

i i

6 @ 9 l.

Figure 2. Dates Surveys were Accomplished for: Navarre Marsh, Mainland Marshes, and Flight ?irections.

l i i i i Flight Directions Observed I 1 I e 1 a l i i 1 I i 1 I I I I I f f f f $ 8 l 8 4 4 4 i i l l i l i I I I e I I I I I i l i I

,' , , , }pipland , Mar 9hes Surveygd o i I I I I i i l i i i a l I i i I i 1 I e i i l I  :

I l i I i a i 1 1 1 I I I i l

l 1 I i 1 I I I i i t i t i I i i I 6 4 4 4 i i i I 4 6 L 6 I I i I a l I i

! i l i i i i i i a e i i l i i l i i i  : i I

i l I i e!pvarrq Maysh Surv, eyed, , , , , , , , , , , , ,

i e i i i i e e i i i i i e i e i e i e i l i a a u a u a a a e a a a a a a ~ u u a a a u t c w n a en s e ~ m cn c e n e n em a c a c

- m m a ~ . < m mm m n m n m m m e i i l l j l 1 8 jl 1 I I I I I I I l l I I I I i

] I i 1 1 I t !t I i 1 I i  ! I I I I I 4 I I f i

I l NOV. DEC. JAN. FEB. MARCH ' APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPT. OCT.

l 1978 -)1979 i

j a

1 r I

- w

/

CZ _; ' /

go92-- ,

s =. A ( ' \ f T. #p si -

G~ of,. gg ,yi&,n. _

&,c,f',

4, '

a ....

a_

't=4 -

/

- e o a: - _ . , _ , y

$ J ( .

MA

-kNbPr-0 4 f .

~ - ^- -

/

/

e'

/N;

+

yk ,. /,/ ,' - _n -- ,G _,__

1. - / s'~  %

,/, b,5 %

a DISTURBED SITES b'

f ' s .* . k+

l 3 1:t

,,l ) _m _

~ ~~

m Q ..,

9gy, o

~

ar

~

z Y e-

p4 o& -

K.

• A "

.p

,oe ' "o/"~) -- *'

b*k =5 pD ~ *- -*- --_.a_ E#i $'....i Yol I,## m- MAR 5H o. . ' ,

x. m _ ,_

• *e ' .n -

- S- m_ . _,_

k, '8[' "'.J t 7" *- *- 8 a *~

y*e., or '**

-w

q. _a_ . .

%,o , ,,

I "-

l-- - g

1 - *- .*_ _,_ m __d*#, ,T;.f, n_

a f..

-- 1

^-

FIGURE 3 -

MAP OF NAVARRE MARSil WITil AUTO DAVIS-BESSE Mutt.E AR POWER STAfl0N e 500' 1000' LEGEND ROL'TE AND SURVEY STOPS DEPICTED SCALE Road O Survey

' ,M Swamp ~ Stop

- T Marsh

- - Old Interior Dike TOUSSAINT RIVER [

- W. .

_ _ _ - Zf

. . . . =. - _ _ . . - _ . - -_- - - . _. - . .

Flight directions and periods of bird movement between Navarre Marsh and the

islands were recorded on four dates (Figure 2). The dates were selected to encompass the nesting-brood rearing period, and to extend through the fledging and f ree-flight period of the juvenile birds. Observations were made at the lakefront end of the water intake canal. Continuous observations were made at three intervals during each day

6:00-8:00 a.m. , noon-2:00 p.m. , and 6:00-8:00 1

i p.m. The species of each bird was recorded along with its direction of flight for both arriving and departing birds. These data permitted the determination 4

]

of the proportionate use of Navarre Ma rsh by the colonial nesting birds inhabiting different offshore islands. These birds typically approach and depart their feeding grounds along a rather straight-line path. In addition,

, the period of the day during which the most flight activity occurred was documented.

\

The vegetation and water depths within Navarre were recorded on August 26, 1979, Vegetation mapping involved only a listing of the main plant species i

occurring on the area, since a total list.ing of all species present had been donc previously by other investigators and repetition of this listing was 1

considered irrelevant to fulfillment of the objectives. This map, and the 1 habitat conditions recorded during each survey, allowed correlation of bird I behavior with the environmental conditions as they existed during the study.

Also, these observations provided a better basis for predicting the impacts of future human-related act.ivities upon the avian fauna endemic *, the coastal l

wetlands and southwestern Lake Eric islands. .

l

GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS Geology and Early History The Lake Erie islands are derived from Paleozoic sediments that accumulated during Silurian and Devonian times (Forsyth, 1971). Several hundred million years of erosion have left them as limestone, dolomite, and shale cuestas, or hills characterized by a steep escarpment on one side (west) and a more gentle slope on the other side (east).

l During the period of Pleistocene glaciation the entire region was under ice, i

and remained under water for many centuries as the ice melted until Lake Erie's present outlet at Niagara was established. Lake deposited clays and silts are therefore the parent material of most soils in the area, although some sand and gravel ridges persist where pre-historic shorelines once existed.

! When the first European explorers came into the region they found a great swamp extending 30 miles wide from the shore of Lake Erie inland to the south-I west for 150 miles. This swamp was drained and cleared between 1850 and 1900, and is now some of this nation's richest farmland due to its relatively high organic content (Noble and Korsok, 1975). The wetlands that remain are almost i

j all restricted to e narrow border along Lake Erie's southwestern shoreline, its bays, and several rivers. Preston (1975) gives a much more detailed description of the early natural history of Navarre Marsh.

l l

i

+ - - . . . . _ -

?

I i

Flora 1 Woody plants dominate the vegetation on the Lake Erie ;slands, except for the i

i tiniest islets. Hackberry trees and poison ivy are the principal plants.

1 Mosley (1899) first catalogued the flowering plants growing on the islands located within Ottawa County. Many works followed, but Core's (1948), The i

Flora of the Eric Islands, remains as the benchmark publication on the vascu-

! lar plants of the islands.

i I The coastal wetlands are freshwater cattail marshes, interspersed with small remanent swamps containing woody plants. The main emergent growth in the j marshes is Walter's millet, rice-cutgrass, cattail, soft-stem bulrush, hur-reed, arrowhead, pickerelweed, and smartweed. Open water areas support a flora of coontail, milfoil, bladderwort, duckweed, white water-lily, lotus,

and various pondweeds. Woody plant growth around the marshes and within the swan.;i is usually limited to dogwood, buttonbush, maple, willow, cottonwood, ash, and hackberry. At the turn-of-the-century, Pieters (1901) listed the plants of the western Lake Erie region. More recently, Lowden (1969) des-cribed the vascular flora of the marshes, woodlots, dikes, and canals of the 1

l Winous Point area in Ottawa County, and Preston (1975) listed the plants of Navarre Marsh. The plant communities on the dikes of four area marshes, in-cluding Crane Creek, were analyzed by Bartolotta (1978).

Avian Fauna j ,

The principal colonial nesting wading birds that inhabit the region are in the l

avian Family Ardeidse. The species known to nest in the Lake Erie islands l

i l _ _ _ . _ _ ___ __. _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , _ ._ _ . _ _ - _ _ . , _ .

i N are: great blue heron, great egret, black-crowned night heron, and cattle

egret (Parris, 1979). Green herons are solitary nesters in the region's i

wetlands. They may inhabit the islands, but usually prefer wetter swamps and I marshes. American bitterns and least bitterns are other non-colonial nesting l

Ardeidae that are known to nest within the southwestern Lake Erie marshes. In addition to the above species, the following have been observed in the area's

wetlands

yellow-crowned night heron, snowy egret, Louisiana heron, and i

little blue heron. The species of Ardeidae nesting in the Lake Eric island area breed from coast to coast, and as far north as southwestern Saskatchewan, '

Canada. Generally, herons and egrets arrive in the southwestern Lake Erie

region in early March and migrate southward in October; they winter irom Kentucky south to South America (Palmer, 1962). A small population of great blue herons may over-winter in this region. Upon thei r arrival at the colonies in the spring, they immediately begin courtship and nest building with the i

first eggs being laid in early-April. Clutch sizes range from (hree to seven l

eggs, with the number of fledged birds being slightly over two young per nest (Ed fo rd , 1976) .

These wading birds usually forage on the shorelines of inland rivers, ponds,

, and Lake Erie, and within bordering marshes. Their diet is primarily fish, j but crayfish and insects are also eaten. Fish species most often consumed include: carp, goldfish, yellow perch, gizzard shad, and freshwater drum, i The insular nesting birds depend more heavily upon fish species common to Lake Erie, than do the more inland nesting birds (lfo f fman , 1978). Green heron diets may vary slightly since they appear to feed on more invertebrates and s smaller species of fish (Bent, 1926).

. -~ - --. _

l l

l l

i Gulis and terns, Family Laridae, are the other principal colonial nesting species using the Lake Eric islands. Herring gulls are the most abundant species, but ring-billed gulls have been recorded and are now known to use the Toledo-Lucas County Port Authority Facility No. 3. Facility No. 3 is a 240 acre " island" that was built by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers from dredge materials near the mouth of Maumee Bay. Common terns have a history of -uccess- i ful nesting upon the islands, but are now absent except at Facility No. 3.

The herrirg gull is the most widely distributed sea gull of the Northern llemisphere. It breeds as far north as Manitoba, Canada, and Maine, and over-winters wherever there is open water (Bent, 1947). In the southwestern Lake Erie region, gulls utilize the Lake Erie shoreline, its bays and inlets, and to a lesser extent open water areas of inland marshes until f reeze-up. At

' this time gulls use landfills as a site for food, and also follos the lake ice edge using it as they would the shoreline. Herring gulls are typically sea-vengers feeding on dead fish, refuse, and other organic debris along the shoreline. They are also known to be predators upon the young of wetland birds whenever the opportunity presents itself. Gulls usually begin nesting on the islands in April. Renesting occurs if the first attempt is unsuccess-ful or the nest is destroyed. Generally three eggs are laid; however, clutches with two eggs'are quite common (Drury and Nisbet, 1972).

The double-crested cormorant, Family Phalacrocoracidae, is another colonial nesting bird that occurs on the islands. This species is the most abundant cormorant in North America (Robbins, et al., 1966). Cormorants feed almost l

entirely upon fish that they obtain f rom the open lake, N

I

T

) Early records of herons and egrets nesting in Ohio indicated a great blue 1

heron colony was first documented in 1912 near Sandusky Bay, and by the mid-I thirties, 30-40 nesting sites in Ohio were located (Moseley, 1936). By 1940, 61 colonies were located in 33 Ohio counties (Hicks, 1944). The great egret l

was reported to be a common visitor to Ohio as early as 1879 (Wheaton, 1882),

but not recorded as nesting until 1940, on Eagle Island, Sandusky Bay (Hicks, f

1944). Black-crowned night herons were well distributed throughout the area prior to 1920, but nesting colonies were not recorded until 1920 when a colony of 500 was found at the Magee Marsh, Oak Harbor, Ohio. By 1940, Hicks (1944)

{

reported 15 counties in Ohio with 19 black-crowned night heron colonies.

t

! RESULTS Island Surveys y Lake Erie island surveys were conducted on June 12-20, 1979; the results are presented in Table 1. A total of 17 islands were included: Ballast, Big Chicken, East Sister, Gibralter, Green, llen , Middle Bass, Middle Sister, i

House, North Bass, North Harbor, Rattles, Rattlesnake, South Bass, Starve, Sugar, and West Sister. Most of these islands had no evidence of colonial nesting birds. The large, populated " Bass" islands were not actually surveyed 4

for this study, however persons living upon them were contacted concerning the presence of active heronries. The size and location of each of these islands

also appears in Table 1. Cooper and Herdendorf (1977) present a comprehensive accounting of the geology, soils, vegetation, history, and climate of these islands.

, s i

,O}

C The only islands with actively nesting herons and egrets were East and West Sister. West Sister Island had the largest nesting populations of herons and egrets. Great blue heron nests numbered 950, black-crowned i

4 night herons 1,000 nests, great egrets 50 nests, and cattle egrets I Cattle egret nests were first recorded in Ohio in 1977 by Parris 13 nests.

(1979) when he located 5 on West Sister Island. By 1978 the colony size increased to 20 nests (Parris 1979). East Sister Island contained 350 great blue heron nests, 500 black-crowned night heron nests, and 50 great egret nests.

1 Previous surveys located a total of 1,100 great blue heron, great egret, and i

i black-crowned night heron nests on West Sister Island in 1972-73 (Hoffman, 1974); and 1,600 great blue heron, 200 great egret, and 3,000 black-crowned night heron nests in 1976-77 (Scharf, 1978). Parris (1979) reported the nests to number 1,158 and 1,167 for great blue herons, 100 and 100 for great egrets, and 600-1,000 and 600-1,000 for black-crowned night herons, on West Sister for 1977 and 1978, respectively.

Based on these surveys, the mainland marshes receive most of their heron and egret feeding activity from birds nesting upon West and East Sister Islands.

Due to its location and larger nesting populations, West Sister Island is probably the chief source of birds. This was also evident in the flight activity of the birds in the vicinity of the islands. Herons and egrets left East Sister Island in either a northerly direction toward Canada, or southeast toward North Bass Island. On the other hand, the birds departing from and o arriving at West Sister Island, were usually on west, southwest, or south

[V \

flight-lines. Parris (1979) noted similar flight directions for the herons

Table 1. Southwestern Lake Erie Islands: size, location, and number of colonial bird nests noted in 1979.

Great Black- Double-Blue Crowned Great Cattle lierring Crested Island County Acres lieron Heron Egret Egret Gull Cormorant t

Ballast Ottawa 12 Big Chicken Essex (Can) l 154 67 East Fister Essex (Can) 65 350 500 50 982*

Cibralter Ottawa 6

, Green Ottawa 17 l

lien Essex (Can) 6 93*

l Middle Bass Ottawa 813

• 1e Sister Essex (Can) 10 568**

,.use Ottawa 5

North Bass Ottawa 704 North liarbor Essex (Can) 3 38*

l Rattles Ottawa 1 Rattlesnake Ottawa 60 South Bass Ottawa 1,570 l Starve Ottawa 1 88 i

i Sugar Ottawa 40 i

West Sister Lucas 80 950 1,000 50 13 ***

• Wesclow (Personal Communication, 1979).

• • Weselow (1978 nests, Personal Communication, 1979). I

• • • Young gulls present, but impossible to accurately count, see Text.

and egrets of West Sister Island. lie noted that there were f ive major he ron flight lines to and from the island for both 1977 and 1978 which comprised 93 l and 96 percent, respectively, of the total heron movement. These major flight directions were all in the direction of the Ohio coast, between Toledo and the Portage River.

This current survey revealed fewer nests on West Sister Island than some earlier recent accounts. This reduction may have been a result of nesting trees being blown down during a severe northeast storm on May 25, 1979.

Approximately 5% of the trees in the great blue heron great egret portion of this colony were completely uprooted, and many nests were blown from their i

supporting limbs and branches. About 50% more openings were noted in the island's overstory than existed when Hoffman (1974) first studied the area 6 O years earlier.

i The May 25 storm caused much destruction to low-lying herring gull nests.

I This destruction was especially evident on Starve and Big Chicken islands j where a few half grown young were seen, but most of the nests were second i

attempts still being incubated. The larger islands with cliff edges and elevations higher than the storm waves, had predominately half-grown gulls present that were either swimming in the water at each island's edge, or hiding within its coastal vegetation. These individuals were not possible to count accurately in terms of " gull nests present". The Canadian Wildlife Service (C.W.S.) has an extensi re gull research program in progress on their t

islands, so C.W.S. data was used to complement observations made during the surveys.

G

1 Scharf (1978) estimated that there were 150 pairs of nesting herring gulis on 4

West Sister Island during 1976 and 1977. He also recorded that Rattlesnake Island had 72 pairs in 1976 and 56 pairs in 1977; Green Island had 6 and 33, and Starve Island had 130 and 78, respectively, for 1976 and 1977. lierring gulls are definitely the most wide-spread colonial nesting species on thie Lake I

Erie islands.

Double-crested cormorants were found nesting only on Big Chicken Island.

Sixty-seven nests were located; some contained eggs, but most held very young birds. These nests were located upon the highest crest (8 ft. maximum above lake level) of this rathe r low, gravelly island. The total number of both eggs and young was 224, for an average of 3.34 young per nest, w Flight. Direction it was evident during all the s.arveys that the predominant movements of herons and egrets into and out of time Navarre Marsh were in N-NW and S-SW directions -

- in direct line with West Sister Island. Over 95% of the movements were in this alignment. Less than 5% of the flights were in a NE-SW direction --the line to East Sister Island.

By recording one movement an either one bird entering or one departing the marsh, total movement figures were tallied. Great blue herons were most active with a total of 631 flights, followed by black-crowned night herons l (511), and great egrets (77). Flights generally correlated with the popu-lation sizes of each species nesting on the islands.

l O I

In general, herons and egrets are crepuscular in nature, being more active during early morning and evening surveys. The period of highest activity was 6:00 -

8:00 a.m. (sunrise), with a total of 543 flights, followed by 444 flights during the 6:00 - 8:00 p.m. (sunset) surveys and 232 flights during the 12:00 - 2:00 p.m. (noon) period. Great blue herons were observed to have daily movements of 256, 166, and 209 flights at sunrise, noon, and sunset, respectively. Black-crowned night herons had 257, 50, 204, and great egrets 30, 16, 31, at sunrise, noon, and sunset, respectively.

Seasonally, the number of flights was highest in July with 695 flights recorded for all species combined, and lowest in August with only two f'ights recorded.

May and June figures were similar at 296 and 226 flights, respectively. It is evident that heron and egret feeding flights between the feeding grounds and (D

(j breeding colonies cease by August. Flights of all three species peaked in July. This would be the period when juveniles were fledged and feeding with the adults.

Throughout the season, flights, as observed from the lakefront intake canal location, into the marsh exceeded flights out of the marsh. Great blue herons had approximately 30% more flights into the marsh, black-crowned night herons 150%, and great egrets 20%. This difference may be due to herons and egrets

! over-flying Navarre Marsh to reach more southerly feeding grounds (Rusha I

Creek, Toussaint and Portage Rivers) and ieturning on a different flight path.

Herons and egrets were sometimes observed flying parallel to the shoreline up to the intake canal and then flying directly to West Sister Island. Some of these birds may have been recorded as entering the Navarre Marsh. Another S

explanation for observed differences in ilight movements would be that herons

4 O

> and egrets returned at night. Without sophisticated night vision equipment

(

such as those described by Swanson and Sargeant (1972), it is impossible to document this phenomenon.

l Movements of other colonial waterbirds were observed, but not recorded because I

their activity clearly did not terminate or originate in Navarre. IIerring

gulls, ring-billed gulls, Bonaparte's gulls, and common terns were observed i

flying along the Lake Erie shoreline near the intake canal.

Pa r ris (1979) determined that the West Sister Island herons foraged mainly at i

14 sites along southwestern Lake Erie. Based upon the peak populations that he observed at these locations, Navarre Marsh serves as a feeding site for 4

i between 5% and 10% of the total West Sister Island population.

1

(

Mainland Surveys The first survey of the mainland marshes took place on November 15, 1978.

] "ihirty great blue herons were seen on Navarre, 5 at Cedar Point, none at

, Ottawa, 4*at Crane Creek, and 51 at Darby. (See Table 2 for a total listing l

of all Ardeidae data). No other species of herons or egrets were observed.

i At Navarre the herons were resting in trees and upon muskrat houses, and feeding in the shallow pools. No individuals were noted flying over Navarre, but at the other marshes the birds were found to be flying overhead as well as standing and feeding. Ice had not closed any of the wetlands yet in 1978.

i r

d

(

l By the time of the second survey on December 19, ice had covered from 75% to 1 90% of the marsh area. No herons or egrets were seen at any location. The i ensuing winter months were colder than average end the southwestern Lake Erie marshes remained completely frozen until the first week of March, 1979. The j

marshes were surveyed on January 17 and February 14, but no herons or egrets were observed on either date.

f The first great blue herons returned to the marsh region during the week of March 4-10, 1979. The ice-cover was just beginning to melt and a few herons l

l were seen feeding in road ditches which had been opened by run-of f, flying 4

l overhead, and inhabiting the Sandusky Bay colonies. On the March 13 survey a

! single great blue heron was observed at Navarre Marsh. Therefore another i survey was conducted on March 19 to better document the actual arrival of the iO i

birds to the study areas. During this survey, 3 great blue herons were noted

! on Navarre, 9 on Ottawa, 3 on Darby, and none at either Cedar Point or Crane t

Creek. Some ice still remained in the marshes. No feeding behavior wa r, observed on the 19th, i

By April 4 great blue herons were observed at all su rvey locations. The census for this survey was as follows: Navarre-11, Cedar Point-24, Ottawa-36, l

Crane Creek-4, and Darbyr6. The first eight great egrets of the season were l

f encountered at Cedar Point. Several herons appeared to be feeding, but none successfully caught any food while they were being watched. The wind was blowing ENE at 20-25 mph, so many of the birds were standing within the shelter of last year's remaining cattall cover or along dike edges. liigh winds with a predominant NE vector are not uncommon during the late-winter and spring.

t i

h

- J d Table 2. 11erons and Egrets observed using the Southwestern Lake Erie Coastal Marshes.

l Date Navarre Marsh Cedar Point Ottawa Refuge Crane Creek Darby Marsh H* E* '

B* C* 11 E B G H E B G H E B G H E B C 11/15/78 :30** 5 4 51 j 12/19/78 4

1/17/79 2/14/79 3/13/79 1 3/19/79 3 9 3 4/04/79 11 3 24 8 36 4 6 4/17/79 18 1 24 1- 7 6 12 11 15 36 30 i 5/02/79 51 6 41 1 otler mainland marshes not included in survey 5/16/79 65 10 26 1 17 14 1 90 l 6l 6 l 33 9l 3l 12 9 i 5/27/79 51 4 10 1 o t'Ter mainland marshes not i neluded is' survey U' 6/05/79 67 12 24 2 " " " " " " "

6/15/79 91 40 36 32 24 10 234 3 3 36 7 5 39 24 6/27/79 39 109 18 other mainland marshes not i.ncluded in survey l 7/05/79 82 31 41 7/12/79 38 7 102 1 24 10 18 6 84 61 13 3 60 39 9 3 7/23/79 40 4 67 1 otaer mainland marshes not incid8ed la survey 8/03/79 53 22 529 7 -

8/14/79 39 12 102 11 19 32 11 12 9 3 32 15 21 18 9 l 8/26/79 32 11 44 15 other mainla,d marshes not i nelijded in survey l 9/16/79 26 11 65 12 23 28 4 15 24 3 19 11 63 33 21 3 1

10/16/79 12 6 2 6 3 3 15 3 3 l

• ll= great blue heron, E= great egret, B= black crowned night heron, and G= green heron

• • All results given as individual birds observed per 600 acres of marsh surveyed, see text.

i

O All of the conunon herons and egrets were observed on April 17. Navarre had l the most species: 18 great blue herons, 1 great egret, 24 black-crowned night herons, and I green heron. Darby had the greatest number of individuals: 15 great blue herons, 36 great egrets, and 30 black-crowned night herons. Seven great blue herons and 6 great egrets were observed at Cedar Point, and Ottawa and Crane Creek had 12 and 11 great blue herons, respectfully. Very few I

herons or egrets were observed feeding. Many were either upon old muskrat houses with their heads in a " relaxed" position or roosting upon tree limbs.

The weather was mild at 45 F, clear, with 5 mph NNW winds.

l f

Navarre had 51 great blue herons, 6 great egrets, 41 black-crowned night herons, and 1 green heron on May '!. Preening behavior was routinely observed i

J for the first time. As noted throughout the surveys, old muskrat houses were j ^

often selected by the birds as perching sites. Another favorite site, l especially for great blue herons, was along the edge of cattall stands. Great egrets were more often encountered in the deeper marsh (6"-18") than were great blue herons. Black-crowned night herons much preferred the flooded l buttonbush swamp behind the lakefront beach ridge. The green herons were usually seen on low, over-hanging tree branches around the marsh periphery.

The water levels in several areas of the marsh were being lowered as a routine wetland management practice to promote the growth of emergent vegetation upon exposed mudflats. These reduced water levels created shallow pools that made excellent feeding habitat for the birds, both in terms of depth and concen-tration of their food organisms. Ten great blue herons were seen feeding

/N I

{b \

l i

I JL. .-, . - - , , , . ,-- , - .

s (m \

along the beach at the point of water discharge from the marsh into the lake.

Fish, mainly carp, attracted to the water flow had, in turn, attracted the herons.

On May 16 there was heron and egret activity throughout the marshes. Many birds were observed feeding and several were observed catching fish. Birds were noted to be flying into Navarre from the north across the lake for the first time. Darby had very few birds present on this date compared to the previous survey on April 17. This decrease may have been the result of the distance from Darby to the island colonies, and the increased activity within the colonies by this date. Much of the open-water marsh area at both Ottawa and Crane Creek had been drawn-down to the reduced summer levels, leaving canals and pools that provide ol.timum feeding areas for herons and egrets.

e Q The plants were just beginning to resume their growth. Green cattail stems j were barely visible within the dead vegetation of the previous year. Navarre contained 65 great blue herons, 10 great egrets, 26 black-crowned night herons ,

and 1 green heron; Cedar Point had 17 great blue herons, 14 great egrets, 1 black-crowned night heron; Ottawa had 90 great blue herons, 6 great egrets, 6 black-crowned night herons; Crane Creek had 33 great blue herons, 9 great egrets, 3 black-crowned night herons; and Darby had 12 great blue herons, 9 black-crowned night herons.

Only Navarre was surveyed o n uay 27 and June 5. Flying and feeding birds were numerous, and very little loa ing or preening behavior was observed. There were 51 great blue herons, 4 great egrets, 10 black-crowned night herons, and I green heron present on May 27; and 67 great blue herons, 12 great egrets, 24

\'

t black-crowned night herons, and 2 green herons present on June 5.

t

.-. . .- . . _.. .. - - - . - .- - .~. .-

4 Feeding continued to be the predominant activity observed in the marshes on 1

June 15. Flight activity was greatest at Cedar Point with great blue herons coming in from and leaving toward the northeast across Lake Eric in the general direction of West Sister Island. The average water depths at Cedar Point, l

Ottawa, Crane Creek, and Navarre continued to prov- de good feeding sites along canals and within shallow (6"-12") pools. Darby had much area that was too

, deep (12"-24") for use as a prime feeding site, however a pump was in the

process of reducing the water levels. The mudflats that had been exposed on the earliest dates were beginning to be covered with the new sprouts of emer-gent vegetation. One such area, and its shallow pool at Ottawa, had the highest number of great blue herons (234) recorded on any survey for any

! marsh. Ottawa is presently in a major dike renovation program with many miles of dikes and many acres of marsh involved. Ileavy equipment (draglines , dozers ,

\

/ scrapers, and dump trucks) was being used near the periphery, and within l several hundred yards of, the mudfIats .ind pool being used by the feeding great blue herons. The population figures for this survey were: Navarre '11 great blue herons, 40 great egrets, 36 black-crowned night herons; Cedar Point

-32 great blue herons, 24 great egrets, 10 black-crowned night herons; Ottawa i

-234 great blue herons, 3 great egrets, 3 black-crowned night herons; Crane Creek - 36 great. blue herons, 7 great egrets, 5 black-crowned night herons; Darby - 39 great blue herons, 24 great egrets.

1 1

G

i l

l l

l Very little change in behavior was noted for the herons and egrets using Navarre on the June 27 and July 5 anrveys. Feeding was the main activity

- noted. An especially large number (106) of great egrets were seen feeding in the southeast. corner on June 27. They were standing in 12 inches of water that supported a growth of water smartweed. Herons and egrets were often encountered at this locale, but never in similar abundance. The food that I

they were seeking could not be determined. There were 39 great blue herons, 4

109 great egrets, and 18 black-crowned night herons observed on June 27; and 82 great blue herons, 31 great egrets, and 41 black-crowned night herons seen on July 5.

Herons and egrets were fairly well scattered throughout the Lake Erie marshes by July 12. Feeding was still the main act.ivity, but more resting and preening activity was observed than during the past six weeks. Navarre Marsh had 38 i great blue herons, 7 great egrets, 102 black-crowned night herons, and 1 green heron; Cedar Point had 24 great blue herons, 10 great egrets, and 18 black-crowned night herons; Ottawa had 6 great blue herons and 84 great. egrets; Crane Creek had 61 great blue herons, 13 great egrets, and 3 black-crowned night herons; and Darby had 60 great blue herons, 39 great egrets, 9 black-4 crowned night herons, and 3 green herons.

The July 23 and August 3 surveys of Navarre produced some significant changes i

l in the numbers of black v a.ryd night herons and green herons using the marsh.

The July 23 survey produced typical results with 40 great. blue herons, 4 great 1

egrets, 67 black-crowned night herons, and 1 green heron sighted. However, Q the numbers for August 3 were: 53 great blue herons, 22 great egrets, 529 black-crowned night. herons, and 7 green herons. It was evident that move-l -2.9 -

ments and/or behavioral changes had occurred within the black-crowned night heron and green heron populations. The most plausible explanation was that both the young and adult birds had left their nesting habitat and were

" staging" in the marsh. This explanation is further supported by the obser-vation of the first brown, speckled young black-crowned night herons of the season at Navarre on July 23 and the knowledge that the young reared on the islands would be old enough to depart from there at t>is time. Also, on July 23, two green heron nests were located in the flooded buttonbush swamp area along the lakefront. One of the nests was empty and the other contained three chicks that were about. a week old. Therefore it was evident that juvenile green herons should be seen in the marsh during the first week of August. These two nests were not !acated during one of the routine morning surveys, but instead were found on an afternoon search which was meant to N

1 document the existence of nests. Although no other nests were seen, they were

%/

probably present within the dense undergrowth of the swamp habitat..

Our general survey on August. 14 yielded 39 great. blue herons, 12 great egrets, 102 black-crowned night herons, and 11 green herons in Navarre; 19 great blue herons, 32 great egrets, and 11 hiack-crowned night herons in Cedar Point; 12 great blue herons, 9 great egrets, and 3 black-crowned night herons in Ottawa; 32 great blue herons and 15 great egret 4 in Crane Creek; and 21 great blue herons, 18 great. egrets, and 9 black-crowned night herons in Darby. At Cedar Point approximately 50 percent of the birds were observed flying overhead, while almost all individuals in the other marshes were on the ground. The i

pool at Ottawa that. had so many herons in June, had completely evaporated i

during the summer and by mid-August was devoid of herons. This seeming L

-. - - ~ . . . . - - . _ . _ .

4 L I

i

]

tragedy for the feeding herons and egrets, however, created optimum habitat 1

for a multitude of small shorebirds that constantly probed into the mud for i

small organisms to eat. Additionally, such drying of a marsh bottom can alter chemical reactions within the soil from reduction to oxidation processes, which, in turn, can form compounds benrficial to wetland plant growth in

future years (Kadlec,1979).

i Except for the green herons at Navarre fla rsh , no continued build-up in the l

population of any species could be noted. The authors and other researchers, have observed similar phenomena in the past. The birds will briefly " stage" at selected sites immediately af ter leaving their nesting territory, but then rapidly disperse th roughout. the available habitat in what has been termed the

" fall shuffle". Color-marked young herons from the Sandusky !!ay heronries i

\ .have documented that this late summer movement can result 'in birds traveling several liundred miles in almost any compass direct. ion, with a southwest vector being dominant. A century ago, Coues (1874 from Wheaton, 1882:501) observed, l

t "thit a certain northward migration of ;ome southerly birds at this season (summer) is nowhere more not.iceable than among the lierons and their allies, the migrants consist.ing chiefly of birds hatched that year, which unaccountably stray in the wrong direction."

Fif teen green herons were noted at Navarre on August 26. This was the highest 4

mimbe r of this species recorded at any time. Great blue herons (32), great

. egrets (11), and black-crowned night heror s (44) were present at about average

levels for the summer. These herons ant egrets were feeding, loafing, and preening, with no activity dominating th-ir behavior. Only three birds were flying overhead.

l 1

The survey on September 16 produced very few activities that had not been previously noted. Again, very few birds were seen actively flying; feeding i and rest.ing were the rule. About 30 percent of Darby had had its water level lowered during the summer by pumping and evaporation. Prior to this reduction in water levels, this portion of Darby Marsh had been a large expanse of open-water marsh practically devoid of vegetation, because carp activity and deep water (24" or more) had inhibited the growth of submerged plants. In its l drawn-down state, conditions were excellent for wading birds, and consequently, l

1 a greater density of great blue herons (63) was noted at Darby than at any other site. Bird totals for the survey were: Navarre - 26 great blue herons,

\

11 great egrets, 65 black-crowned night herons, 12 green herons; Cedar Point -

i 23 great blue herons, 28 great egrets, 4 black-crowned night herons; Ottawa -

15 great blue herons, 24 great egrets, 3 black-crowned night herons; Crane

! Creek - 19 great blue herons and 11 great egrets; Darby - 63 great blue herons, 13 great egrets, 21 black-crowned night herons, 3 green herons.

l It was evident on the final survey (October 16, 1979) that the fall migration was well underway. All populations were significantly reduced from previous I

dates. Only great blue herons were seen at Cedar Point (2) and Crane Creek (3). No green herons were observed, and three black-crowned night herons were seen only at Darby. There were 12 great blue herons and 6 great egrets noted at Navarre Marsh. Darby had 15 great blue herons and 3 great egrets. The temperature was 50 F and ice would not close the region for another six weeks.

l l.

1 7'"~~ Exact data

(

' Thousands of other birds were seen in the course of this study.

's were kept for some species (cattle egrets) but only passing mention was made of others (red-winged blackbirds). Most species fell between these two ex-tremes. As much pertinent- information as possible was recorded without jeop-ardizing the main objectives.

Cattle egrets were twice recorded in the mainland marshes - Crane Creek on July 12 and Navarre on July 23. This colonial nesting species does not prefer wetland habitat as a feeding site. They eat invertebrates and frequent dryer meadows. The bird observed at Crane Creek was at such a site in the moved grass along the road through the marsh. At. Navarre the cattle egret was found in the grass on the lakefront beach ridge.

n

/ i/ Most individuals were herring gulls,

\ Gulls presented a particular problem.

but ring-billed gulls were common. Great black-backed and 13ona-parte's gulls were very rarely encountered. Gulls were constantly flying overhead and were seen on every survey, except the very coldest days in January and February. Sometimes they would occur in large flocks, as in November when "several hundred" were standing on a mudflat east of the Cedar Point marsh, in December when "1,500" were noted in Darby, or in March when "250" were observed at Navarre. However, as the weat her warmed, they dispersed and the authors' notes were more often, "six gulls flying along beach, eight gulls circling overhead, or 2-4 dozen gulls flying throughout." Typically gull activity was focused upon the larger open water areas, along the beaches, and across the lake. Stands of dense, emergent vegetation would only rarely elicit any A behavioral response from a passing gull. Clear, open dike tops were used

!\ )

Ns J

as resting sites, especially if their top surface had been stoned. Old muskrat t

i houses in the "open" water marsh were another common loafing site. On May 27, l l

J a pair of herring gulls was observed nesting at Navarre in one of the man-made 4

j Canada goose nesting structures that had been placed in the marsh. One gull

]

chick with two adults was seen on the structure on June 27. This rather i strange behavior for a colonial ground nester has been well documented in

\

4 other southwestern Lake Erie wetlands with similar goose nesting structures.

I

\

Three tern species were recorded: Caspian tern, common tern, and black tern.

Caspian terns were only encountered during their fall migration. Six were seen flying above Navarre and three above Darby on August 14. They were last I seen at Navarre on August 26 when 18 were noted circling above the area.

Common terns were uncommon visiters in the marshes. "Several" were first observed on April 4 flying along the lakefront at Cedar Point, six were later seen at the same location on June 15, and a month later (July 17) seven were

noted. A "few" were seen over Navarre on August 3. The final common tern observations were made on August' 14 when several were present at Darby, and on September 16 when 20 were noted there.

I 1

A colony of black terns was established at Navarre during the summer of 1979; i none were ever seen at any other location. They were first noted on June 5 i'

and last observed on August 14. During periods of peak activity approximately 50 black terns could be seen flying low above their nesting area. These nests were located upon old muskrat houses in a stand of cattail that died late in the previous year (1978). Such habitat is traditionally selected as nesting territory by black terns. The authors h.tve observed these terns on two pre-vious occasions in almost identical habitat within the coastal marshes.

~- - -

.-~__ . _ - . _ - . . - _ _

. t I.

f Only three double-crested cormorants were ever observed. These were seen at Navarre on April 17 perched upon abandoned muskrat houses. The authors have i

i of ten observed cormorants in the open waters of Sandusky 11ay, but only rarely i

have they actually noted cormorants in the marshes of the area. Their pre-ferred perching sites are restricted to old rock piles that emerge from the water and to the limbs of dead trees that have been washed into the open I water. Likewise, their selected feeding sites appear to be open water, as opposed to the vegetated wetlands.

1 A single bald eagle was seen during the wetland surveys. It was perched upon a muskrat house in Crane Creek on June 15. Approximately five pairs of this i rare species are known to nest in the southwestern Lake Eric region. An i

active nest existed on the Ottawa Refuge during 1979 and three pairs success-fully produced young in Ohio. Bald eagles are often wide-ranging within their i

i habitat, so observation of this species would not have been unlikely in any of the marshes that were routinely visited during the survey.

1 As would be expected in such excellent wetland habitat, waterfowl in the avian

}

l Family Anatidae (swans, geese, ducks, and mergansers) were often too numerous .

i to accurately count. On many occasions hundreds would lift from a unit of marsh and fly overhead. Whistling swans (20) were seen in Cedar Point on ,

f November 15 and again on December 19. Three swans were noted at Ottawa on i

l

! January 17, and 13 were in Cedar Point on April 4, as were 8 at Darby. No swans were ever observed at Crane Creek or Navarre, although they are known to use these areas during their spring and fall migrat. ions. Canada geese were seen on every survey except for February 14. They nest throughout the region and are very numerous during migration. Adui's with broods were noted in

. _ - -- -. -. -_ -=___-_-_- _- ._._- - - - _ _ _ - -

i M

f i

I Navarre on May 2 and were seen in all areas on May 16. Mallards, wood ducks, )

1 d and blue-winged teal were the other species observed with young. The authors had expected to see black o;;ks with broods, but did not. The Appendix has a complete listing of the Anatidae that were seen in the mainland marshes during

.f

, the surveys.

l l Coots, common gallinutes, and pied-billed grebes were of ten seen and several times occurred with their young chicks. Coots were the most numerous and grebes were the least common of the three species. Gallinutes occurred most of ten at. Navarre where t. heir preferred habitat was abundant.. They were first J

I l noted on May 2. Eighteen adult gallinutes were seen in Navarre on July 12, and three broods (11 chicks) were noted a t. the same time. Brackney (1979) i recently completed a thorough study of this wetland bird in this region.

\ llorned grebes were noted migrating through the m.irshes on April 17.

Rails were heard calling from within cattail stands on many occasions, but no individuals were ever seen. Their cryptic behavior and the amount of time required to wait for them to come forward from their places of concealment '

I account for the lack of sightings. King rails, Virginia rails, and soras frequent these wetlands. Rail ecology within the mainland marshes was dear ribed by Andrews (1973).

1 No routine attempts were made to record the occurrence or abundarice of the many other birds that frequent these wetlands; this study was not designed to document the total avifauna of the area. Shorebirds (avian Families: Chara-diidae, Scolopacidae, and Phalaropodidae) were sometimes abundant upon mud-f ,

flats during their spring and fall migrations. Tree swallows were often seen, i

) i r

]

i and belted kingfishers, raarsh hawks, and red-tailed hawks were observed sev-eral times. Least bitterns and American bitterns were never encountered.

! Perching birds (avian Order: Passeriformes) had to be practically ignored, 1

l.

except for the ubiquitous red-winged blackbird.

i l Vy etation at Navarre Marsh Figure 3 depicts the results of the August 26 habitat mapping of the Navarre Marsh. The predominant plants growing upon the area were recorded along with i

j moisture and terrain characteristics. Very little was added on August 26 that extended the authors' floristic knowledge of this marsh, because routine viewing during the spring and summer occurred with special reference to the changing habitat conditions as they affected the birds' behavior. These observations have already been discussed in the preceding section.

l ,

t i Nost of Navarre was covered by a freshwater marsh. Cattail, sof t-stem bulrush, i

1 arrowhead, white water-lily, pickerclweed, and burreed were the chief emer-l j gents. Water lotus, swamp rose-mallow, rice-cutgrass, bidens, blue-joint i

grass, Walter's millet, swamp smartweed, reed, river bulrush, and spatter-dock i

i were abundant at many locations; spike-rushes, sedges, r.nd nut grasses also

! occurred. The main submerged species were water-milfoil, coontail, bladder-wort, curly-leafed pondweed, and sago pondweed. Floating upon the water surface were various duckweeds; namely, lesser duckweed, greater duckweed, and I

watermeal. The second most important habitat type for wetland fauna was the I

swamp, characterized by woody plants that existed where there was water or i very poorly drained soil during at least part of the growing season. Button-bush, hackberry, box elder, honey locust, red ash, silver maple, and' hawthorn i )

! d typify this plant community. Other common species were: poison ivy, swamp

loosestrife, staghorn sumac, pin oak, bur oak, swamp-white oak, Virginia creeper, river-bank grape, bittersweet nightshade, and rough-lea fed dogwood.  :

An understory of false Solomon's seal, touch-me-not, Play-apple, day lily, and i

i violet grew in this habitat. Some areas within the swamp had permanent l

.I standing water and supported marsh vegetation.

l i

Along the lakefront existed a narrow, dry beach ridge. Woody plants were more scarce in this region; but sandbar willow, staghorn sumac, and rough-leafed 4 dogwood were among those plants present. Bouncing bet, sea rocket, i

four-o' clock, English plantain, burdock, c larmny-weed , and several species of grasses grew here.

a l Two areas of disturbed soils occurred on Navarre; earthen dikes and " fields" b resulted. The dikes surround and transect the marsh units and the " fields" were primarily the result of more recent construction activities. Wherever the dike was very recent in origin, or had its edges routinely mowed. a

" field" type of plant succession usually occurred. Plants common to these 3

areas were: reed-canary grass, white sweet clover, yellow sweet clover, red 4

clover, white clover, evening primrose, Canada thistle, black mustard, barnyard grass, lamb's quarters, Queen Anne's lace, teasel, ragweed, and goldenrod. The older dikes were characterized by cottonwood and black willow; although, most of the above species also occurred. Curled dock, nodding smartweed, staghorn sumac, silver maple, Virginia creeper, poison ivy, river-bank grape, rough-leafed dogwood, elderberry, marsh milkweed, and ,

l burdock were also encountered.

I i

O

O Due to the proximity of the habitats described above, and the wide range of environmental conditions tolerated by some plants, much overlap within the habitats was noted for some species.

1 i DISCUSSION i

Great blue herons, black-crowned night herons, great egrets, cattle egrets, herring gulls, and double-crested cormorants were the colonial nesting birds using the Lake Erie islands. Herring gulls were the most commonly encountered species. Evidence of their nesting - active nests, young in water, and/or abandoned nests-was seen on about 50% of the islands. During the past decade 4

they have even been observed to nest upon graveled dike tops and in man-made Canada goose nesting structures within the coastal marshes. Gulls are mainly, though not entirely, carrion feeders, and obtain dead fish from the open lake and along its shoreline. Marshes, garbage dumps, and freshly plowed farm fields are also selected feeding sites. Herring gulls were noted to be espe-cially prevalent in marshes during migration periods. Wherever reduced water levels had concentrated small fish sufficiently to cause them to " surface" due to an oxygen stress, gulls could be found feeding on these moribund fish. In this study, the raost gull activity occurred over the open lake, and the main-land marshes (dikes, muskrat houses, ice-cover, mudflats) served primarily as resting locations. Although suitable resting sites may be a limiting factor for some species, there is no evidence that such is the case for gulls. They i

[O

- L. /

i

tolerate a very high level of human activity and are often encountered in such i

d

! areas as dumps, harbors, breakwalls, and airports. There is evidence that i

i Twentieth Century-man's activities have actually benefited this bird. Drury and Nisbet (1972) found that herring gulls breeding in New England and adja-cent Canada, were doubling in population size every 12-15 years. Therefore, there is no reason to anticipate any negative impact upon these gulls due to I

! current practices within, or proposed activities around, Navarre Marsh.

One nesting colony of double-crested cormorants was located (Big Chicken Island) with 67 nests. This species was seen only once in the mainland marshes - at Navarre when three were observed resting upon a muskrat house during their spring migration. Due to their absence from the marshes, and their known preference for open-water habitat (lacustrine), there is no reason O

5 to expect harmful effects upon the Lake Erie cormorant population resulting from activities initiated near, and restricted to, the vegetated coastal marshes.

The authors did not personally investigate one particular site in southwestern Lake Erie that contained colonial nesting birds. This was the man-made

dredge-spoil " island" known as Facility No. 3 in Maumee Bay. The Ohio Divi-sion of Wildlife monitors this nesting location which is connected to the mainland by a causeway. During the summer of 1979, there were approximately 500 pairs of common terns, 5,000 pairs of ring-billed gulls, and 150 pairs of herring gulls using the 240 acre area (Case, personal communication, 1979).

Facility No. 3 is 20 miles west of Navarre Marsh. Common terns were found to be only casual visitors within the marshes, and were typically noted flying C) '

along the coastline. As recounted above for herring gulls, ring-billed gulls were not observed to be regular feeders within the marshes; although, they l

i

]

1

_ _ , . . _ ,_ , _ _ _ . , ,, _ _ . _ , , , ,, ._ , _ _ , _ , _ , _ _1

I are more common farther inland than herring gulls. These observations, and Nava r re 's distance from Facility No. 3, give no reason to expect any negative impacts to these nesting birds caused by current and/or future human j activities now under consideration.

i Further discussion shall be limited to the four species of Ardeidae found to 1

be nesting upon East and West Sister islands, as none were located upon Middle Sister Island. These four species are: great blue heron, black-crowned night heron, great egret, and cattle egret.

The cattle egret har, only been observed to nest in Ohio since 1977, when it was first located at West Sister Island. This species is not a wetland i feeder, and much prefers its native African pasture habitat. The two feeding birds that were observed near the mainland marshes were at just such upland i

sites which are abundant throughout the f a rmla nd s . This behavorial charac-teristic, and the low numbers seen, should result in no adverse effects to catt.le egrets from wetland oriented activities.

i llowever, in contrast to the cattle egret; great blue herons, black-crowned j night herons, and great egrets do feed in the coastal marshes of Lake Erie.

i Due to their locations, the " Bass" islands and Canadian shore contributed the most to the East Sister Island colonics, and the southwestern Lake Eric wetlands supplied the most food for the West Sister Island colonies.

The mainland marsh surveys showed that all of the marsh areas were used by these herons and egrets. liowever Darby Marsh was used to a lesser degree than

\

J L

, - - - . . . ,-__ _.,_, -. . . . , . . - ~~- - - - - , . , . - - . - - , _ - - ..-.. --.. -, .

y - _ -

the others during their nesting period, probably because of its greatest distance from the islands. The birds can, and do, obtain some food directly from the lake and along its shoreline. Hoffman (1978) clearly noted that island dwelling colonies ate a greater proportion of lake fish than did inland nesting birds. However, the contribution of the coastal marshes as a source of food for herons and egrets, is probably of paramount importance to their survival upon West Sister Island. This being the case, two questions immediately come to mind: (1) what factors directly affect their food organisms, and (2) what factors influence their ability to utilize an available food source?

Past studies (Hoffman, 1978; Parris, 1979) have determined that the main foods of herons and egrets are small fish up to 8 inches long. Crayfish (Cambarus V) sp.) and aquatic insects are also consumed. But, given suitable conditions, their diets may exclude such typical foods, as Allen and Mangel (1940) dis-covered with a black-crowned night heron colony that ate almost 100% meadow voles. Fish, crayfish, and aquatic insects thrive in southweatern Lake Erie marsh ecosystems as long as seve ra l parameters are maintained. The wetland must be protected by an adequate dike system, so that its water-level can be controlled without regard for water-levels in Lake Erie. Without such control the coastal marshes become open, deep embayments when Lake Erie's water level is high; and wet meadows, at best, when its level is low.

A century ago this was a natural phenomenon, and the coastal marshes spread inland, or extended lakeward, as a continuum unhindered by the hand-of-man.

[] However, the Black Swamp no longer exists; it has been drained and timbered,

"/ and fertile farmlands, many with dikes and pumps, have pushed the remanent (O

V f wetlands to the very edge of the open lake. Many of the region's coastal marshes are now protected within rip-rapped dikes, as is Navarre.

With this as a background, attention will be focussed upon the Navarre Marsh in general, and heron and egret feeding habitat in particular. Navarre is managed by personnel of the Fish and Wildlife Service (F.W.S.), U.S. Dept. of the Interior, as a Division of the Ottawa National Wildlife Refuge Complex.

The management plan for Navarre is specifically detailed in Section 5-17 of the " Final Environmental Statement related to construction of Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station Units 2 and 3 (1975)". This management plan is one of maintaining a seminatural cattail marsh with early-successional moist soils in some units. Based upon past observations, and further substantiated by work done in southeastern Wisconsin marshes (Beule, 1979), both of these situations "b

\j should prevail at Navarre Marsh. Seminatural cattail marshes, with open water areas of water-lily and submerged vegetation as the F.W.S. intends, can often revert to open marsh with reduced value to many animals. This phenomenon is poorly understood, but the Lake Erie marshes have a long history of unex-plained cattail " die-offs" under conditions of maintained constant water i

levels; one such situation is presently in evidence at Navarre Marsh. Very high water can kill cattail, but natural " die-offs" under other circumstances still need further study. Reduced summer water levels can greatly enhance cattail (emergent plant) re growth through seed germination upon moist mud-flats. Also, the mudflats can be very beneficial to shorebirds and the

" pooled" areas will concentrate an easy source of food for herons and egrets.

Conversely, if Navarre should become too dense with emergent plant growth, the F.W.S. intends to raise water levels as necessary to reduce this growth and j

D promote more open water with submerged and floating leafed plants.

I l

i r

(3 lieron and egret feeding habits require just such varied circumstances for a (d)

N marsh to be best for them. Deep water (12"-24") with submerged plants yields good habitat. for some spawning fish, and the shallow edges are excellant for others. Crayfish and aquatic insects should thrive throughout the wet areas.

Muskrat houses within the emergent plants function as resting, nesting, and feeding sites for many birds, and both great blue herons and great egrets are drawn to areas of reduced summer water levels as their selected feeding hab it a t. Black-crowned night herons were almost entirely restricted to the buttonbush growth within the hardwood swamp; although, some were observed feeding f rom low-lying tree branches over-hanging the main marsh areas. The F.W.S. management plan should perpetuate all of these habitats within Navarre Marsh. In addition, the environment. should continue to contain all of the i

ecological niches that are required by the other wetland organisms. Black n

s ,

terns, common gallinules, pied-billed grebes, and green herons have their

! part.icular requirements within a freshwater cat. tail marsh, and all should be considered in any management plan if it is to benefit the total fauna. There-fore, there is every reason to expect that present and future management plans l

for the Navarre Marsh will continue to provide a source of food for island l

nesting colonial birds, and a home for the many other plants and animals that' thrive there.

On e- of the most important considcrations relevant to the relationship of Navarre Marsh and the island nesting herons and egrets concerns activities associated with the construction and operation of the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station, particularly Units 2 and 3, and the ability of these birds to Herons and

! pg utilize the food sources that are available at Navarre Marsh.

/

(d egrets have long been known to be one of the most wary of marsh birds.

/n\ lloweve r , the authors have often noted that, although the birds are wary, they

( )

%. /

will often tolerate very high levels of human activity. This difference between being both vary and tolerant is difficult to relate. Basically it appears to resolve itself into an issue of the herons' or egrets' choice in the matter, although that statement has all of the outward appea rances of extreme anthropomorphism. If a human surprises a heron or egret, or encroaches upon its " critical distance", the bird is going to depart from the area. But, to the contrary, it will approach, land, and feed where very large amounts of human activity occur. The difference seems to be whether the birds are the active or the passive agent involved.

The authors have encountered this behavior many times during the past 20 years, but perhaps the most outstanding example occurred this past summer

> \

\m,/ while they were enj oying an evening at the harness races, Raceway Park, Toledo, Ohio. A shallow pond (marsh) existed in the center of the race track.

Twice during the early evening (July 7, 1979) a great egret came to, fed in, and departed from the pond. On bot.h occasions there were horses running, crowds cheering (!), and in general, a high level of human activity. Iloweve r ,

in neither case did anyone direct his (her) movement toward the pond, and the birds appeared to feed and depart undisturbed.

Similarly, the authors noted this year, and have in the past, that one of the first sites of great blue heron feeding in early-spring is along road ditches.

Iluman activity is very prevalent, but so is a food source for herons because i

l early run-off from surrounding fields often opens the ditches before the l

l marshes. One should not surmise about the herons' preference for thene road-

{}

i

\# side circumstances in relation to pristine conditions; however, they came and obtained food.

m

'sv ,

Two other sites within the mainland marshes had a high level of human " din-turbance" and still maintained a feeding population of herons and egrets during 1979. One location at Ottawa Refuge had the highest density of feeding herons noted during the surveys. Human activity was very prevalent with construction equipment working around the unit, but shallow water conditions were perfect for heron feeding, and they took advantage of the situation. The survey route at Crane Creek was along the entrance road through the marsh to

) the State Park along the lakefront. This was a " main" road with a constant processien of cars. And often people stopped, got out of their cars, and 1

walked with binoculars or camera in hand. The authors noted excellent feeding habitat for herons and egrets along the roadside canals or in the shallow marsh, and the birds responded to the available food source in seeming dis-

, regard to the ever present human procession going past them.

(

\ l v

At Navarre Marsh numerous behavioral responses of Ardeidae to the human changes that had taken place about their environment were recorded. The sheer size of the adjacent structures prompted careful notation of the birds' spatial orien-tation within the marsh. If the structures had a negative impact upon heron:>

and egrets, the birds would be expected to space themselves more densely about the habitat as their distance from the Power Station increased. This was not 4

, observed to happen. For that matter, one of the most selected feeding sites

was immediately northeast of, and adj acent to, the Unit I cooling tower at practically the only location in Navarre where there was not a shield of trees between the station structures and the marsh. Muskrat houses were the commonest great blue heron and great egret resting sites, but trees were also used,

] especially the trees along the marsh edge immediately southeast of the station v

., -, _ __ _ -.-y_. -- ,- , . - - - - , _ _ _- -

. - . _ _ . -. . - . . . . . - ~. - __. -

t structures. Many suitable trees were available at a much greater distance u from this point of human activity, which could have been used by the birds,

but were not.. Birds coming in from the islands were rout.inely observed to ily I

in a seemingly straight line past the station structures when they over-flew the marsh for feeding areas further inland. If these st.ructures were clicit-ing a negative behavioral response in the birds, they would not have been expected to approach them directly from 10 miles away unless their chosen feeding location was in its very immediate vicinity.

i in the cases cited above, the herons and egrets actively selected their feed-1 ing habitat. seemingly without deference to nearby human activities. The l positive attributes of each circumstance (food, place to rest, shortest dis-tance between two points) outweighed the negative factors (cars, people, i

] equipment, structures). 11a sed upon these observations the authors see no

]

reason to expect Davis-Besse Units 2 and 3 to have any negative impacts upon

the colonial birds nesting upon the Sister Islands as long as the wetland habitat within Navarre Marsh is maintained.

I RECOMMENDATIONS i

i 1

1. Ilardwood Swamp Maintenance 4 Attempt. to perpetuate the flooded buttonbush gtowth within the hardwood l swamp along the la ke f ront.. This habitat. type is becoming quite rare in the region. Over 90% of the black-crowned night herons were found in j this habitat which supplies almost all of their resting and feeding site I b l i

__ _. -~ _ , , _. - _ ._. . -. ,_ , . .- .

i i

1 i

requirements. Also, green herons nested herein. Either too :nuch water or too little could be detrimental. Sustained high water levels could l-

?,

kill the buttonbush trees, and too little water would reduce the food i potential of the area and might allow other woody species to invade the area, i

i 1

2. Marsh Management i

I. Never reduce the entire marsh to a dry condition at the same time, be- ,

cause this action would eliminate the variety of habitat conditions that are now beneficial to a large number of organisms. Partial or complete i

! drawdowns of selected units within the marsh can have the opposite result e and increase the value of the wetlands.

1 i

l 3. Dike Systems i

Maintain the dike system, as necessary, to prevent northeast storm surges 2 from inundating the marsh. The suth dike is presently at a minimum width and would be benefited by the addition of rip-rap along its out er i

'i face.

i-1 i 4. Dike Edges

]

Leave - trees standing along dike edr,es whenever possible. These trees, both dead and alive, function as natural perching sites for wetland birds r

and serve a valuable function.

4

5. Construction Run-Off

}

Do~not allow silty run-off waters from the construction site to enter the i

l-  % marsh. Such waters can increase the turbidity within the marsh to unac-1 .-- - . . _ . - - - - . . _ - . . . - - - . . . _ _ _ _ _

g_.,__ _ __._____..-- - _ _. . . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ . - - _ . . _ - - . - _ _ = _ . . = . . . _ _ _ . _ . . ~ . . .. . _ _ _ . . _ _

1-i

(

ceptable - levels . and may actually prevent or suppress submerged plant i growth.

4 1

1 1

k' CONCLUSIONS Grea t blue herons, black-crowned night herons, great egrets, cattle egrets, i

i herring gulls, ring-billed gulls, common terns, and double-crested cormorants

{

l were found to be colonial nesting birds using the southwestern Lake Eric t 1 I

islands.

l

,t West Sister Island had a breeding population of great blue herons, black-l crowned night herons, great egrets, cattle egrets, and herring gulls.

f Great blue herons, black-crowned night herons, and great egrets were the l principal colonial nesting species that used Navarre Marsh as a feeding site ,

l Navarre Marsh served as the feeding site for 5%-10% of the Weet Sister Island

. herons and egrets.

i I

Fish, crayfish, and aquatic insects a r. the main foods consumed by the.se 4

l birds.

4 l

l' i The present wetland habitat at Navarre Mirsh is an excellent environment fo r j these food organisms.

i f

i ,

i 1

4

- _ , , . , , ~ . , _ , , . _ , . . - . , _ . _ - . . . . . . . _'

1 a

Proposed future management of the marsh should continue to maintain this excellent habitat.

Observed behavior of feeding herons and egrets does not indicate that high levels of contiguous human activity necessarily have negative impacts upon the birds.

The existence and operation of the structures associated with Unit 1 of the Davis-Hesse Nuclear Power Station have b.id no apparent negative impact upon acti . Lies of the herons and egrets utilizing the Navarre Marsh.

4 As long as Navarre Marsh is maintained and properly managed, the upland con -

struction of Davis-Besse Units 2 and 3 should not adversely af fect the feeding activities of the herons and egrets common to the Sister Islands.

I i

i

.- - - - . _ , - - . - - . - . - - . . - - - - . - - - - - . ~ . ~ .- . -

1 5 )

i 1.

4 i

HEFEHENCES f.

Allen, R. P. and F. P. Mangel. 1940. Studies of the nesting behatior of the ,

l black-crowned night heron. Proc. Linnaean Soc. , New York 50-51:1-28.

i Andrews, D. A. 1973. !!abitat utilization by sora, Virginia, and king rails near southwestern Lake Erie. Unpubl. M.S. Thesis. 0.S.U., Columbus.

I 112pp.

Bartolotta, R. J. 1978. An analysis of the vascular flora and the successi'on j of plant communities of the carthen dikes bordering Sandusky llay and western Lake Eric in Eric, I.u ca s , and Ottawa Counties, Ohio, Unpubl.

a j M.S. Thesi s , O.S.U. , Columbus . 139pp.

llen t , A. C. 1926. Life histories of North American marsh birds. Dover, New York. 392pp.

i l

Hent, A. C. 1947. Li fe histories of North American gulls and terns. Dodd, i

l

.b . Mead & Co. , New York. 333pp.

, Beule, J. D. 1979. Control and Management of cattail in southwestern Wis-

! consin wetlands. Tech. 11u11. No , 112. Dept. Nat. Resources , Madi son , WI . ,

39 pp.

I

! 11ra ckney , A. W. 1979. Population ecology of common gallinules in south-western Lake Erie marshes. Unpubl . M.S. Thesis, O.S.U. , Colubus. 69pp.

l- Case, D. Personal communication, 1979. Dept. of Natural Resources, Div. of

_Wildli fe, Columbus, Ohio.

Cooper, L. C. and C. E. licrdendorf. 1977. Resources of the I.ake I:rie i s i .not region. Center for Lake Eric Area Resea rch , O.S.U., Columbus, Ohio.

222pp.

Cones, E. 1874. Birds of the Northwest: a handbook of the ornithology of the region drained by the Missouri River and its tributaries. Miur.

publ. No. 3, Dept. of Interior. Gov't Print. Of fice, Wash. D.C. 314pp.

l.

J

( ) Core, E. L. 1948. The Flora of the Erie Islands. Contribution No. 9. Franz

%J Theodore Stone Lab. , O.S.U. , Columbus. 106pp.

Drury, W. II . and I.C.T. Nisbet. 1972. The importance of movements in the biology of herring gulls in New England. Pages 173-212, In Population Ecology of Migratory Birds, a symposium. Wildlife Research Rept. No. 2, U.S.D.I., F.W.S., Wash. D.C.

Edford, L. II . 1976. Breeding biology of the great blue heron in southwestern Lake Erie. Unpubl . M.S. Thesis , O.S.U. , Columbus . 152pp.

Forsyth, J. L. 1971. Geology of the Lake Erie islands and adjacent shores.

Michigan Basin Geological Society. 63pp.

Ilicks, L. E. 1944. The American egret breeding in Ohio. Wilson Bull.

56:169.

Ilo f fman , R. D. 1974. Mercury in herons, egrets and their nesting environment.

(m \

(v/ Unpubl . M.S. Thesis, O.S.U. , Columbus , D. , 85 pp ifo f fman , R. D. 1978. The diets of herons and egrets in southwestern Lake Erie. Nat. Audubon Soc. , Research Report 7:365-369.

Kadlec, J. A. 1979. Nitrogen and phosphorus dynamics in inland freshwater wetlands. In T. A. Bookhout (ed.) Waterfowl and Wetlands - an inter-grated review. Proc. 1977 Symp., Madison, WI, NC Sect., The Wildli fe Soc. 152pp.

Lowden, R. M. 1969. A vascular flora of Winous Point, Ottawa and Sandusky Counties, Ohio. Ohio Journ. Sci . 69:2i7-284.

Moseley, E. L. 1899. Sandusky Flora -a catalogue of the flowering p l .in t >

and ferns growing w!thout cultivation, in Erie County, Ohio, and the Peninsula and Islands of Ottawa County. Special paper No. 1, Ohio Acad.

Sci . , Col embus , 167pp.

I

)

\_.

Wilson Bull.

Moseley, E. L. 1936. Blue heron colonics in northern Ohio.

48:3-11.

BulI.

Noble, A. G. anni A. J. Korsok. 1975. Ohio - an American heartland.

65. Ohio Dept.. Nat.. Resources. Div. Geol . Surv. , Columbus. 230pp.

Vol. l., Yale Univ.

Palmer, R. S. 1962. liandbook of North American birds.

Press, New llaven. 567pp.

Parris, R. W. 1979. Aspects of great blue heron (Ardea herodias) foraging Unpubl. fl . S. Thesis, O.S.U.,

ecology in southwestern Lake Erie.

Columbus. 110pp.

.n Pieters, A. J. 1901. The plants of western Lake Eric with observations their distribution. Bull . U. S. Fish Comm. 21:57-79.

Preston, D. E. 1975. Natural history an-1 vascular flora list of U.s v i s - He s t.e Unpubl. M. S. Thesis, li . G . S . U . , Bowling Nuclear Power Plant property.

G reen , Oh io . 71pp.

Robbins, C S., B. Bruun, and 11 . S. Zim. 1966. Birds of North America.

Western Publ. Co., Racine, Wisc. 340pp.

Scharf, W. C. 1978. Colonial birds nesting on man-made and natural sites in Great Lakes. Rept. No. FSW/0BS-78/15. U.S. Army Waterways the U. S.

Expt. Stat. , P.O. Box 636, Vicksburg, Miss. , 39180. 136pp.

A. and A. B. Sargeant. 1972.

Observations of nighttime treding Swanson, G.

behavior of ducks. J. Wildt. Manage 36:959-961.

1979. Canadian Wildlife Se rv i c e ,

Weselow, D. V. Personal communication, Toronto , Ontario.

1882. Report. on the birds of Ohio. Pages 189-628. In Report Wheaton, J. M.

of the Geological Survey of Ohio, Vol. IV, Zoology and Botany.

.-. . -. - =- - _

N APPENDIX - Scientific Names of Flora and Fauna Mentioned in Text.

! Vascula r Flora Typhaceae - Cattail Family Typha angustifolia - narrow-leafed cattail Typha latifolia - broad-leafed cattail l Sparganiaceae - Bur-reed Family Sparganium eurycarpum - bur-reed Zosteraceae - Pondweed Family Potamogeton pectinatus - sago pondweed Potamogeton crispus - curly-leafed pondweed i

Alismataceae - Water plantain Family Sagittaria latifolia - arrowhead Gramineae - Grass Family 1

Phragmites communis - reed Calamagrostis canadensis - blue-joint grass s .

Phalaris arundinacea - reed-canary grass Leersia cryzoides - rice-cutgrass Echinochloa crusgalli - barnyard grass

Echinochloa Walteri - Walter's millet Cyperaceae - Sedge Family Cyperus sp. - sedge Eleocharis sp. - spike-rush Carex sp. - nut grass i Scirpus validus - soft-stem bulrush Scirpus fluviatilis - river bulrush Lemnaceae - Duckweed Family Spirodela polyrhiza greater duckweed Lemna minor - lesser duckweed Wolffia columbiana - watermeal l Pontederiaceae - Pickere1 weed Family i

Pontederia cordata - pickerelweed i

Liliaceae - Lily Fanily Smilacina stellata - false Solomon's seal i

. IIemerocallis fulva - day lily

~

4 l

1

' Salicaceae - Willow Family 2

l Salix nigra - black willow Salix interior - sandbar willow Populus deltoides - cottonwood Fagaceae - Beech Family Quercus macrocarpa - bur oak Quercus bicolor - swamp-white oak i Quercus palustris pin oak Ulmaceae - Elm Family Celtis occidentalis - hackberry Chenopodiaceae - Goosefoot Family

Chenopodium album - lamb's quarters Polygonaceae - Buckwheat Family a Polygonum coccineum - swamp smartweed Polygonum lapathifolium - nodding smartweed i Rumex crispus - curled dock Nyctaginaceae - Four-O' clock Family j Mirabilis nyctaginea - four-o' clock i

Caryophyllaceae - Pink Family

Saponaria officinalis - bouncing bet Ceratophyllaceae - Coontail Family 4 Ceratophyllum demersum - coontail 3

Nymphaeaceae - Water-lily Family

Nuphar advena - spatter-dock j Nymphaea tuberosa - white water-lily i Nelumbo lutea - water lotus Berberidaceae - Mayapple Family i

j Podophyllum peltatum - May-apple

! Cruciferae - Mustard Family

'~*g Brassica nigra - black mustard g j Cakile edentula - sea rocket

_ .. . . _ _ _ . - . - . . . . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ _ . . _ _ _ _ . - _ _ _ _ . - . _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ . ~ . _ _ _ .

t l

i

j .

j Rosaceae - Rose Family j Crataegus sp. - hawthorn i

H.stsaminaceae - Touch-me-not Family

{

i Impatiens capensis - touch-me-not

I.eguminosae - Pulse Family

Gleditsia triacanthos - honey locust Trifolium pratense - red clover Trifolium repens - white clover

- Melilotus officinalis - yellow sweet clover i Melilotus alba - white sweet clover a

Anacardiaceae - Cashew Family d

Rhus typhina - staghorn sumac

}

Rhus radicans - poison ivy Aceraceae.- Maple Family Acer saccharinum - silver maple Acer negundo - box elder Vitaceae - Grape Family Parthenocissus quinquefolia - Virginia creeper i l

! Vitis riparia - river-bank grape l i

Malaceae - Mallow Family I

i j liibiscus palustris - swamp rose-mallow l

j Violaceae - Violet Family 1 Viola capilonacea - blue violet ,

l l

Lythraceae - Loosestrife Family i

$ Decodon verticillatus - swamp loosestrife i

! Ouagraceae - Primrose Family I

Oenothera biennis - evening primrose i llaloragaceae - Water-milfoil Family i

! Myriophyllum exalbescens - water-milfoil i

l

- _ _ . - _ . . - . - - - . . - . -. .. . - - ___ _ - - _._ - - - ... _ _ ~ _ - .

i i i i

l Umbelliferae - Parsley Family 1

. Daucus carota - Queen Anne's lace

Cornaceae - Dogwood Family Cornus Drummondi - rough-leafed dogwood

' Oleaceae - Olive Family Fraxinus pennsylvanica - red ash l Asclepiadaceae - Milkweed Family 1

Asclepias incarnata - marsh milkweed Capparidaceae - Caper Family l Polanisia graveolens - clammy-weed i

,' Solanaceae - Tomato Family 1

Solanum dulcamara - bittersweet nightshade

! Lentibulariaceae - Bladderwort Family

}

l Ultricularia vulgaris - bladderwort Plantaginaceae - Plantain Family i

j Plartago lanceolata - English plantain i Rubiaceae - Madder Family Cephalanthus occidentalis - buttonbush Caprifoliaceae - lioneysuckle Family i

[

Sambucus canadensis - elderberry Dipsacaceae - Teasel Family l

Dipsacus sylvestris - teasel l

Compositae - Sunflower Family

{ So;1idago sp. goldenrod j Ambrosia sp. - ragweed j Arctium lappa - burdock l Bidens sp. - bidens (stick-tight) l Cirsium arvense - Canada thistle i

. . . - . - _ _ - . . _ _ _ _ _ _ - - . . ~ . , . . . _ _ . . . . _ . - - _ _ _ _

- . -. . - - . _ ~ . . - _ . _ _. . - . . _ _ . . . . . . _ . . _ . . .

Fish Fauna Cyprinidae 1

Cyprinus carpio - carp l Carassius auratus - goldfish '

Clupeidae Dorosoma cepedianum gizzard shad Percidae Perca flavescens - yellow perch Sciaenidae Aplodinotus grunniens - f reshwater drum

Avian Fauna Podicipedidae I e j Podiceps auritus - horned grebe Podilymbus podiceps pied-billed grebe

< Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax auritus - double-crested cormorant I

Anatidae Olor columbianus - whistling swan Branta canadensis - Canada goose Anas platyrhynchos - mallard Anas rubipes - black duck

{ Anas acuta - pintail Anas strepera gadwall Anas americana - wigeon Anas clypeata - shoveler

Anas discors - blue-winged teal Anas crecca green-winged teal l Aix sponsa - wood duck j Aythya americana - redhead

{- Aythya valisineria - canvasback

! Aythya collaris - ring-necked duck l Aythya affinis - lesser scaup i Bucephala clangula goldeneye Bucephala albeola - bufflehead 1

0xyura jamaicensis - ruddy duck Mergus merganser - common merganser Mergus serrator - red-breasted merganser Lophodytes cucullatus - hooded merganser t

58-

- . _ _ , - ~, . _ - . _ _ . . _ _

Falconiformes Circus cyaneus - marsh hawk Buteo jamaicensis - red-tailed hawk l

Haliacetus leucocephalus - bald eagle 1

Ardeidae Casmerodius albus - great egret j Leucophoyx thula - snowy egret 1 Bubulcus ibis - cattle egret j Ardea herodias great blue heron Hydranassa tricolor - Lousiana heron Florida caerulea - little blue heron Butorides virescens - green heron Nycticorax nycticorax - black-crowned night heron Nyctanassa violacea - yellow-crowned night heron Botaurus lentiginosus - American bittern Ixobrychus exilis - least bittern Rallidae Rallus limicola - Virginia rail Rallus elegans - king rail

. Porzana carolina - sora

, g Gallinula chloropus - common gallinule

\-

% Fulica americana - coot Laridae Larus marinus great black-backed gull Larus argentatus - herring gull

! Larus delawarensis - ring-billed gull Larus ghiladelphia - Bonaparte's gull

Sterna hirundo - common tern Hydroprogne caspia - Caspian Lern Chlidonias niger - black tern Alcedinidae i

Hegaceryle alcyon - belted kingfisher Hirundinidae Iridoprocne bicolor - tree swallow Icteridae Agelaius phoeniceus - red-winged blackbird

\

v

i I

Mammalian Fauna Cricetidae Ondatra zibethica - muskrat Microtus pennsylvanicus - meadow vole I

l l

I l

i t

l l

4 i

l l

l l

l l

l 1

COOLING TOWERS AS OBSTACLES IN BIRD MIGRATIONS ,

l l

l l

l 1

1 i

l i

4 l

4 MANFRED TEMME AND WILLIAM B. JACKSON i I

i ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES CENTER l BOWLING GREEN STATE UNIVERSITY ,

BOWLING GREEN, OHIO 43403 l l l I

l i 1 i

l i

I f

i I

i i

l' O

COOLING TOWERS AS OBSTACLES IN BIRD MIGRATIONS G

Sunmary Observations of bird strike incidents at the Davis-Besse site, initiated in 1972, have been continued each spring and fall migra-tion period. During these observations daily mortalities always have been less than 100. The maximum recorded (September 25,1976) was 84, although some were floating in basin and may have come from the previous day. The highest number certainly recorded for a single day was 59 (May 17, 1974). The most birds recovered in a year was 515 (1974). In 1979 the total was 60. Almost 80% of the strikes occurred at the cooling tuwer.

Songbird species that are nocturnal migrants made up almost all of the bird strikes. Only occasionally were herons, grebes, v

coots, gallinules, gulls, and terns involved; and the many raptors, ducks, geese, and swans that abound in or migrate through the area have never been found. Although systematic observations during non-migratory periods have not been carried out, through scattered obs-I ervations and circumstantial evidence, we believe that few summer I

and winter resident birds become strike victims.

Mortalities were more frequent with adverse weather, warm fronts and precipitation in the spring and passage of cold fronts in the fall. Most of the specimens had head injuries, indicative of frontal impact.

Lighting that reduced direct glare on the cooling tower and other structures but provided diffuse site illumination appeared

J

2 l correlated with reduced bird strikes. The present sodium vapor lights seem to provide the best overall effect yet observed.

j Af ter seven years of observations, the cooling tower and other site structures are considered to have had no significant adverse effect on l

bird populations, either local or migratory, i i

r l

I

{

l l

,- 3 i O

Introduction Tall, man-made structures, such as radio and television towers, monuments, smoke stacks, light houses and other buildings, are known '

to be lethal obstructions to migrating birds. Not only the tower itself, but the associated guy and electrical wires may cause injury i or death to birds, especially the nocturnal migrants. A vast number i

of mortality reports have already emerged ,across the country, indi-cating the seriousness and extent of this problem.

l Tall TV towers seem to be the most hazardous to avian migrants,

! causing losses up to 2000 birds in several nights during fall migra-

}

tion in Florida (Stevensen 1956,1958). During an entire fall sea-l son 4900 birds were collected at a TV tower in Ontario (Hoskin 1975).

i flumbers occasionally reach as high as 30,000 birds, as reported from the TV towcr at Eau Claire, Wisconsin for two nights in September

1963 (Kemper 1964). An extensive annotated bibliography on this sub-ject has been compiled by Avery et al. (1978).

. Information on mortalities at nuclear power plant structures are relatively scanty; monitoring programs have been initiated at only a few sites. Such observations have been undertaken at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Plant, where the number of bird kills was lower than reported for many TV towers. Observations also were

! begun at the four 370-foot cooling towers at Three Mile Island Nuclear Station on the Susquehanna River. During their preoperational

4 reporting period (1973 - 1974) mortalities were very low (37 speci-

) mens). Also during the 1974 - 1975 operational period, only 29 mor-talities were reported (Pentecost and Muraka 1976; Mudge and Firth 1975). No detailed reports are known to be available from the Tro-Jan Nuclear Power Plant situated near Portland, Oregon in the Col-umbia River Valley, which has a natural draft tower identical to that at the Davis-Besse Plant. Mortalities were reported by Dr.

Stanley C. Katkansky, their ecologist, to be of little significance.

Only occasional incidents at the tall stacks at Detroit Edison's Monroe, Michigan plant and the cooling tower at the nearby Fermi site have been reported (Jackson et al.1977).

At the Davis-Besse Nuclear Pcwer Plant on the SE shore of Lake Erie near Port Clinton, the shell of a large, natural-draf t cooling tower (495 f t high, and 410 f t wide at the base) was constructed

' tO) v during 1972 and the spring of 1973. Regular observations and moni-toring studies were carried out each subsequent spring and fall migration season. Results during the initial observation periods

. (fall 1972, spring and fall 1973) were summarized by Rybak et al.(1973).

The goals of this study were:

1. To study the bird-strike incidents during the pre-operational and operational periods.

2. To identify numbers of species and individuals affected at the different structures and

, buildings.

3. To determine through necropsy the extent of injury.

4. To evaluate the relationships between mortalities and weather patterns, m

5

5. To determine the effects of site lighting on the number of mortalities.

Methods At the Davis-Besse site, bird mortality has been monitored for the seventh consecutive spring and eighth fall migration seasons.

The surveys consisted of almost daily, early-morning site visits in spring between mid-April and mid-June and in fall between the first of September and late October. The procedure included examination of the rcof areas and the grounds around the reactor-turbine build-1 ing complex and the base of the cooling tower.

Areas under major guy wires, transmission lines, a meteorologi-cal tower, a microwave tower, as well as around the cooling tower were inspected. Ali surveys included the recording of current envir-onmental conditions, numbers and species of birds, and their locations.

)

All birds collected were frozen for later necropsy.

Beginning in fall 1976, test runs involving the cooling tower operation occurred. The subsequent sloshing water in the tower base prevented determination of the locations of some mortalities, and an unknown number of birds drifted away through the water outlets.

Many birds, however, were scooped up with a long-handle dip-net.

Often some could be retrieved only after they had been drifting for several days and were badly decomposed, making detailed examin-ations difficult. However, with the help of a reference collecticn, it was possible to identify most of these carcasses.

Results and Discussions During the mortality monitoring per 'ods between fall 1972 and h

u fall 1979, a total of 1561 bird carcasst were collected at the

6 i

g Davis-Besse site. Of that total 1229 birds (78.7%) had collided with the cooling tower, 222 (14.2%) with the Unit I structures (turbine and reactor building), and 110 (7.0%) at the guy wires i

or the weather tower on the site (Table 1). Notable is that the majority of birds that collided with the tower were small songbirds (Passeri-formes) (Table 2). Most were nocturnal migrating species, especially warblers (family Parulidae), vireos (Vironidae), and kinglets (Sylviidae).

Larger birds, such as the many waterfowl species that abound the adjacent marshes and ponds, virtually were not involved.

During the spring migrations,483 carcasses (30.9%) were found, consisting mostly of warblers (55.7%), fringillids (10.4%), and "others", which included rails, thrushes, blackbirds, vircos, brown creepers, woodpeckers, and pigeons. Golden-crowned kinglets and ruby-crowned kinglets rarely were found 4 enring at the Davis-Besse structures (Fig. 1). Similar observations also were made at, the Leon County, Florida TV-tower (Stoddard 1962 and Crawford 1973).

Differential spring and fall migratitn patterns of these kinglets may be respondble for this phenomen3n.

The most comon warblers killed during the spring period 1972 through 1979 were the maonolia warbler (Dendroica magnolia) and yellowthroat (Geothlypis trichas), fisllowed oy flashville warbler i

(Vermivora ruficapilla) (Table 3). Other warbler species were found in still smaller numbers over the rears. In contrast, the Leon County, Florida TV-tower spring kiils of the first two species were either small or almost nonexistent in contrast to greater kills in fall. At that tower, only one soecimen of the t>ashville warbler O

was found in October (Stoddard and Norris 1967).

7 The overall results of spring mortalities at the Davis-Besse

\

plant reflect typical inigration patterns and are, in contrast to fall patterns, spread more narrowly over only a few weeks. This is especially apparent with the magnolia warbler and the bay-

, breasted warbler (Dendroica castanea) (Fig. 2). Kills of red-eyed vireos (Vireo olivaceus) in spring were found to be almost as high as in fall (Fig. 2). A similar ratio was found at the Leon County, Florida TV-tower (Stoddard and Norris 1967).

, In , fall seasons after nesting, kills (1071 specimens [68.9%])

were more frequent because of larger numbers of birds migrating.

Again warblers were the most affected (56.5%). Both species of kinglets (23.0%) were well represented (in contrast to the spring seasons), while numbers of mimids and finches were lower (Tables 1, 2, and 3). Late in the season both species of kinglets, magnolia G warbler, yellowthroat, and the red-eyed vireo were found in rela-tively large numbers (Figs.1, 2, and 3).

In the spring most birds (54%) were recovered in the NE sector of the cooling tower. This suggests that the birds striking the southern exposure of the tower may have drif ted, while falling, with the southwesterly wind and/or other currents around the tower to the NE sector (Fig. 4A). The picture was reversed during the fall sea-son, when most carcasses (52%) were found in the SE tector (Fig. 4B).

Birds striking the tower from the north or northeast roay have drif ted with prevailaing northwesterly winds around the tower to the more southeastern locations.

QJ

i 8

I In general, mortality patterns and composition of species

!O agreed with the results found by many other observers, who report-ed that warblers most frequently were killed at towers. Others also reported numerous kills of kinglets and of ten thrushes.

i Necropsy Examination Necropsy examination included determinations of the extent of L

hematoma under the skull, presence or absence of bone fractures (humerus, ulna, radius, tibiotarsus, and tarsometatarsus), bill damage, and " broken" neck and skulls. Each bird collected was aged by determining the degree of skull ossification. These data are summarized for the period from 1972 - 1979. Most frequent injuries were to the head and bill, indicating the occurrence of frontal impact (Table 4). Red-eyed vireos, however, suffered significantly I

less bill injur.ies than warblers and kinglets (paired t-test, P 0.001).

Weather Patterns and Mortalities Spring:

4 Past observations and analyses by W. A. Peterman have shown that

, bird mortalities tend to be related to low pressure systems, with migration occurring on the trailing edge of highs in advance of an oncoming cold front, with southerly wind flow. This synoptic weath-er pattern is of ten accompanied with warm front-type of precipitation,

, haze, low cloud ceiling, and poor visibility.

Fall: i In fall, migration mortalities tend to t,e associated with the occurrence of high pressure. Increased migration of insectivorous birds usually follows a cold front passage, associated with northerly i

flow of air. Also in the fall, mortality occurs in association with adverse weather conditions.

9 111umination patterns at the Structures l No accurate or precise data apparently exist that define light-

ing patterns during the early construction period at the Davis-Besse structures. During favorable weather, construction continued at night, and working areas were illuminated with incandescent and l

mercury vapor lights. It was during this phase that considerable numbers of bird strikes occurred.

In 1976 forrnal revisions of the site lighting system were re-corded, but these occurred only around the Unit I buildings. Appar-ently no changes were made at the cooling tower, which generally utilized red navigation lights at night and white strobe lights 1 during the day.

In 1977 mercury lights were installed around the Unit I build-i ings, but no changes were made in the cooling tower area. In the spring of 1978 light intensity readings were taken at ground level.

The average of 105 readings was 1.7 foot candles.

By the spring of 1979 a conversion to high-pressure sodium-vapor lights had been completed for all areas, including the road and switchyard areas adjacent to the cooling tower. Light intensity readings, supposedly comparable to those taken in 1977, resulted in an average of 4.6 foot candles. This is nearly three times the i

light intensity recorded under the mercury lights, Light intensity readings around the cooling tower base or at several elevations of the tower are not available for any period of its history. Consequently, only speculation is possible relative to lighting patterns and bird strikes. At the current time light readings along the adjacent road are 1.0 foot candles or less.

10 Along the tower base adjacent to the road, light readings were 0.15 to 0.25 foot candles. On the opposite tower side, no readings were obtainable. (Floodlamps mounted adjacent to the tower base are not normally used.)

Although the majority of these sodium-vapor, orange-colored

(

lights were installed around the Unit I structures and the adjacent switchyard, diffuse light indirectly illuminates the tower, espe-i cially the 5, SE, and E sections., Night observations during a time with low cloud ceiling and light drizzle revealed that it is possible to see the tower easily and even recognize the concrete seams from top to the bottom. Under such conditions birds should have been able to see the tower early enough to avoid a collision, even if the tower had been approached from the NE. The north and west faces of the tower are darker, but are still recognizable as a silhouette be- ,

b cause of sufficient ambient lighting.

Various lighting designs or warning devices have been considered to ameliorate the bird stikes at towers. Preliminary Canadian work indicated that red flashing lights worked best to catch the atten-tion of birds, but it has not yet been determined whether these find-ings can be adapted to induce aversion (Belton 1976, Solman 1976).

At the Davis-Besse plant, when using the white strobe lights on top of the cooling tower during two migration periods (spring, fall 1975),

no deviation from previously experienced mortality patterns was indi-ca ted. Normally only the red navigation lights are used at night.

In both cases, birds may not have been aware of the large structure beneath the lights, since they, especially in adverse weather, do not illuminate the tower wall itself.

g 11

/

Gunn (1972) suggested that diffuse lighting, rather than glar-O g ing lights should be used and that the obstacle be lighted by red, orange, or blue light (Gunn 1972). With low-level diffuse light, birds would not be attracted and become disoriented or blinded and unable to find their way out of the dangerous zones. Observations at the lighthouse on the German Island of Helgioland illustrate this relationship. Before World War I mortalities of migrating I

birds were extremely high, and occasionally thousands of birds were killed in a single night. The birds were blinded by the strong light source and did not see the dark, unlit walls around or beneath the lamps. After several additional low-wattage lamps, which illu-minated the concrete structures of the building, were installed, mortalities were drastically reduced. In recent times additional street lamps are also contributing to the visibility of the concrete (O lighthouse tower at night (F. Goethe in,litt.)  !

The International Peace Monument on South Bass Island (Lake Erie), a few miles away from the Davis-Besse plant, now is not lighted during migration periods and has negligible kills. This is in con-trast to the past when the tower had been flood-lighted.

The declining mortalities, recently observed at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Plant, seem to agree with these observation patterns.

Most mortalities occurred at the cooling tower, especially after the construction 11 *ats were removed. After that time the tower was relatively dark. After the completion of the Unit I structures and the installations of many safety lights around these buildings in fall 1978, mortalities dropped considerably. A further reduction i

\

in fall mortality (1979) may be associated with the recent change i h to the more powerful high-pressure sodium-vapor lights.

(.____.__._---- . _ _ _ . _ - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

j i

l A

.l 30 Ruby-crowned Kingle t

, n = 19 n = 154 20-l 1

10-  !

l

, 1 i

10 20 30 10 20 30 i

9 i

\\ii 28 7 17 27 7 17 27

. APR M AY JUN SEP OCT 30-Q  ;

Golden-crowned Kingle t n=1 n = 92 1 20-10 10 20 30 10 20 30

\\i , i 1 9 28 7 17 27 7 17 27 APR MAY JUN SEP OCT Fig. 1. Distribution of mortalities of (A) Ruby-crowned Kinglets, (B) Golden-crowned Kinglets, in the spring (1973 - 1979) and fall (1972 - 1979) migration seasons at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Plant.

l l

l O A i 1

Bay-b reas ted Warbler 10 n= 7 n= 58

\

\ \ 28 E 1 10 20 30 10 20 30 9 7 17 27 7 17 27 B

Nashville Warbler n=27 n=37 t 1 10 20 30 10 20 30 9 28 7 17 27 7 17 27 20- C l

Red-eyed Vireo n= 35 n=36

\

10 20 30 20 30 g\

1 10 9 28 7 17 27 7 17 27 APR MAY JUN SEP OCT Fig. 2. Distribution of mortalities of (A) Bay-breasted Wa blers, (B) Nashville Warblers, (C) Red-eyed Vireos in the spring (1973 - 1979) and fall (1972 - 1979) migration seasons at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Plant.

,,--,-----,y ---,------,---c.-- ---ee--- , - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - ' - - - ' - - - ' - - - - -

l A

M agnolia Warbler ,

n = /. 0 n = 105 l

I 10 -

i \ \, ,

10 20 30 10 20 30 9 19 28 7 17 27 7 17 27 APR MAY JUN SEP OCT B

Yellowthroat l 30 n=40 n =106 l l

l 20-l 10 -

"I i

10 20 30 10 20 30 i i

\ 17 27

9 19 28 7 17 27 7 l APR MAY JUN SEP OCT Fig. 3. Distribution of mortalities of (A) Magnolia Warblers, (B) Yellowthroats, in the spring (1973 - 1979) and fall (1972 - 1979) migration seasons at the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Plant.

l 1

i i

O i

A) B) i i N N i

i 13 54 % 4% 30 %

SPRING FALL 12 % 2'l % 15 % 52 %

c O

l Fig. 4. ( A) Mean frequency of bird mortalities by quadrants at Davis-Besse cooling tower for the spring periods 1974 - 1978.

(B) Mean frequency of bird mortalities by quadrants at Davis-

~

Besse cooling tower for the fall periods 1973 - 1978.

The fall 1977 is excluded, since the most birds were found floating in the tower base.

O

l l

4 l

• Table 1. Number of birds recovered at Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station site during the spring and fall seasons from

1972 - 1979.

, SPRING FALL

,l Year CT ST NT Total Year CT ST MT Total  !

1972 - - - -

1972 4 5 1 10 1973 34 4 6 44 1973 56 47 103 '

l -

1974 117 11 48 176 1974 279 52 8 l 339 I

1975 24 16 17 57 1975 125 15 15 155 1976 43 8 11 62 1976 183 22 2 207

. 1977 40 6 2 46 1977 131 20 -

151 1978 70 8 -

78 1978 65 6 -

71 i

1979 16 2 -

18 1979 35 - -

35 Total 344 55 84 483 Total 870 167 26 1071 4

% 71.2 11.4 17.4 100,0  % 82.0 15.6 2.4 100.0 i

i t

i CT = Cooling tower ST = Unit I structuree j MT = Meteorological tower i

't TABLE 2 Families represented in birds recovered at Davis-Besse Nuclear Power plant site during the spring and fall migration periods from 1972-1979.

! SPRING SPECIES 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 TOTALS  %

Kinglets 1 0 9 5 3 1 1 20 4.1 Warblers 20 122 20 34 15 53 5 269 55.7 Finches 11 14 9 7 5 2 2 50 10.4 ,

Mimids 6 6 0 4 1 1 1 19 3.9 Others 6 32 18 12 13 20 9 110 22.8 l

Unidentified 0 2 1 0 11 1 0 15 3.1 TOTALS 44 176 57 62 48 78 18 483 100.0 FALL SPECIES 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 TOTALS  %

Kinglets 1 40 91 33 53 17 7 4 246 23.0 Warblers 7 38 178 98 119 98 43 25 606 56.5 j Finches 0 2 9 8 6 8 3 0 36 3.4 Mimids 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 0.2 Others 2 6 48 16 27 14 8 5 175 11.8 Unidentified 0 16 13 0 2 13 10 1 55 5.1 TOTALS 10 103 339 155 207 151 71 35 1071 100.0 O

i l

i l

1 TABLE 3 Comparison of birds killed at the Davis Besse fluclear Po .'er Plant s betweenspring(1973-1979) and fall (1972 - 1979) sennons. Only bird species with at least seven mortalities in either season are summariznd.

Species no. of birds no. of birds statirtien11y in spring in fall significant ,

difference, X.

Brown Creeper 2 6 Catbirds 13 2 **m Golden-crowned Kinglet i 92 **m Ruby-crowned Kinglet 19 154 mm+

Philadelphia Vireo 6 12 m**

Red-eyed Virco 35 38

. Black- and -white Warbler 17 10 1

Tennnssee Warb1nr 19 14 Nashville 'llarblor 27 37 Yellow larbler 12 3 ***

4 MaOnolia 'llarbler 40 105 +++

Olech-throated Blue'Jiarbler 4 14 m++

j ,

Yellow rumped flarbler 13 14 Olack-throated Green liarbler 3 70 ***

Chestnut-sided flarbler 11 10 Day-brensted 'forblcr 7 C0 t+m Olackpoll '.larbler 2 30 r+w I'inc anrbler 2 7 Ovenbird 1G F4 Yellowthroat 40 106 een Canada 'larbler 1 7 m sfilson's '7arbler O O m**

American Rndstart 20 PG Swamp Sparrow  ? 17 m Song Sparrow 9 7 m significantdifference(P40.OS)

• • • (P< U.005)

O O O TABLE 4. Suninary of necropsy examinations of Davis-Besse site avian mortalities fall 1972 - fall 1979 Site or type of injury FAMILY HEMATOMA ON HEAD HEMATOMA CRUSHED FRACTURES BILL NECK NO NO. BIRDS

• light heavy on breast skull tibio- tarso-wing injury broken signs examined tarsus meta-tarsus Ardeidae 1 1 Rallidae 7 1 1 1 2 2 1 8 Scolopacidae 1 1 Laridae 1 1 1 Columbidae 3 3 1 1 6 Picidae 4 1 1 1 5 Tyrannidae~ 7 1 1 1 2 11 Hirundinidae 1 1 Corvidae 1 1 Sittidae 1 2 1 3 Certhiidae 1 5 1 6 Troglodytidae 4 5 1 1 10 Mimidae 6 2 1 1 1 9 Turdidae 8 5 1 1 1 13 Regulidae 114 86 2 14 12 50 1 15 215 Sturnidae 1 1 1 Vireonidae 41 34 2 4 8 3 3 3 4 79 Parul~idae 389 166 1 30 47 5 32 113 8 26 581 Icteridae 5 1 1 2 3 11 Thraupidae 1 1 Fringillidae 32 17 3 6 6 3 1 1 50 Ploceidae 1 1 2 l Totals 626 327 10 40 81 5 60 177 17 53 1016

)

j a single bird may be cited in one or more columns i

1

References Avery, M.L. , P.F. Springer, and N.S. Dailey. 1978.

Avian mortality at man-made structures: an annotated bibliography.

U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. FWS/0BS-78/58:108pp.

Belton, P. 1976.

Effects of interrupted light on birds.

National Research Council of Canada, Field Note 73:12pp.

Crawford, R.L. 1974.

Bird casualties at a Leon County, Florida TV tower: October 1966-September 1973.

Bull. Tall Timbers Res. Sta. 18:27pp.

Gunn, W.W.H. 1972.

An examination of the bird impact problem at the Nanticoke plant of the Ontario Hydro Electric System, phase II. Autumn 1972.

Environmental Research Associates, Toronto. 15pp.

Hoskin, J. 1975.

Casualties at the CKVR TV tower, Barrie Nat. Can. 4(2):39-40.

Jackson, W.B., M. Temme, and W.A. Peterman. 1977.

Semi-annual report, Davis-Besse bird hazard monitoring contract.

p Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, Ohio 43403. 21pp.

Kemper, C.A. 1964.

A tower for TV, 30,000 dead birds.

Audubon Mag. 66(2):86-90.

Mudge, J.E. and R.W. Firth, Jr. 1975.

Evaluation of cooling tower ecological effects - an approach and case history.

American Nuclear Society, 21st Annual Meeting, June 12, New Orleans.

Pentecost, E.D. and I.P. Muraka. 1976.

An evaluation of environmental data rel: ting to selected nuclear power plant sites - the Three Mile Island nuclear station site.

Div. of Environ. Impact. Stud., Argonne Natl. Lab, Argonne,111.

Rep. No. ANL/EIS-4:8pp.

Rybak, E.J., W.B. Jackson, and S.H. Vessey. 1973.

Impact of cooling towers on bird migration.

Proc. Sixth Bird Control Seminar, Bowling Green State University: 187-194.

Solman, V.E.F. 1976.

Aircraft and birds.

Proc. Seventh Bowling Green Bird Control Seminar, Bowling Green State University:83-88.

(O w)

Stevenson, H.M. 1956.

i Fall migration: Florida region.

j Audubon Field Notes 10(1):19-22.

I Stevenson, H.M. 1958.

! Fall migration: Florida region.

- Audubon Field Notes 12(1):21-26.

i t Stoddard, H.L., Sr. 1962.

i Bird casualties at a Leon County Flor.ida TV tower, 1955-1961.

i. Bull. Tall Timbers Res. Stat. 1:94pp. '

1 i

Stoddard, H.L. Sr. , and R. A. Norris. 1967.

Bird casualties at a Leon, County, Florida TV tower: an eleven-year j study.

Bull. of Tall Timbers Research Sta. 8:104pp.' '

i

.l f

i l i  !

I i

(

l

. _ . . _ - . . . . - . - - - _ _ . _ ... - - . . - . . . . _ . . . - -- -. .---_ . - . . - - - - . _ . - _ . . . _ . .